Notice: Undefined variable: hide_schemes in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-specific/theme-setup.php on line 2613

Notice: Undefined variable: hide_schemes in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-specific/theme-setup.php on line 2626

Notice: Undefined variable: hide_schemes in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-specific/theme-setup.php on line 2638

Notice: Undefined variable: hide_schemes in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-specific/theme-setup.php on line 2650

Notice: Undefined variable: hide_schemes in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-specific/theme-setup.php on line 2663

Notice: Undefined variable: hide_schemes in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-specific/theme-setup.php on line 2675

Warning: Invalid argument supplied for foreach() in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-specific/theme-setup.php on line 2813

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 704

Warning: Invalid argument supplied for foreach() in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 679

Warning: Invalid argument supplied for foreach() in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-options/theme-options.php on line 758

Warning: Cannot modify header information - headers already sent by (output started at /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/themes/blabber/theme-specific/theme-setup.php:2613) in /home/dh_z3bfhd/nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-includes/feed-rss2.php on line 8
Absorption and Theatricality – Nonsite.org https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org Thu, 01 Oct 2020 03:39:32 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.4.4 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/cropped-nonsite-icon-32x32.jpg Absorption and Theatricality – Nonsite.org https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org 32 32 Secrets of a Mystery Man: Wilhelm Schadow and the Art of Portraiture in Germany, circa 1830 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/secrets-of-a-mystery-man/ Mon, 12 Nov 2018 02:00:07 +0000 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/?p=11220 It was a cold day early in March 1835, and the North German city of Hannover was eagerly awaiting spring. For the past two weeks, however, something had diverted attention from the unfriendly weather. On 24 February, the city’s third annual art exhibition had opened and immediately become the talk of the town. Among its many fine works, one stood out—the life-size likeness of a bearded man in his early twenties, dressed in lush brown velvet and a heavy green wool coat with generous fur trimming (fig. 1). Posed dramatically against the clear blue sky of the Upper Rhine Valley, there was something enigmatic about this man, neither known nor named. The sitter’s self-possessed gravitas suggested a deeper meaning, a background story that transcended the attractiveness of the sitter and indeed the limits of a mere likeness. Not surprisingly then, the portrait’s aura garnered so much attention that the exhibition review in the local art journal, the Hannoversche Kunstblätter, chose this work for an illustration (using the line drawing seen in fig. 12) and not one of the show’s more prestigious history paintings.1

Fig. 1. Wilhelm Schadow, Bärtiger Mann (Jacob Becker, genannt Becker von Worms) (Bearded Man [Jacob Becker, called Becker von Worms]), 1832, Oil on canvas (laminated, with second canvas underspanned), 97.6 x 76.4 cm (canvas), 113.3 x 93.2 cm (with frame). Galerie Paffrath, Düsseldorf.
A Man of Mystery

The prominence of the portrait’s creator, Wilhelm Schadow, was undoubtedly a factor in the newspaper’s interest, as was the meteoric rise of his pupils, who in 1828 had become known as the Düsseldorf School of Painting. The Hannoverian critic was indeed particularly pleased to see several important examples of that school and its founding father exhibited in his hometown, and commented enthusiastically: “Schadow’s picture meets us so completed, so self-contained and rounded out, and differs precisely thereby from portraits of the ordinary kind, that one soon recognizes the history painter in the hand which created it.”2 Smitten by its loving execution and technical perfection, the critic continued that “one doesn’t believe to see in front of us a portrait from our own shallow times, living merely for the moment, but from the times of the great Italian masters”!3

Yet, for all its allure, the portrait shrouded itself in mystery. Its descriptive title, A Bearded Man, did little to quench viewers’ curiosity about the sitter, a curiosity the reviewer conveyed through a conversation between two ladies he allegedly had overheard during his own visit:

The First: Who, then, may this interesting man be?

The Second: It is supposedly a painter in Düsseldorf.

The First: Impossible!—how could a painter look like this;—it must at least be a count.4

The ladies’ dialogue is revealing. It shows a deeply rooted desire for social legibility, while highlighting the period’s obsession with questions of genre—with the particular form, content, technique, and norms defining categories of painting. These issues were very much on Schadow’s mind as well.

Wilhelm Schadow: Anti-Academic Rebellion and Academic Reform

Born in Berlin as the second son of the famous sculptor Johann Gottfried Schadow, Wilhelm had first made his name as a member of the secessionist Brotherhood of St. Luke, which, in 1809, had set out to reform contemporary art by reenchanting it.5 With youthful idealism, the fraternity had declared that Art should once again become religion’s maiden, in subject matter as well as style, because it was Art that could spearhead an all-encompassing return of modern society to the Christian faith. Together with this belief, Schadow had also absorbed a devotional, contemplative approach to grand history painting. The Brotherhood’s artistic principles still informed Schadow’s practice as painter and professor when he became a powerful prince of painters more than two decades later. Only two years after his arrival at the Rhine, Schadow sent his first group of students to the biannual exhibition of the Berlin Academy, which the young Turks took by storm. Dedicated to the modern medium of easel painting (rather than the Nazarene obsession with fresco, celebrated in Munich), Schadow succeeded in transforming the somewhat moribund institution into an utterly modern training ground. By 1830, the Düsseldorf Academy was the place to go.

For a decade and a half, Düsseldorf could compete with such traditional art centers as Paris, and even come out ahead. As a result, a remarkably international student body flocked to the Rhenish city, and it is noteworthy that one of the icons of American history painting, the 1851 canvas Washington Crossing the Delaware by Emanuel Leutze, was born there, at the banks of the Rhine, and thus has dual citizenship.6 What made the institution so attractive was not least the particular leadership style of its director. Schadow’s “naturalist idealism” and flexible definition of the traditional hierarchy of genres opened up a space of experimentation simultaneously conservative and avant-garde, traditional and experimental.7 This was particularly true for the venerable category of academic history painting and its newly arisen competitor, the so-called genre historique, which, by privatizing its heroes and abandoning the focus on cathartic turning points, proposed a fundamental rearticulation of what constituted history in painting.8 Promoting a kind of “soul painting,” which replaced action-laden plots with a focus on mood and a psychological exploration of the protagonists’ state of mind, Schadow expanded history painting to all forms of historical imagination and in the process located its origins in portraiture.

Despite Schadow’s far-reaching reform of traditional history painting, he rarely produced work that would push the boundaries of academic norms to the extremes reached by his students (fig. 2; see also fig. 20). Indeed, Schadow’s own practice and emphasis on religious painting have long overshadowed his advocacy for the kind of testing of pictorial patterns advanced by his most famous proteges, like Eduard Bendemann or Carl Friedrich Lessing.9 For most of the time, Schadow the painter was too bound up in the Nazarene project of his youth to realize the radicalness of Schadow the professor. Similarly, he rarely tackled the thorny question of how to paint contemporary history, of how to make manifest the events of the here and now (or, for that matter, the new subjects of an urban reality not much later put center stage by the “painter of modern life”).10 However, in the early 1830s, something changed.

Fig. 2. Georg Jacob Felsing, after Eduard Bendemann, Zwei Mädchen am Brunnen (Two Girls at the Well), 1834–35. Etching and engraving, plate: 37.8 x 48.6 cm; sheet: 48.5 x 62 cm. Membership print of the Art Union for the Rhinelands and Westphalia In Düsseldorf for the year 1833/34. Private collection.

Around the time of his second visit to Italy from September 1830 to July 1831, Schadow produced a series of large-scale portraits which transformed his lessons into pictorial practice. The Bearded Man we encountered at the beginning of this essay was a particularly noted example of this experimental moment. Yet for all the attention it attracted it was de facto tied into other works, most importantly into the slightly earlier, monumental tondo of two Prussian Princes, The Princes Friedrich Wilhelm Ludwig von Preussen and Wilhelm zu Solms-Braunfels in Cuirassier Uniform of 1830 (fig. 8).11 Equally striking and equally unknown until today, the two canvases form striking counterparts, and indeed, the strategies applied in The Bearded Man could not be fully understood without the royal commission as its essential foil.12 Taken together, the two works emerge as a testing ground for Schadow’s ambition to push the limits of the genre. While The Princes became Schadow’s prime example in his redefinition of the parameters of royal portraiture (a painting type he detested despite its importance for his own career),13 he proposed a radical alternative in The Bearded Man, which seized the same pictorial vocabulary in order to set the scene for an entirely common, utterly unknown man, who hardly warranted (in the eyes of the time) such a grand historicized portrait and indeed had neither commissioned it nor would ever own it. In applying the strategies of modernized royal portraiture to The Bearded Man, Schadow defended portraiture as a genre on par with history painting. Put differently, The Bearded Man stood as the essential expression of Schadow’s larger project, an expression that elevated portraiture to a mode of painting capable of articulating central ethical, historical, and poetic concerns, a mode of free invention and poetic imagination fully independent of stale conventions or commercial interests.

The Stakes of Historicizing Portraiture

In the 1830s, the political and aesthetic stakes for this kind of historicizing portraiture were high. With their technical bravura and enigmatic psychology, Schadow’s two portraits clearly positioned the Prussian painter vis-à-vis Paris: not only vis-à-vis Paris as one of Europe’s dominant cultural capitals and birthplace of the modern academy; but also vis-à-vis France as a symbol of revolutionary unrest and anti-monarchical violence, both of which the academy director despised with a vengeance. As such, the two canvasses answer to the burning quest for an identity for a German nation not yet unified. In this sense, they try to be as much German as Prussian, which in itself was not an easy balance to achieve. Yet Paris was not the only battleground. The portraits also summed up Schadow’s particular place within the German art scene, where his naturalist idealism stood between the radically idealist strand of late German Romanticism, then embodied most prominently by Peter Cornelius’s Munich school, and the increasingly thunderous calls for greater realism and an overthrow of academic values, in particular the lingering privilege of traditional academic history painting. Caught in the crossfire, Schadow answered with a delicate fusion of Romantic historicism and an emphatically contemporary mode of observation.

This attempt at fusion was not just a stylistic challenge for Schadow, the artist. It rather spoke to an underlying dilemma in the early nineteenth century. In an age acutely aware that revolutionary upheaval had broken the continuous thread of history, the question of how a modern identity would navigate between the desire for historical continuity and the need for contemporaneity was as crucial as it was painful. After all, even Charles Baudelaire desired to distil the eternal from the transitory, and defined modernity through this gesture.14 Thus, Schadow’s pictures remind us that the geo-political desire for a German identity intersected with the specific desire undergirding the more general quest for a modern identity.

These various concerns were wrapped up, as the fictive conversation of the ladies from Hannover so vividly demonstrates, in an intense battle over the organization and ranking of pictorial modes of painting, a battle nurtured by broad social conflicts and the effects of a rapidly changing social make-up with its rise of new audiences and new demands of the marketplace. Choosing a genre ranking quite low in the traditional hierarchy, Schadow felt free to explore a number of pictorial solutions responding to this complex mixture of artistic and political concerns, solutions that were thus necessarily high-stakes in ideological and aesthetic terms.

Preoccupied with a Romantic notion of subjectivity and haunted by a sense of modernity as a realm of alienation, Schadow decided to place his own art, and with it the subjects of his portraits, in the middle of the brewing conflicts marking the roughly two decades leading up to the Revolution of 1848. Ultimately, he used this gesture to carve out a space of his own, as painter and engaged citizen. The results were works that, from a pro-monarchist perspective, modernized academic painting from the top down. As such, The Princes and The Bearded Man proposed an evolutionary model, a model of reform rather than revolution. Inevitably, this model asks us to change our views of how modern, ambitious, and advanced portraiture could look in 1830. In so doing, it adds a crucial supplement to the revisionist histories of ambitious nineteenth-century painting and the other modernity of academic art that has brought back into the limelight figures like Paul Delaroche and Jean-Léon Gérôme.15 Tracing the genesis of these two exceptional and pictorially breathtaking works, this essay explores the pictorial economy of portraiture as history at the intersection of politics, aesthetics, and exhibition practices.

Pecking Orders

Looming large behind the era’s obsession with genre was an acute crisis into which Europe’s academies had tumbled in the early decades of the nineteenth century. It was fueled by an equally obsessive preoccupation with theorizing the status of history painting, especially, but not only, in Germany. One may be reminded here, too, of the transnational nature of these debates, exemplified by the reception of Paul Delaroche.16 The remarkably intense discussions unleashed by his evocations of dramatic events from the history of western Europe exerted a remarkable influence across the Rhine. In particular Delaroche’s life-size canvases represent an important foil to the production in Düsseldorf. Theodor Hildebrandt even travelled to Paris to inspect Delaroche’s Princes in the Tower for his own treatment of the heart-wrenching murder scene from William Shakespeare’s Richard III.17 Hildebrandt’s final solution would follow a much earlier composition, invented by the British artist James Northcote and circulated widely in various reproductive prints.18 It nonetheless shared with the Frenchman’s psychological cliffhanger, which depicts the two startled young boys just minutes before their assassination, the intense appeal to the viewer’s empathetic participation.19 In both cases, this demand for an emotional and engaged reliving of the historical moment, itself transmitted as poetic imagination, aimed at the audience’s political activation.

The emphatically political quality of the mid-1830s genre historique was missing from its late eighteenth-century roots, a kind of painting that, generally subsumed under the term “troubadour-painting,” had begun to visualize the life of “great men” as private spectacle.20 This early expression of a Romantic sensibility excelled in meticulous, miniaturized treatments of historical scenes, usually from the Middle Ages or the Renaissance, which tended toward the sentimental and combined a preference for small-scale formats with an exacting execution and lavish attention to costume, setting, and detail realism. As such, this historicist practice was materialist without being realist.21 The traces of the troubadour tradition are all too visible in Delaroche’s jewel-like composition The Assassination of the Duc de Guise of 1834. However, this reincarnation of an earlier practice distinguishes itself from its predecessors’ loquaciousness through an intricate temporality and a spatial disposition that structures the visual field as panoramic and, implying two separate areas of focus, organizes it around a blank sought to invite the spectator’s projection.22 In a nutshell, the modern genre historique combined the characteristics of two picture types previously strictly separated in the hierarchy of genres: history and genre painting. Once it reached a certain monumentality, this combination began to undermine central rules of history painting.23

Schadow was no foreigner to such anti-academic rebellion. After all, at the age of twenty-five he had joined the secessionist Brotherhood of St. Luke, which in 1810 had left the forbidding climate of the famous Viennese academy for the creative, if poverty-stricken, freedom of expatriate life in Rome. Hailing art as religion’s most powerful maiden, the fraternity pursued a two-pronged approach. It proclaimed a need to revive grand religious history painting, and indeed achieved its international breakthrough with a much-noted Old Testament fresco cycle.24 Yet equally important was a reform of popular print culture, which in their eyes suffered deeply from cheaply produced, artistically dissatisfying productions. Despite the daily challenges to support their own existence by pursuing their art, the Brotherhood thought about ways to create high-end quality at low costs, efforts that five decades later would celebrate a crowning and long-lasting achievement in Julius Schnorr von Carolsfeld’s 1860 Bible in Pictures.25 Dubbed “the Nazarenes” by the Romans, which were rather amused by the Christ-like appearance and religious fervor of the pale foreigners, the group’s anti-academic rebellion showed through in their style and, most crucial to our discussion, their definition of history painting. Denouncing the eighteenth century as an era of decadence and decline, the young artists rid themselves of the Rococo’s playful eroticism and the ancient corporeality of Neoclassicism. Their ideal was a reborn childlike naïveté, which they found in a marriage of Raphael and Dürer, a marriage best consummated in exacting contour and local color. Schadow did not shed these rebellious impulses when he himself became one of Europe’s most powerful academy directors. Eager to make his new home at the Rhine into an international magnet, the Berlin native not only launched a substantial reform of its curriculum. He also radically modernized the conception of genre categories.

Under Schadow’s tutelage, the Düsseldorf Academy retained the traditional genre hierarchy, but by name only. In Paris, the rise of the genre historique had posed a major challenge to the academic system. In Düsseldorf, it did not. Schadow simply expanded the definition of history painting to encompass all forms of historical representation, including the genre historique. Thus, he could declare portraiture—rather than the male nude body acting out a narrative—as the foundation of all history painting. In turn, portraiture could be raised from its lower status as a minor genre by adopting the spirit of history painting, liberating it from the paying sitter’s whimsy and the demands of an increasingly capitalist art market.

Portraiture as tableau

From a young age, Schadow had himself excelled as a celebrated portraitist of the Prussian haute volée.26 Yet, just like Ingres, he saw his true calling as the author of grand histories. Consequently, he was determined to elevate portraiture from mere commodity to a genuinely poetic, even sublime genre, and thus early on experimented with religious, allegorical, and literary allusions.27 By the time he finished his studies in Rome, where he would stay from 1811 to 1819, he was able, as Henriette Herz enthused, to upraise any likeness to the status of a tableau.28 The prominent Berlin salonnière might have had in mind Schadow’s precocious rendition of the Princess Marie Anne von Preussen (fig. 3). Begun in 1810 while still in Berlin but finished only two years later in Rome, the sumptuous likeness belonged to the most political works of Schadow’s early career.

Fig. 3. Ludwig Buchhorn, after Wilhelm Schadow, Princess Amalie Marie Anne von Preussen, after 1812. Stipple engraving and etching, 15.3 x 11.8 cm (oval image), 27.5 x 19.1 cm (sheet). Collection Cordula Grewe, Philadelphia.

In the year of the portrait’s conception, Prussia was mobilizing to throw off Napoleon’s yoke. Seized by the moment’s patriotic spirit, the ambitious young artist shared the fierce and fearlessly anti-Napoleonic attitude of his key patron: he thus set out to express this mutual sentiment when granted the rare occasion to paint the Prussian princess, who famously disliked modelling for royal portraiture as much as she did court ritual.29 Schadow quickly realized that he had to achieve his goal through sartorial means. Of all things, it is thus the old German dress that signals the likeness’s emphatically political agenda.

At first glance, the sumptuous testament to the period’s Renaissance revival might easily be dismissed as the typical fashionable excess of a high society harboring a seemingly insatiable desire for costume balls and other occasions for dress-up.30 However, in this case, the sartorial choice pronounced a daring avowal of resistance against the French occupation. Like her close friend, the recently deceased Queen Luise, Princess Marianne belonged to the so-called war party, die Kriegspartei, those Prussian circles that deemed a military advance against the steadily growing power of Napoleon unavoidable.31 This moment finally came when Prussia joined the allied forces against Napoleon in the War of the Sixth Coalition, better known as the War of Liberation, almost exactly a year after Schadow had finished his splendid likeness shortly after New Year’s Day in 1812. Not surprisingly, the intrepid princess immediately assumed a leadership role in the war effort. Inspired by the increasing female initiatives in the field of “patriotic charity,” Marianne masterminded a declaration of twelve Prussian princesses, including herself, which provided the commitment of these “female patriots” with official support and royal backing. “The fatherland is in peril!” declared the Appeal to the Women of the Prussian State with arousing pathos on 23 March 1813. “Not merely cash money will our association accept as a sacrifice but any spare valuable bagatelle,—the symbol of fidelity, the wedding band, shining adornments for the ears, costly decorations for the neck. Monthly contributions, material, linen cloth, spun wool, and yarn will be gladly accepted, and even the gratis working of these raw materials will be regarded as an offering. Such donations, gifts and activities entitle one from now on to call oneself ‘Member of the Women’s League for the Welfare of the Fatherland.’”32 Schadow’s portrayal of Marianne in old German dress anticipates the combative stance of a noblewoman who otherwise preferred informal privacy to the formality of court spectacle. It realized in pictorial terms Ernst Moritz Arndt’s request that the Germans should not merely remember their glorious history and national freedom, but also make public their convictions through their attire. Accordingly, the princess wears directly beneath her collar the gold ducat of Friedrich II, which identifies her as a descendant of the war hero of Fehrbellin, where the united Brandenburg-Prussian troops had defeated those of the occupying Swedish Empire in 1675. Not coincidentally, the various reproductive prints carefully capture this crucial detail. The young Schadow, too, sympathized with Arndt’s sartorial ideology and expressed his patriotism by flaunting, while still in Rome as a brother of St. Luke, the so-called German frock (fig. 4).

This emphatic musing on the public and the private side of his subjects was rare in Schadow’s oeuvre: he would not engage in such overtly politicized portraiture for at least twenty years. Then, two decades later, it would not be attire but nature herself that became charged with the picture’s symbolic work (see fig. 8).

Fig. 4. Johann Evangelist Scheffer von Leonhardshoff, Study of a Coat (Wilhelm Schadow in Franz Pforr’s old-German frock), 1815. Pen in black ink, 29.3/30 cm x 22.9 cm. Private Collection.

Poeticizing Portraiture

Perhaps the most famous example of the transformation of likeness into symbolic representation, as evoked by Henriette Herz, is Schadow’s self-portrait in an atelier scene with his brother Ridolfo (like their father, a sculptor) and their mutual mentor, the Dane Bertel Thorvaldsen (fig. 5), painted toward the end of the artist’s Italian sojourn. Much could be said about this seminal work, painted around 1815 or 1816, at once friendship portrait and character study, allegory and programmatic testimony to the Nazarene creed that a rebirth of modern art must grow, in its need for reenchantment, from a synthesis of North and South or, put differently, from the marriage of Italia and Germania.33 The picture ultimately delivered an astoundingly fresh rephrasing of the classical paragone debate. For many reasons, not least the setting and the captivating realism of the physiognomies, the picture would remain an anomaly in Schadow’s oeuvre and in the Romantic production of his brethren. For the same reasons, it has earned—among only a handful of Nazarene works—a place of respect and admiration within the accepted canon of nineteenth-century European art.

Fig. 5. Wilhelm Schadow, Selbstbildnis mit seinem Bruder Ridolfo und Bertel Thorvaldsen (Self-Portrait with his Brother Ridolfo and Bertel Thorvaldsen), 1815/1816. Oil on canvas, 91.5 x 117 cm. Alte Nationalgalerie, Staatliche Museen zu Berlin.

Other works, however, also deserve to be recuperated from their current obscurity, not least the child portraits of Schadow’s Roman period and early years back in Berlin. These pictures—like the 1819 portrayal of Wienczyslaw and Konstanty Potocki or the rendition of Rose, Kurd and Karl von Schöning executed three years later, in 1822 (fig. 6 and fig. 7)—rehearse on a stylistic level Schadow’s intense engagement with the Northern Renaissance that would return in the Bearded Man’s iconography, dress code, and composition. Less known than his famous studio scene of 1816 (fig. 5), they are important in understanding Schadow’s further development, above all his deliberate poeticization of portraiture through an amalgamation of an old German idiom with that of the Italian quattro- and cinquecento.

Fig. 6. Wilhelm Schadow, Wienczyslaw und Konstanty Potocki (auch Doppelbildnis zweier Söhne eines polnischen Fürsten) (Wienczyslaw and Konstanty Potocki [also Double Portrait of the Sons of a Polish Prince]), 1819. Oil on panel, 59 x 67 cm. Muzeum Narodowe w Warszawie, Loan of the Family Potocki.
Fig. 7. Wilhelm Schadow, Die Kinder des Hofmarschalls von Schöning (Rose, Kurd und Karl) (The Children of the Hofmarschall Kurd Wolfgang von Schöning [Rose, Kurd and Karl]), 1822. Oil on canvas, 139 x 100 cm. Anhaltische Gemäldegalerie, Dessau.
 

The 1819 likeness of the Polish princes, for example, bears witness to the cultic quality of Raphael’s most famous work on German soil, the Sistine Madonna. Schadow had seen this icon of the German cult of Raphael in 1810, on his way to Italy (fig. 6).34 His adaptation of the Dresden image represents perhaps one of the most unexpected of the works made after this painting. After all, the angelic witnesses of the Virgin’s apparition have mostly inspired rather schmaltzy variations of Raphael’s ingenious invention. Schadow’s putti, however, have shed their ancestors’ lighthearted mischievousness. Despite an almost verbatim citation of their postures, their mood has become rather contemplative, if not outright somber. Indeed, the wistful interiority of Schadow’s sitters seems somewhat at odds with their tender age, as the princes were merely two and four years old when they modelled for the Nazarene painter. This change in atmosphere continues throughout the reinterpretation of the picture’s Italianate elements via the notable severity of contour and paint application. Schadow would repeat this operation—this tension-filled fusion of cis- and transalpine Renaissance modes—when he captured the Schöning children three years later.

Marked by an equally harsh contour, the life-size figures of Rose, Kurd, and Karl share with their Polish cousins the same peculiar sensation of a gravitas and sincerity far beyond their youth (fig. 7).35 At the same time, the dialectic of Northern and Italian models is even more pronounced, not least because Italia asserts herself with a brilliant luminosity and bold tonality quite unusual in Schadow’s oeuvre. Indeed, the vitreous, lucent colors, especially the sky’s blazing lapis lazuli, would have made even Giovanni Bellini proud. They create such a dramatic and drastic effect that it inevitably strikes the modern viewer as audacious.36 It almost seems as if the canvas’s Venetian incandescence served the recent repatriate as a means of working through—and ultimately overcoming—his raw longing for the South he had just left behind. This highly personal way of working through his own longing and nostalgia shines through in the painter’s efforts to elevate the portrait to a more sublime format. The notion of childhood play yields to an exacting triangular composition that arrests movement in ethereal harmony and the breathing body in sculpturesque immobility. In the process the image acquires the air of a devotional painting, an effect heightened by a selection of plants and attributes distinctly Marian in character (or associated with the Passion of Christ). Thus, the triad of red, blue, and white dresses, for example, recalls the Virgin’s colors, while the dove, cherries, and lush vine in the background are common appearances in depictions of the Christ child.37 In 1822, Schadow transformed child portraiture into a modern altarpiece.

In response to his second, much-desired visit to his beloved Italy from September 1830 to June 1831, Schadow would perfect his means of poeticizing portraiture. I have discussed these efforts elsewhere.38 Here, I want to focus on his perhaps most intriguing attempt, undertaken shortly afterwards, to make over likeness into historie, most intriguing because it for once left behind the tried-and-true pictorial conventions Schadow had previously transferred onto portraiture from religious and allegorical painting. The result was the admired Bearded Man of 1832, to which we shall return now.

Portraiture as Politics

The secret to our mystery man’s success was an ingenious fusion of two seemingly contradictory strategies. On the one hand, Schadow emulated—in format, composition, outfitting, and décor—the old German tradition (see fig. 15 and fig. 19). On the other hand, he alluded to the politically charged iconography of the contemporary royal likeness. Only two years before his Bearded Man took Hannover by storm, Schadow created one of the most daring experiments in his rich portrait production, which, with a diameter of fifty-one inches, is also one of the largest: The Princes (fig. 8).39 The visual impact of the magnificent tondo derives not least from the subtle yet powerful juxtaposition of the sitters’ political role and their intimate personal relationship, or, to put it differently, from the finely orchestrated contrast between the public and private sphere.

Standing almost uncomfortably close to the picture-plane, cut off by the frame at three-quarter length, the two nephews of Friedrich Wilhelm III, the ruling Prussian king, greet us as commanding figures, their hands firmly grasping their swords, the polished metal of their harnesses flickering seductively. Their poses convey royal stature as much as military prowess, as manliness mingles with courtly elegance, and the display of strength with a sense of graceful comportment. Yet for all the princes’ glory, they stood out. In an era teeming with noble likenesses, this one was not satisfied with a stately aura or the tired trope of noblemen depicted against a backdrop of storm-tossed landscapes and wild skies. Instead, such overly simplistic tropes yield to sensitive psychological observation and a deeply felt interest in the half-brothers’ individual characters. What is at stake here is a subtle exploration of a relationship overdetermined—as the picture makes clear at first sight—by a complicated mixture of familial love and raison d’état. Schadow’s genuine concern for the princes’ different dispositions bestowed upon the ensuing canvas a depth and unexpected intimacy that personalizes its outspoken political iconography. This infusion of a Romantic subjectivity and sensibility into the format of a monarchical state portrait engendered a broader reform of that genre’s conventions. In this sense, the interplay of royal commission and highly personal character study, which in this context was rather unconventional, produced an interplay of the private and public spheres worth further investigation.

Fig. 8. Wilhelm Schadow, Die Prinzen Friedrich Wilhelm Ludwig von Preussen und Wilhelm zu Solms-Braunfels in Kürassieruniform (The Princes Friedrich Wilhelm Ludwig von Preussen and Wilhelm zu Solms-Braunfels in Cuirassier Uniform), 1830. Oil on canvas, Ø 129.5 cm (tondo), 134 x 134 cm (canvas), 163.5 x 163.5 cm (with square frame, probably designed by W. Schadow). Museum Kunstpalast, Düsseldorf.

Border Crossings

The double portrait of the Prussian princes Friedrich Wilhelm Ludwig von Preussen and Wilhelm zu Solms-Braunfels occupies an exceptional place within Schadow’s oeuvre. Its singularity begins with the format, the tondo, which the painter liked for its intimate qualities but explored here on a monumental scale. Producing a daring oscillation between closeness (both physical and emotional) and imposing domination, the format itself thus serves as a signpost for the portrait’s essential function: the representation of private and public personas at once. The scale also gives weight to the background, a feature that Schadow usually treated mostly as a second thought, a mere foil. Here, in contrast, the landscape gains visual and symbolic prominence. The rare selection of a German veduta and its equally rare evocative realism go hand in hand with another dramatic departure from Schadow’s practice, the willingness to overcome his deep-rooted aversion to ornate, contemporary dress, which here manifests itself in the sitters’ opulent military uniforms. These formal strategies grew out of Schadow’s decision to tackle once more, the first time since his early rendition of Princess Marie Anne von Preussen in Old German Dress (fig. 3),the task of exploiting portraiture’s political potentialities.

Schadow’s return to portraiture as politics reflected not merely the sitter’s social station and political importance for Düsseldorf and the Rhineland, where Prince Friedrich, as the nephew of King Friedrich Wilhelm III, occupied a seminal role as a kind of “Ersatz king.”40 Beyond the painter’s general monarchist leanings, it paid a personal tribute to Schadow’s cordial relationship with the musically gifted aristocrat who, having arrived at the Rhine only five years before the new academy director, harbored a genuine interest in the arts. In his memoirs, written in 1861, Schadow noted fondly that “when I think of support [for my work], I have to mention above all Prince Friedrich … The personality of this most worthy gentleman was fitting to win the hearts of the Rhinelanders. He united dignity and the most refined propriety with an affability that made everybody in his presence comfortable and cozy … His conversational style was gripping for its natural charm, which, combined with the allure of manly beauty, entranced not only all women but conquered the hearts of the men as well. [Naturally,] this lively intellectual welcomed a new element to breach the elegant yet monotonous society of petite Düsseldorf. He gathered the artists around him, who in return gratefully offered their talents in service of his festivities, visited the studios and participated in every success of the young academy. Thus, he demonstrated more trust in the painters than did Düsseldorf’s bourgeoisie, who at first had not wanted to bring them into their houses.”41

Nothing testifies to Prince Friedrich’s genuine commitment to the city’s artists and their cultural endeavors more than the Hohenzollern’s willingness to break with court etiquette and attend an evening of tableaux vivants and theatrical performances in Schadow’s private residence.42 He was accompanied by his equally cultured wife, Wilhelmine Luise, born Princess von Anhalt-Bernburg and herself an amateur painter (fig. 9) who was popular among artists and art students for her modesty and genuine understanding of the arts. Schadow felt great sympathy for the Princess Friedrich, as she was also known, and painted her around the same time as her husband. The ensuing likeness was a far cry from the stereotypical “princess portraits” populating palaces and popular press alike. The subtle color combination of dusty blues, saturated forest green, the rich dark hues of the fur’s deep brown, and the jet-black hair of the sitter sets a tone of understated elegance, which reflects back on the princess’s persona. Her carefully rendered features seem, despite their obvious perfection and the flawless skin, realistic rather than overly idealized. They invite us to break through the surface of carefully styled beauty and the luxurious cocoon of the latest fashion to a level of sensibility and emotional immediacy at odds with the self-control and public façade demanded by her royal status. In this sense, the likeness of Princess Friedrich lives off the same strategies, albeit on a much smaller scale, than that of her husband.43 Schadow’s interplay of intimacy and public persona spills over into the portrait’s aesthetic temporality, which counters the emphatic contemporaneity of sartorial choices and the intricate coiffure, with a rather poignant citation of Italian High Renaissance portraiture. With a nonchalant gesture, firm and yet unstrained, her left hand grasping her coat’s overabundant fur trimming, Wilhelmine Luise joins an impressive gallery of females from the past, from courtesans to goddesses, who were captured in exactly that pose; in the process, her likeness is elevated from the merely fleeting depiction of the contemporary to an essential timeless ideal.44

Fig. 9. Wilhelm Schadow, Princess Wilhelmine Luise von Preussen, née Princess von Anhalt-Bernburg (also Princess Friedrich von Preussen), ca. 1830. Oil on canvas, 76.8 x 76.5 cm (tondo in square). Anhaltische Gemäldegalerie, Dessau.

Beyond the obvious art historical citation, the Renaissance inflection of Wilhelmine’s appearance also ties her portrait back to the social reality of Düsseldorf’s active theater scene, which could thrive as it did through the remarkably sizeable participation of amateur actors recruited from art academy and military alike. Given the royal couple’s sincere and affectionate dedication to the local art scene, it is less astounding to learn that the two indeed accepted leading parts in one of the plays staged by the academy director. Little is known about either its content or the actual performance, documented merely by a now-lost pencil drawing which names the various participants who appear in costume, and a charming portrayal of the painter’s sister-in-law in Renaissance costume (fig. 10).45 In this context, the small but exquisite painting functioned simultaneously as true likeness and marriage portrait, historical genre scene and the depiction of a (fictive) tableau vivant. It paints realism as idealism. As such, the likeness of Johanna “Jenny” Groschke, who met her aristocratic husband during the event, testifies to the overarching importance of the theme of border crossing to Schadow’s practice at this time, a theme pertaining as much to art as life and, in true Nazarene manner, to life through art.46

Fig. 10. Wilhelm Schadow, Catharina Johanna Groschke, called Jenny, ca. 1828. Oil on canvas, 36.5 x 29 cm. Collection Fiona Chalom, Los Angeles.

The popularity of Prince and Princess Friedrich did not even diminish when the political climate grew increasingly tense during the years leading up to the Revolution of 1848. Only the fierce anti-monarchical demonstrations, which would rattle the city in March of that fateful year, finally engendered a bitter break between the Prussian general and his adopted Heimat. Under protest, Friedrich von Preussen left Düsseldorf, never to return. Not even the sincerest efforts of the city, which offered him honorary citizenship in 1856, could change his mind: he thus never set foot again in his beloved residence, the Jägerhof.

1829, Brotherly Love and Prussian Prowess

Of course, when Schadow received the commission for the double portrait, such revolutionary unrest was still a long way off, as were the turbulent frictions within the art scene that would later weigh so heavily on the academy director. In 1829, the Düsseldorf School of Painting celebrated spectacular successes, and life together, inside and outside the studio, was almost alarmingly harmonious. At this high point of Schadow’s social experiment, running an academy like an artist fraternity, Friedrich von Preussen approached him with the idea of a likeness together with his younger half-brother, Friedrich Wilhelm zu Solms-Braunfels. Despite a family history that was not without tensions, the two men were extremely close, and the painting was probably intended as a gift for their mother, Friederike Sophie von Mecklenburg-Strelitz. At this point, the sister of Queen Luise was betrothed in her third marriage to the Duke of Cumberland. It is also possible that the son had merely communicated a commission from his mother, who had only recently, in 1828, visited Düsseldorf and on that occasion quite likely met the academy director. In any case, once the plan was born, work commenced speedily.

Already in 1829, the princes sat several times for Schadow. Complications arose as Wilhelm was stationed in Berlin-Potsdam and thus could not attend as many sessions as needed. Without further ado, the brother simply asked one of his officers to fill in. On 8 December 1829 a brief note was dispatched with the request to arrive in full uniform, “with cuirass and helm,” so that the painter could project pose and painterly effects.47 The note’s informal, satirical salutation—“Worthiest Rhine-Salmon”—most likely presents a witty word play on the name of the castle Burg Rheinstein, which the prince had recently purchased and was in the process of renovating.48 It certainly highlights the prince’s humorous side, which was well known and much loved in a city enamored by the yearly carnival and its soapbox speeches. The identity of that Rheinlachs, however, has remained a mystery demanding a fair amount of speculation to solve. The rather comic nickname certainly suggests an affectionate relationship to a person from within Friedrich’s closest military circle, and here the prince’s artistically inclined adjutant Carl Friedrich Rudolf Ernst von Normann comes to mind.49 Later in life, Normann would exchange sword for paintbrush for good; but even while still pursuing a thriving military career in the Düsseldorf regiment, this distinguished and elegant officer had joined the local academy as a dilettante member. Thus, it seems more than likely that it was him who showed up “at 11 am … in Director Schadow’s room” to pose for the picture.50

Once the canvas was finished, a lustrous frame, partially gilded, partially covered with gold foil, added a luxurious final touch. Thus embellished, the impressive double portrait made its social debut at the 1830 spring exhibition of the Düsseldorf Academy before it travelled in September to Berlin, where the academy’s biannual exhibition opened its doors on the 19th of that month. The favorable review in the influential art journal Kunst-Blatt noted that the monumental tondo was marked to cross the channel, where its new owner, the Duchess of Cumberland, would welcome it shortly afterwards.51

If the princely portrait stood out among Schadow’s many fine portraits for its size and its attention to clothing and landscape, it also distinguished itself in its haptic sensuousness and the plasticity of its surface values. It almost seems as if the opulence of the cuirassier uniform had thrown down a gauntlet that, once accepted, led Schadow to show off his technical prowess. The result is a rich play of enticing contrasts, from the juxtaposition of the fur’s plush softness and the coldness of the harness’s impenetrable metal, or of shimmering polish and the coarseness of the jacket’s gleaming-white kersey. The reflections on the brilliant cuirass especially show off Schadow’s paragone with the old masters. Despite these carefully executed visual pleasures Schadow nonetheless took great pains to avoid a dispersal of attention. The restrained tonality and the enamel-like paint application are means to secure an effect of overarching harmony and quiet grandeur. Handling color in the most local terms, the painter built the entire portrait around the classic triad of red, blue and a golden yellow, which, brought to sparkle by a few lively color accents, creates a calming effect of restfulness mingled with a cool, sophisticated elegance.

Schadow’s pictorial strategies translated directly into his approach to the study of the two men’s characters; they thus correlate with a stunning back-and-forth between a sense of collected reserve and emotional intensity. Drawing the viewer in, not least through the figures’ bold cropping and firm inscription into the picture plane, the portrait nevertheless commands a respectful inner distance between the viewer and the imposing princes. Struggling with these conflicting impulses, we experience an almost physical realization of the portrait’s overarching theme: the interplay of private and public spheres, an interplay both productive and contentious and embodied in a duality of brotherly friendship and political alliance.

In The Princes, Schadow for once embraced the call for an emphatically representative state portrait, and moreover one unabashedly military in character. This explains the fastidious care with which he painted the uniforms, which provide an almost seductive entrée for one of Prussia’s most elite and feared troops. Despite the sartorial splendor, the overall atmosphere is not one of showiness but of quiet grandeur. Citing Renaissance monarchical portraiture and devotional painting, the tondo format adds a sense of sublimity and even the sacred. The pictorial rhetoric of power and prowess, however, does not obliterate Schadow’s Romantic sensitivity. On the contrary, the valor goes hand in hand with heartfelt emotion, and the double portrait fuses, with surprising boldness, the longstanding tradition of representing nobility with the newly minted genre of the Romantic friendship portrait, a fusion even more remarkable for its execution on a monumental scale.52

The Monarchical State Portrait as Friendship Portrait

When first exhibited, the Kunst-Blatt commented with awe on the sitters’ “solemn princely pose.”53 But perhaps more remarkable is the expression of brotherly affection manifest in the embrace by the older man, Friedrich, of the younger, Wilhelm. This motif gains a truly Romantic note in the paradoxical mixture of physical closeness and divergent gazes, which continues the tradition of picturing friendship as an inner state of union, of kindred spirits, rather than conversant interaction.54 Accordingly, only Wilhelm’s frank look acknowledges the viewer; Friedrich, in contrast, seems lost in thought, and the slight melancholy, which hovers at the edges of his enigmatic expression, suggests musings of a rather private nature, perhaps even regarding matters of the heart. Thus, his portrait not only flaunts an officer and gentleman; it also proclaims a quintessentially Romantic ideal of manliness, one not driven by strength but sense and sensibility. His self-absorption and reflective inwardness create a poignant antipode to Prince Wilhelm’s aura of determination, assertiveness, and physical agility paired with considerable strength, as latently suggested by the taut, muscle-flexing posture. This subtle yet striking character differentiation avows its roots in the Romantic friendship portrait, insofar as it implies a complimentary, indeed symbiotic relationship. A finely tuned rhythm of mutual giving and taking dominates the composition, as the older brother at once promises protection while relying on his sibling’s support. The social hierarchies separating Friedrich, the lieutenant general, and Wilhelm, the cavalry captain—hierarchies reflecting not merely the men’s different military rank but also respective place in the line of succession—thus yield to an affirmation of equality, an equality built upon love, tenderness, and familial loyalty.

Schadow’s strategy of fusing the Prussian portrait tradition of high nobility in uniform with the novel type of the Romantic friendship portrait finds its ultimate embodiment in the picture’s most eye-catching detail, the expertly painted reflection of Wilhelm’s hand on Prince Friedrich’s polished cuirass exactly beneath his brother’s heart. The mirror-image of Wilhelm’s right hand, the hand of oath-taking, immediately takes on symbolic meaning, judiciously framed, as it were, by two prestigious medals: the large Order of the Black Eagle on orange ground, affixed to Friedrich’s right hip, and the simple black Iron Cross of the Second Class. Attached above the prince’s heart—and thus above the reflection of his brother’s hand—the Iron Cross proudly commemorates Friedrich’s bravery during the sensational Rhine crossing of Prussian troops at the old German town of Kaub, located about forty miles northwest of Wiesbaden, in the New Year’s week of 1814. Orchestrated by Field Marshal Gebhard Leberecht von Blücher, affectionately nicknamed “Marshal Forward” by his soldiers for his aggressive approach in warfare, the astonishing movement of 50,000 soldiers in three days carried the War of Liberation back into France and marked the beginning of Napoleon’s end.55 The reflection of Wilhelm’s hand thus must be read as the insignia of a military oath and loving testimony at once, of one brother touching his sibling’s heart both physically and metaphorically, a gesture almost too intimate for a large-scale state portrait and yet so appropriately political. With love, a life is pledged to Prussia’s dominion and military pursuits.

The New Knights at the Rhine

For all its surprising freshness, Schadow’s iconography could look back to a long tradition of pictures commemorating political alliances, and here Pompeo Batoni’s 1769 double portrait of the Austrian Emperor Joseph II and his brother, Pietro Leopold I of Tuscany might come to mind.56 Likewise, the nuanced characterization of the prince’s complex relationship had an immediate model, and one most closely related to the princes and their painter alike: the 1797 double statue The Princesses Luise and Friederike (fig. 11). Designed by Schadow’s father, Johann Gottfried, in plaster in 1795 and then executed in marble in the subsequent two years, this icon of Berlin sculpture shows the queen with her younger sister, the mother of Friedrich and Wilhelm. Its notable play of closeness and distance, paired with a graceful eroticism, took its inspiration from an antique source, the late Augustan marble of San Ildefonso. Dating from around 10 AD and rediscovered in 1622, this superb model of ancient eclecticism had made a spectacular entry into the German imaginary in 1707, when the electoral prince of the Palatinate, Johann Wilhelm, commissioned a plaster cast and thus brought the youthful pair to Mannheim. Identified respectively as Orestes and Pylades or Castor and Pollux, the group impressed the era’s literati, above all the Olympian of German poetry, Johann Wolfgang von Goethe. After having spent “the most blissful moments” in the boys’ presence, Goethe went on to commemorate the two not only in his autobiographical writings Poetry and Truth but also in his influential plays Götz von Berlichingen and Faust. The poet even ordered a copy of the Mannheim cast for his own house.57 Tapping into this rich, rather intricate genealogical lineage, the tondo of the Hohenzollern princes thus embodied a twofold familial homage, once in the form of a tribute by the painter to his father, once by the royal officers to their mother, Friederike.

Fig. 11. Johann Gottfried Schadow, The Princesses Luise and Friederike von Preussen, 1795-1797. Plaster, 172 cm x 88 cm x 59 cm. Friedrichwerdersche Kirche, Berlin.

Given the unusual character of the princely portrait, it seems hardly surprising that Schadow also rethought his treatment of the background. Embracing the uncompromising contemporary nature of Friedrich and Wilhelm’s appearance and worldly station, he expanded the picture’s political meaning into the landscape, a beautifully rendered view of the Rhine river. In most of his work, landscape merely functions as a means to set a certain mood or reiterate the painting’s historicist nature as a stylistic citation of models from a medieval past, preferably Raphael.58 Now, he embarked on a highly realistic veduta. The juxtaposition of the royal sitters and the Rhenish scenery asserts Prussia’s claim to rule over the Rhineland, a territory it had only recently acquired during the Congress of Vienna (1815–1816). Yet once again, the proclamation of power comingles with an emphasis on emotional investment. The princes’ poses are not merely one of repressive threat. Rather, the sensitive evocation of their inner landscape translates into a deeply felt love of the new Heimat, the now Prussian Rhineland, and a longing for embeddedness. The assertion of rule is also a pledge of loyalty, a pledge to take good care of the new land, of its rich history and heritage. In the case of Friedrich Wilhelm Ludwig von Preussen, this commitment took shape not least in his avid, groundbreaking support of historic preservation. Indeed, the prince himself had bought and then restored the castle in the background, Burg Rheinstein, which would remain until his final departure from Düsseldorf in 1848 one of his favorite places to be. Fittingly, the solemnity of the Hohenzollerns’ pose also communicates a self-understanding as the guardians of the Rhine and thus as a patriotic bulwark against the French menace. Here, we have come back full circle to the portrait of Princess Marianne and her anti-Napoleonic stance (see fig. 3). The officers’ firm grip of their broadswords, the Pallasch at their side, is sign of the victor’s pride as much as a warning of ever-lasting vigilance. As such, the monumental likeness symbolizes the Romantic quest for the roots of a German national culture, which the painting locates in the knighthood of the German Middle Ages. Standing at the edge of the Prussian kingdom, opposite the French enemy, the princes emerge as the modern reincarnation of that valiant past.

This complex set of allusions and alliances remained in play when Schadow repeated this pictorial scheme two years later, yet now with an unknown sitter as the protagonist. Hence, the forceful political symbolism made room for iconographic ambiguity and the dissolution of clear social legibility.

The Mystery of the Bearded Man

One of the secrets to the success of Schadow’s academy reform was the space it opened up for an officially sanctioned dissolution of traditional genre borders. It is only this impulse that might explain the rather puzzling choice of the model for this majestic portrait, Jacob Becker, the twenty-two-year-old son of a farmer’s daughter and a tailor near Worms (fig. 12). Later Becker would become famous as one of Düsseldorf’s most distinguished genre painters and a popular professor at the renowned Städel Art Institute in Frankfurt. In 1832, this glorious future was still a long way off. When he first met Schadow, the young man was earning a living as a draftsman and lithographer for the Frankfurt Lithographische Anstalt Vogel & Fink, where he had found employment in 1827, right after his arrival in the Main capital. The work for Vogel & Fink provided Becker with a solid technical education, which he perfected by attending elementary classes at the Städel as a guest student. A commission in 1833 to capture on stone Theodor Hildebrandt’s hit canvas Praying Choirboys would become the decisive turning point of his career (fig. 13). Warmly welcomed by Hildebrandt and the close circle of Schadow’s first generation of students, Becker decided that same year to relocate to the Rhine, where he immediately entered the landscape class of Johann Wilhelm Schirmer, only three years his senior. Seven years later, in 1840, he achieved his ultimate breakthrough with a dramatic depiction of Countrymen Surprised by a Tempest.59 Within a year he was back in Frankfurt, hired at the very institution where he had received his first artistic lessons.60

Fig. 12. Monogrammist G. O. (not traceable), Portrait of a Düsseldorf Painter, 1835. Wood engraving, 12 x 10 cm. Gottfried Wilhelm Liebniz Bibliothek, Niedersächsische Landesbibliothek, Hannover.
Fig. 13. Jacob Becker von Worms, after Theodor Hildebrandt, Praying Choirboys, 1834. Lithograph, 42 x 27 cm. Private Collection.

Long before he set foot in Düsseldorf, however, Becker had already met Schadow on an earlier mission. At that time he was travelling, together with his close friend and colleague Jakob Fürchtegott Dielmann, to sketch the river banks of the Rhine between Mainz and Koblenz. Commissioned by their mutual employer, Friedrich Carl Vogel, the trip resulted in a truly mammoth publication that occupies an exceptional place among the period’s popular panoramas (fig. 14). Only 9.5 cm high but 20 m long, the 1833 Leporello Panorama of the Rhine: View of the Right and Left Bank of the Rhine, Mentz to Coblentz, published by F. C. Vogel was less practical guide than precious souvenir. Becker dedicated himself to the left river bank, which he not only drew but lithographed. Without compromising the task’s necessary demand for descriptive realism, the artist aimed to capture the region’s idyllic atmosphere on the brink of its destruction through industrialization and the demands of modern travel.61 This sentiment must have greatly appealed to Schadow, who, after all, vehemently advocated an idealist approach even in realistic landscape or contemporary genre painting. Admiring Becker’s views, Schadow was equally smitten by the young man’s appearance, which he proceeded to stage, quite unbefitting of Becker’s worldly station, with aristocratic bravado.

Fig. 14. Jacob Becker von Worms, Neu Rheinstein (Sr. K. H. dem Prinzen Friedrich Wilhelm von Preussen gehörig), 1833. Lithograph. In: Panorama des Rheins oder Ansichten des rechten und linken Rheinufers von Mainz bis Coblenz (Panorama of the Rhine: View of the right and left bank of the Rhine, Mentz to Coblentz) (Frankfurt: F. C. Vogel, 1833).

Sartorial Strategies

Without recourse to the sartorial markers of power and prestige he had at his fingertips in The Princes, Schadow had to find an alternative way to imbue his subject with stately dignity. In the past, he had resorted to borrowing from Christian iconography, devotional painting, royal portraiture and the representation of ancient rulers, not to mention Baroque compositions, which, still vilified by the Brotherhood of St. Luke, had become increasingly popular among his Düsseldorf students, especially those of Guido Reni or Carlo Dolci. The result was what I would like to call, following the lead of Schadow’s contemporaries, the historicizing portrait.62 In Becker’s likeness, Schadow pursued an entirely different path. He solved his problem by emulating German Renaissance portraiture yet with an emphatically modern twist.

On a basic level, the set-up of A Bearded Man bespeaks a deep familiarity with Italian Renaissance portraiture, and here Leonardo’s famous Mona Lisa might come to mind as one seminal example for the placement of a sitter in an architectural loggia with a landscape background.63 And, of course, when one thinks of the grandeur of Becker’s pose, the elegance and discretion of his dress, and his intense yet simple and natural presence, Raphael’s captivating portrayal of the famous courtier Baldassare Castiglione, the poet, humanist, and ambassador, whom the artist had first met as a young man in Urbino, comes to mind.64 The two men not only share sumptuous attire and almost identical facial hair; they also mirror each other in their sideward glance and an aura of humane sensitivity paired with considerable assertiveness, a somber amiability which translates from character into composition. One might even apply to the unknown lithographer and his portrait Castiglione’s ideal of sprezzatura, an effortless self-confidence or virtuosity combined with grace, which the diplomat had celebrated as a crucial ideal befitting the man of culture in his 1528 Book of the Courtier. Raphael had translated this concept into oil in his friend’s illustrious likeness, and Schadow clearly strove for sprezzatura in his own work.65 Yet equally important, and for ideological reasons even more so, was the Northern Renaissance tradition. Indeed, composition, outfitting, and décor recall the striking likenesses of old German patricians, which by the 1830s had become a coveted body of work and of interest to collectors and scholars alike.66 Here we might want to turn to the Nazarenes’ most beloved medieval master, Albrecht Dürer, and his self-confident wearing of fur.

Dürer’s Fur

In the main commission of his Venetian sojourn, the 1506 Feast of the Rosegarlands, the Nuremberg artist proudly flaunts a richly designed mantle with a costly fur trim. Of all Dürer’s self-portraits in assistenza, this would become the most canonical. Following the impulse to isolate Dürer’s cameo appearances from his large-scale compositions, the important print-maker Lucas Kilian, for example, used this half-quarter-length likeness at least three times, once in a famous engraving of 1608 (fig. 15).67 Although this print would become one of the best known representations of Dürer to posterity, it is in fact twice removed from Dürer’s own work.68 Indeed, when Kilian set out to engrave the Nuremberg master, the original altarpiece had already been shipped across the Alps to Prague and its new owner, the Emperor Rudolf II. The print maker looked instead, as the engraving’s lengthy inscription reveals, at a replica (or maybe a partial copy) executed by Hans Rottenhammer shortly before the altarpiece left Italy. Kilian’s exacting execution, however, did not suffer from this mediation. His print is a tour de force of detail and haptic brilliance. It almost seems as if the sumptuous engraving captures a microscopic view of the Feast of the Rosegarlands, “since the original figure is proportionally speaking quite small.”69 A few decades later, the remarkable quality of Kilian’s sheet compelled Joachim von Sandrart, the “Northern Vasari,” to choose it as the model for the Dürer likeness in his own 1675 treatise Teutsche Akademie (fig. 16).70 As the first full appreciation of Dürer’s life and art to be published in his own country, Sandrart’s biography played a vital role in the rise and expansion of the master’s cultic adoration. While enshrining the Nuremberger in the pantheon of Northern artists, Sandrart’s account also secured fame and familiarity for Kilian’s likeness across Europe. Repeating the reduction of Kilian’s figure to a bust portrait in the Teutsche Akademie, a print by the Dresden engraver Moritz Steinla testifies to the image’s ongoing prominence even two hundred years later.71

Fig. 15. Lucas Kilian, after Hans Rottenhammer (after Albrecht Dürer), Pictorum et chalcographor Germaniae Principis Alberti Dureri Genuina Effigies (detail of Dürer’s self-portrait in The Feast of the Rosegarlands), 1608. Engraving, 34 cm x 20.5 cm. The British Museum, London.
Fig. 16. Philipp Kilian, Plate with Portraits of German Artists, 1675. Engraving. In: Joachim von Sandrart. Teutsche Academie der Bau-, Bild- und Mahlerey-Künste… vol. 2, part 3: “Netherlandish and German Artists” (Nürnberg: Johann Philipp Miltenberger, 1675), plate BB, after 224.

Whether or not Schadow knew Kilian’s print or any of its offspring is unclear. Working on his autobiographical novel of 1854, The Modern Vasari, a book that doubles as art historical treatise and artist biographies, the academy director confessed to his collaborator, Julian Hübner, that he could not get hold of a full edition of Sandrart’s Teutsche Akademie.72 Nonetheless, both publications share a sustained interest in the physical appearance of the artists discussed, and Schadow gladly followed the suggestion of his publisher to include nine portraits of contemporary artists in The Modern Vasari. Already as a young man Schadow had been fascinated by the faces of the past. When he decided in 1819 to adorn his own father’s rendering with an image of Albrecht Dürer, he resorted to another famous Renaissance source for an accurate likeness (fig. 17). A copy of the portrait medal, crafted in 1527 by Matthes Gebel, probably belonged to the Schadow household. The inclusion of Gebel’s medal was at once a plea for appeasement and a gesture of self-assertion (fig. 18). It paid tribute to Johann Gottfried’s adoration of Dürer, while embodying a programmatic declaration of the Nazarene aesthetic. This declaration proved to be a bone of contention once Schadow was replanted in Berlin six years after joining the Brotherhood of St. Luke in 1813. Once back, he saw his artistic principles and ideological position vehemently attacked, not least by his own father. Shaped by a neoclassicist sensibility and deeply ingrained Enlightenment beliefs the sculptor could only feel contempt and disgust in the face of his son’s Romantic-Catholic conversion and the medievalist idiom it accompanied. Wilhelm thus called on Dürer for support and justification. In this sense, the carefully rendered Renaissance medal labels the portrait’s exquisite style quite self-consciously as old German. Given Schadow’s early interest in Dürer’s likeness, he undoubtedly paid careful attention to the most enigmatic of Dürer’s self-depictions, his iconic Christ-like image of 1500.

Fig. 17. Wilhelm Schadow, Johann Gottfried Schadow, 1819. Oil on paper, mounted on canvas, 20.4 x 17.2 (image), 21.5 x 18,4 cm (canvas). Collection Fiona Chalom, Los Angeles.
Fig. 18. Wilhelm Schadow, Albrecht Dürer after a Portrait Medal by Matthes Gebel, 1819 (detail from Fig. 17).
Fig. 19. Johann Nepomuk Strixner, Self-Portrait of Albrecht Dürer, 1808. Lithograph, 35.2 x 24.5 cm, In: Johann Nepomuk Strixner: Albrecht Dürers christlich-mythologische Handzeichnungen (Munich: A. Senefelder, 1808), frontispiece.

Having entered the Bavarian royal collections in 1805, the panel became instantly famous as the frontispiece of Johann Nepomuk Strixner’s pioneering reproductions of the artist’s “Christian-mythological drawings” (fig. 19).73 The lithographer had discovered the stunning marginalia, which introduced an entirely new, playful Dürer—the Dürer of fantasia—to a mesmerized public, in the Bavarian copy of a prayer book originally commissioned by the Emperor Maximilian in 1513 and adorned by various artists in 1514/1515.74 Resting his manly right hand with contemplative gravitas on his coat’s luxuriant trimming, the Renaissance master turns our attention back to the status-conscious, symbolically charged display of clothing, which had puzzled the original viewers of Schadow’s Bearded Man.

As Joseph Koerner has noted, fur played a crucial role in the construction of self in Dürer’s panel, which so boldly emulates the format of the icon.75 This conceit, the self-portrait as icon, rests on a strenuous exercise of control over self and image-making alike, which in turn exorcizes chance through radical frontality and unnatural symmetry. However, this proposition is immediately disturbed by the motif of the artist’s fingers fondling, as if unconsciously, the coat’s thick, soft lining. The motif of the small tuft of fur, pushed up between index and middle finger, adds an element of contingency, a haptic divergence from the hieratic order of the cult image with its demand of total visibility. At this instance, when the artist gives plasticity to the material reality of his touch, and at this place, where the sitter touches himself, the conjecture of the panel as a vera icon, as an acheiropoetic image “not made by human hands,” falters. “To imagine that the hand, resting against the sitter’s body, has unintentionally displaced the tuft of fur … gives us occasion to distinguish between Dürer as human sitter, idly fingering the fur of his coat as he tries to maintain a stiff pose, and Dürer as emblem of the imago Dei.”76 This dualism of embodiment and sacred geometry remained virulent, if toned down, when Strixner translated Dürer’s iconic self into pure contour.77

Schadow might not have picked up on the subtleties of Dürer’s play with different artistic modes; yet he probably sensed the ambivalence of Dürer’s embrace of fur. After all, for an artisan like Dürer, presenting himself in such a luxurious garment was a statement of status, a badge of wealth, power, and distinction far removed from the hairy shirts worn by the ascetic imitators of Christ.78 Schadow repeated this ultimately iconographic discrepancy. Yet beyond this play with legibility, Schadow must have felt a visceral attraction to the painting’s eloquent conversation between idealism and materialism, between the Christomorphic renunciation of madeness and the insistent manifestation of body and painterly craft. A symbol for Dürer’s bodily being—and as such an expression of carnal beauty, narcissism, and man’s proximity to beast—the touch of fur ultimately justifies the kind of Düsseldorf naturalist idealism that had brought Schadow into fiery conflict with his former brethren, above all with Johann Friedrich Overbeck and Peter Cornelius, who rejected his realism as sinful and evidence of artistic decline.79

Yet Schadow stood his ground. After all, he was convinced that a naïve return to the past was as impossible as it was undesirable, and instead pronounced a “circumspect innocence of manhood” as the attitude that “anyone with honest intentions” should strive for.80 Accordingly, Schadow gave a decidedly contemporary twist to his utterly Nazarene bow to the revered model of the past.

Political Landscapes

Ultimately, the modern aura of dress, etiquette, and scenery fully absorbs the historicism of the Bearded Man’s appearance and genealogy. The model becomes ennobled twice, from the representative, self-confident pose and the lavish, fur-trimmed wool coat, which wraps in such stately manner around the jacket’s soft, thick velvet, to the dual view of two castles and the relief of oak foliage on the pillar of the loggia, where Becker lingers so enigmatically. View and surrounding conjure up the period’s rampant Ruinenromantik (romanticism of ruins), which also holds the key to the picture’s interpretation. The portrait opens out from the depiction of an individual likeness to the vision of reconquering a lost ideal, to the idea of a birth, conceptualized here as a rebirth, of a unified national identity from the spirit of the Middle Ages and its Knighthood—in short, to the vision of a Deutschtum, of a Germanness or Germandom, that was as anachronistic as it was forward-looking. The picture summons the same kind of interdependency of reconstruction and recommencement, renewal and new beginning at play in Prince Friedrich’s Castle Rheinstein. One detail in particular embodies, pars pro toto, this emphatic interplay of past and present, nostalgia and renovation: Becker’s noteworthy beard, both emphatically fashionable and yet worthy of a Renaissance patrician (a beard that in the age of the hipster seems oddly contemporary once more). We will return to this hairy affair again at the end.

The reasons for Schadow’s approach are complex. They reflect not least the Düsseldorf artists’ claim to an advanced social standing, a claim that Schadow had systematically pursued since taking office and that was, in life as in Becker’s portrait, crowned with success. Already the picture’s formal severity, which aims for a monumental effect, and the solemn profundity of the sitter’s facial expression bestowed a historic aura upon the painting, an aura that ultimately justified its illustration in the aforementioned exhibition review of 1835 in the form of a wood engraving (fig. 12). This real-life interest was, of course, filtered through the broader question of ennobling the category of portraiture as such, and Schadow thus made every effort to preserve the picture’s interpretive openness. Consequently, he gave his audience very little to go on when it came to the sitter’s social background and professional occupation, and the fictive conversation of the visitors in the Hannoversche Kunstblätter cited at the opening of this essay testifies to the success of this strategy. Indeed, only the brash cap gestures clearly to Becker’s status as a painter; the tools of his trade, however, remain entirely absent. Perhaps one could read the veduta in the background as a reference, if a rather oblique one, to the lithographer’s panorama project. Yet this seems unlikely given the fact that this precise view was not part of F. C. Vogel’s printed route from Mainz to Koblenz. Instead, we see, probably from the perspective of Bad Honnef, the ruin of the castle Rolandseck with its famous Rolandsbogen and, opposite on the right river bank, the no less impressive Seven Mountains range (Siebengebirge) with the Drachenfels. Schadow thus chose a prospect that enjoyed great popularity among tourists and the producers of prints and postcards serving the appetites of this young industry.81 In contrast, the shimmering waters of the Rhine beneath the Rolandsbogen, which suggest that we stand on one of the small river islands, are artistic license. It seems more likely that the picturesque view captures the perspective from one of the villas that increasingly populated the hillside of the Rhine’s left bank.82

Schadow’s nod toward modern travel gives the picture an emphatically contemporary note, which is, however, immediately tempered by a resounding chord from the past. As the scenery’s picturesque allure tempts us to give into the pure enjoyment of a Sunday boat trip, the figure’s somber grandeur reminds us that history is calling us to restore the glory of our medieval ancestry. As memories of times long gone are awakened, so are literary allusions, and for a moment we seem to face not only an unknown painter but also Friedrich or Leontin, the heroes from Joseph von Eichendorff’s 1815 novel Presentiment and Presence, as “they emerged from the woods and stepped upon a projecting rock, [and] suddenly saw coming from the miraculous far away distance, from old fortresses and eternal forests the stream of ages past … the royal river Rhine.”83 Many among Schadow’s audience would have been familiar with this enchanted novel about Germanness, the War of Liberation, and the longing for the land where one belongs, for our Heimat. Most importantly, in novel and painting alike, the river not only conveys, or alludes to, but actually is history. The lack of a clearly defined location turns into a metaphor for the need to dive, like Eichendorff’s protagonists, into the Rhine as a way of enacting and expressing our commitment to (of leaping into) German history.

Schadow’s reluctance to depict local backgrounds, and his even greater reluctance to depict explicitly German ones, leaves no doubt that the picturesque and well-known landscape unfolding in his 1832 portrait reiterates the previous avowal of Prussia to the Rhineland, or more aptly, the avowal of a Prussian Rhineland that he had articulated two years earlier in the double portrait of the Hohenzollern princes (fig. 8). Yet this reiteration undergoes a profound change, as it gains evocative power and interpretive openness at the cost of iconographic ambiguity. Indeed, a nostalgic atmosphere permeates the patriotism of the Romantic evocation of the Rhine and its castles, a wistfulness that inevitably (although not necessarily intentionally) adds ambiguity to the picture’s political meaning. This sense of multivalence only increases when one realizes that in 1832 Jacob Becker would participate in the Hambach Festival, a mass rally at a castle in the present-day Rhineland-Palatinate, where as many as 30,000 liberals and radicals gathered to demand constitutional rights, freedom of the press, and national unity. In these last days of May 1832, thousands upon thousands of farmers and day laborers, artisans, and students from throughout Germany would march under the German tricolor of black-red-yellow (the latter heraldic “gold”), Becker among them. Although not a call to revolution, this articulation of liberal and republican oppositional viewpoints still alarmed conservative forces, which feared the imminent danger of insurgency.84 Ultimately, this “national festival of the Germans” left no indelible marks on the life and work of the future painter. Nonetheless, it throws into relief the interpretive openness of the Rhine nostalgia so prominent in The Bearded Man. Needless to say, Schadow would have vehemently denied such national-democratic inflections, which he would have seen as an attack on the monarchy he devoutly served. Yet the painting develops a momentum of its own, which, defying Schadow’s desire to control the picture’s signification, recalls the polyvalence of the Mourning Royal Couple by his student Carl Friedrich Lessing (fig. 20). A sensation when first shown at the exhibition of the Berlin Academy in 1830, the canvas astonishes through its ability to support radically divergent readings, ranging from republican, antifeudal, and antimonarchical interpretations to an enthusiastic reception in conservative circles, which clearly saw here, as its buyer, the reactionary Russian Imperial Family, a declaration of alliance to the dying monarchy.85 In Lessing’s case, such ambiguity was programmatic. In Schadow’s case, it was not. Probably not even intended, the canvas’s potential multivalence rather speaks to the somewhat untamable momentum gained by the reform of historical representation in the Düsseldorf Academy. Creating new expectations and new modes of reception that empowered viewers, as Cornelius Gurlitt observed in 1899, “to pluck stories from the paintings” and concern “themselves not only with what was represented, but … with the most extensive spiritual associations,” the new history painting inevitably shaped Schadow’s own work.86 Whether intended or not, it was precisely this momentum that made the academy director’s concern with a notion of Germanness so relevant and his proposition of a German national character wrested from the remnants of the Middle Ages so befitting for a broad audience.

Fig. 20. Carl Friedrich Lessing, Das trauernde Königspaar (Mourning Royal Couple), 1830. Oil on canvas, 215 x 193 cm. The Hermitage Museum, St Petersburg.

Portraiture into History

The look across the Rhine to France highlights the significance of Schadow’s intervention as an attempt to elevate portraiture to a meta-genre, which would be capable of suturing the rift between different forms of historical imagination, representation, and pictorial realization. Despite the battles with his former St. Luke brethren, Schadow remained indebted to his Nazarene origins and hence wanted to ground this operation, as well as his idealist naturalism at large, in Christian doctrine. On a stylistic level, he answered this desire with a powerful theory of painting as incarnation, as “The Word Made Flesh.”87 When it came to history painting, however, he pursued a different strategy and located its modern source in portraiture. He arrived at this position via the sensuous renewal of art in the early Christian period. With the mosaics of the fifth and sixth centuries in mind, Schadow declared in 1842 that the rejuvenation of art after antiquity’s decline originated “from the head and its physiognomic expression” or, to put it differently, from the countenance, not the body.88 This, in turn, allowed him to make portraiture the mediating principle between the era’s competing modes of historical representation. In the process the portrait became, both in theory and in the curriculum of the Düsseldorf Academy, the precondition of historical painting and, in its capacity as an independent undertaking, embodied the school’s poetic—or, perhaps more aptly, poeticizing—principle.

Not surprisingly, Schadow’s remodeling of history painting reflected back on the genre it evoked, portraiture. Inverting his notion of naturalist idealism as the basis for grand histories, he called for an idealist naturalism in the lower genre, whether likeness or landscape. His basic rule was that the portraitist had to poeticize and thus ennoble the sitter by capturing the model’s essence and inner ideal, instead of producing a sort of common Steckbrief, a “most-wanted poster.”89 Schadow’s strategies for achieving this goal were simple but effective. He largely shunned the trappings of social prestige in favor of simplified, introverted compositions in which a hint of abstraction added a Nazarene touch. Frequently, he assimilated religious prototypes, which, aided by a judicious choice of dress, attributes, and symbolic colors, helped to intimate spiritual subtexts, moral values, or allegorical meaning.

Before portraiture could metamorphose into a historical genre, however, it had to be freed from the sitters’ whimsies. For portraiture to be history, it had to free itself from its commercial shackles, from the strictures of the patrons’ self-image and vain demands. In the 1830s, Schadow thus painted a series of likenesses, many of them begun during his second voyage to Italy from 1830 to 1831, which translated his investment in symbolically charged portraiture into the production of autonomous works.90 Critics immediately took note.

In his 1839 account Die Düsseldorfer Malerschule (The Düsseldorf School of Painting), the left-leaning journalist and art critic Hermann Püttmann, who would later become a founding father of the German press in Australia, invented a special category for Schadow’s fusion of ideal types and observation of nature: the “costume or portrait genre.”91 The critic was particularly smitten with Schadow’s likenesses, which he perceived as “free inventions” that responded to artistic considerations alone and not the distorting demands of a meddling patron. As such, Püttmann gushed, they were unspoiled by debasing pecuniary interests and, in contrast to the despicable “copies of everyday faces,” rose high above the “day-laborer productions” of common portraiture.92 These debates underscore the emphatically programmatic nature of The Bearded Man and the necessity that the portrait remained in Schadow’s studio as a completely independent product of his imagination. Indeed, The Prince’s infusion of the monumental royal tondo with elements of the genre historique seems to respond not merely to Schadow’s desire to reform the tired format of the monarchical state portrait, but also to his aim to free what was de facto a rather prestigious commission from the bad odor of intrusive patronage and manipulation. In this sense, the psychological rendition of the two Hohenzollern and the genuinely Romantic inwardness of the princely general mark the areas of “free invention,” of artistic control and purely aesthetic deliberations so important to the transformation of portraiture into history. Of course, Püttmann’s idea that any work could transcend market concerns was wishful thinking, and in fact Schadow paid careful attention to economic matters in his own professional life and that of his students. Yet the critic’s attitude is an important articulation of the anticommercial undercurrent that had shaped the Brotherhood of St. Luke from the beginning and remained a signifier of true art in Düsseldorf.

Fig. 21. August Hoffmann, after Louis Ammy Blanc, Die Kirchgängerin (The Church-Goer), 1835. Etching and engraving; 36.2 x 25.9 cm. Philadelphia Museum of Art.

Pushed a little bit further, Schadow’s allegorical-historical conception of portraiture could break down the borders of the genre altogether. Only this expansion of expectations and permissible formats explains the overwhelming success of Louis Ammy Blanc’s medievalizing depiction of a devout beauty dressed in the lavish Sunday best of the Lower Rhineland Renaissance (fig. 21).93 Fusing ideal type and a close observation of nature, The Church-Goer of 1834 embodied Schadow’s theoretical principles as much as it bore witness to the increasing fluidity of portraiture, allegory, and genre in that period. Indeed, contemporaries felt that the transition to the historical genre was now so imperceptible that it was no longer possible to detect a clear border between the higher and the lower genre—“try as we may.”94 The rapid sprouting of hybrid picture types spurred a desire to devise ever more nuanced systems of organization. Following this urge, Püttmann created yet another category for Blanc’s Church-Goer, “the character genre.” The key feature that distinguished this new category from the costume and portrait genre was, Püttmann concluded, its greater literary potency.95 Accordingly, a painting like The Church-Goer was soon associated with the figure of Gretchen (Margarete) from Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s famous drama Faust, and thus transformed into something of a genre scene or tableau vivant. Indeed, Blanc himself would follow up by picturing Faust’s tragic heroine, whose features bear an uncanny resemblance to those of the deceased sitter from his hit canvas of 1834.96 Ultimately then, the literary potency of this cross-over genre resided, as Gurlitt has reminded us, in the eye of the beholder.97

I would like to present The Bearded Man as part and parcel of this fundamental shift in the perception of portraiture. As such, he not only takes a commanding view across the German lands. He also looks toward France, and Europe in its entirety. His example constitutes a new attitude of the most expansive nature, a new attitude toward modern subjectivity, national identity, and academic painting. It is the strength of this portrait to negotiate all of these complex issues at once, and with a sprezzatura worthy of the artist’s Renaissance idols.

The King’s Final Words

The political implications of A Bearded Man are profound. Overlooking the Rhine, he stands for a new Germany, a Germany reborn from the ruins of the past and guided by a new knighthood, the kind of “modern knights” embodied by Friedrich von Preussen and Wilhelm zu Solms-Braunfels but now made available for anybody.98 In the twenty-first century, few viewers will cherish the tondo for its royalist mentality or, more precisely, its unapologetic declaration of loyalty to the Prussian monarchy. More likely, the portrait will appeal to viewers because of its interpretive openness and iconographic ambivalence, those elements characteristic of what I have called the “secular devotional picture,” the kind of psychologized historical genre painting so powerfully represented by Lessing’s Mourning Royal Couple (fig. 20).

The interpretive openness of A Bearded Man not only deepens the aura of the likeness as a form of historical representation; it also prevents the painting from hardening into ideological, political, and stylistic rigidity. In the end, its medievalism is delivered—is made real in, and relevant for, the present—through an alluring technique, especially, as the enthused critic of the Hannoversche Kunstblätter noted, “the true-to-life representation of the fabrics, and the robust, naturalistic skin tone.”99 Standing in front of the painting, we sense a desire to caress the jacket’s soft velvet or play with the thick, luxurious fleece of the fur, were it not for the sitter’s commanding presence, which demands respect and forbids us to take such liberties. The virtuosity of the pictorial treatment continues in the elegant color palette, which, developing from a restrained but warm and attractive triad of green, brown, and blue, receives a sprightly accent through the rosy flesh tone. The soft sfumato of the river landscape is a rare example of Schadow’s talent for more painterly surface treatment. Perhaps the most compelling proof of the painter’s often untested abilities at lush color application is Becker’s recalcitrant head of hair and the resplendent, perfectly supported beard that is at once so chic and so peculiarly medieval. Only the Prussian king could not warm to the way the painting bows before the newest male fashion. He clearly sensed the revolutionary underpinnings of Schadow’s border crossings, for all of the artist’s monarchist leanings. Informed by the painter’s father that the work was still for sale, the monarch answered brashly: “First shave the beard!”100

Notes

1.  Hannoversche Kunstblätter 3 (6 March 1835): 17-24.
2.  “Das zweite Schadowsche Bild … tritt uns so vollendet, so in sich abgeschlossen und abgerundet entgegen, und unterscheidet sich namentlich dadurch so sehr von den Portraits gewöhnlichen Schlages, daß man bald den Historienmaler in der Hand, die es schuf, erkennt.” Ibid., 22.
3.  “Man glaubt nicht ein Porträt aus unserer flachen nur für den Moment lebenden Zeit, sondern aus der der großen italischen Meister vor sich zu sehen!” Ibid.
4.  “Erste: Wer mag denn der interessante Mensch sein? Zweite: Es soll ein Maler in Düsseldorf sein.? Erste: Unmöglich!—wie kann denn ein Maler so aussehen;—das muß wenigstens ein Graf sein.” Ibid.
5.  Cordula Grewe, Painting the Sacred in the Age of Romanticism (Burlington: Ashgate, 2009). For a more detailed discussion of the concept of “reenchantment” see also the section “Pecking Orders” in this article.
6.  Emanuel Leutze, Washington Crossing the Delaware, 1851. Oil on canvas, 378.5 x 647.7 cm. Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York, https://www.metmuseum.org/art/collection/search/11417.
7.  In an essay authored toward the end of his life, around 1860, Schadow presented his style as the middle ground between “Two Parties in the Art World: Idealists and Realists.” (Schadow, “Zwei Parteien in der Kunstwelt: Idealisten und Materialisten” [ca. 1860–62] ed. Heinrich Theissing, Jahreshefte der Düsseldorfer Akademie 3 [1990–91]: 57-85.) Arguing against too much abstraction and for more empathy, Schadow disapproved of the anti-corporeal condemnation of the flesh issued by Johann Friedrich Overbeck, figurehead of the Brotherhood of St. Luke and by 1830 an internationally revered elder of the Nazarene movement. Schadow vehemently criticized the lack of naturalism, natural observation, and study of life models typical of Overbeck and his followers. Equally unsatisfying seemed to him the aesthetics of the “so-called ideal-abstract artistic direction” of the Munich school—led by another of his former brethren, Peter Cornelius—which inevitably stirred a “ravenous appetite … for a naturally painted head.” (Schadow, “Über Ernst Förster,” [probably after 1850] ed. J. Heinrich Schmidt, Jahresbericht der Staatlichen Kunstakademie Düsseldorf [1939]: 76.) Conversely, Overbeck, Cornelius, and their followers accused Schadow of being a pedestrian naturalist. For a detailed discussion of Schadow’s concept of a naturalist idealism and the notable tensions between the different Nazarene factions see Cordula Grewe, “Toward a Naturalist Idealism,” chap. 13 in The Nazarenes: Romantic Avant-Garde and the Art of the Concept (University Park, PA: Penn State University Press, 2015), 237-249.
8.  Grewe, “Portraiture as History,” chap. 15 in The Nazarenes, 269-287.
9.  Ibid.
10.  Charles Baudelaire, “The Painter of Modern Life,” (1863) in The Painter of Modern Life, and Other Essays, trans. and ed. Jonathan Mayne (London: Phaidon, 1964), 1-40; see also T. J. Clark, The Painting of Modern Life: Paris in the Art of Manet and his Followers (New York: Knopf, 1985).
11.  For an extensive analysis and equally comprehensive citation of source material and secondary literature see the entries in my catalogue raisonné: Cordula Grewe, “Die Prinzen Friedrich Wilhelm Ludwig von Preussen und Wilhelm zu Solms-Braunfels in Kürassieruniform, 1830,” and “Bärtiger Mann (Jacob Becker, genannt Becker von Worms), stehende Dreiviertelfigur vor Rheinland schaft, 1832,” nos. 136-136.K1 and 151-151.K1 in Wilhelm Schadow Werkverzeichnis der Gemälde mit einer Auswahl der dazugehörigen Zeichnungen und Druckgraphiken (Petersberg: Michael Imhof Verlag, 2017), 251-257, 339-340; 275-279, 342.
12.  The startling lack of attention to these rather dramatic examples of nineteenth-century portraiture reflects their emphatically private collection history, which has hidden them from public view for more than a century and a half. While the Bearded Man is still in private hands, awaiting a new owner at the Galerie Paffrath in Düsseldorf, The Princes were tucked away in the castle of Ernst August Prince of Hannover until 2005, when much of the Marienburg’s content was auctioned off in an enormous estate sale and subsequently acquired by Düsseldorf’s Museum Kunstpalast. Ibid.
13.  In a letter to Julius Hübner, Schadow pitied his former pupil and close friend for having to agonize over the “Prinzessinnenmalerei” (the painting of princesses), a plight that he himself, as Schadow wrote, had to suffer all too often. The same attitude was true for any kind of commissioned royal portrait. Wilhelm Schadow, letter to Julius Hübner d. Ä, Düsseldorf, 21 May 1832, Heinrich-Heine-Institut, Autographensammlung (W. Schadow).
14.  Baudelaire, “The Painter of Modern Life,” 12.
15.  Stephen Bann, Paul Delaroche: History Painted (London: Reaktion Books, 1997); Scott Christopher Allan and Mary G. Morton, eds., Reconsidering Gérôme, (Los Angeles: J. Paul Getty Museum, 2010); Laurence des Cars et al., The Spectacular Art of Jean-Léon Gérôme (1824–1904), exh. cat. (Los Angeles: J. Paul Getty Museum; Milan: Skira, 2010)
16.  Bann, Paul Delaroche; and Hans Körner, “Paris—Düsseldorf: Die französische Malerei und die Düsseldorfer Malerschule,” in Bettina Baumgärtel et al., Die Düsseldorfer Malerschule und ihre internationale Ausstrahlung 1819–1918, exh. cat., vol. 1 (Düsseldorf: Museum Kunstpalast, 2011; Peterberg: Michael Imhof Verlag, 2011), 89-101.
17.  Paul Delaroche, Edouard V, The Minor King of England, and his Younger Brother Richard, Duke of York, in the Tower of London (also The Children of Edouard IV), Salon of 1831, Oil on canvas, 181 x 215 cm. Musée du Louvre, Paris. For Hildebrandt’s painting and its origins see Bettina Baumgärtel, “Theodor Hildebrandt: Die Ermordung der Söhne Eduards IV., 1835,” in Bettina Baumgärtel et al., Die Düsseldorfer Malerschule und ihre internationale Ausstrahlung 1819–1918, exh. cat., vol. 2 (Düsseldorf: Museum Kunstpalast; Peterberg: Michael Imhof Verlag, 2011), 181-183.
18.  For example, Francis Legat, after James Northcote, published in 1790 by Boydell Shakespeare Gallery (engraving, 61 x 45 cm).
19.  Körner, “Paris—Düsseldorf: Die französische Malerei und die Düsseldorfer Malerschule,” 89-101.
20.  The development of the genre historique has been a topic of great interest lately; among the earlier studies are Susan Siegfried, “Naked History: The Rhetoric of Military Painting in Post-Revolutionary France,” Art Bulletin 75, no. 2 (June 1993): 235-258; Michael Marrinan, Painting Politics for Louis Philippe: Art and Ideology in Orléanist France (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1988), esp. 19-24; and Paul Duro, “Giving up on History? Challenges to the Hierarchy of the Genres in Early Nineteenth-Century France,” Art History 28, no. 5 (November 2005): 689-711. For a discussion of this debate and its effects on German nineteenth-century painting see, among others, Hubertus Kohle, “The Modernity of History Painting: The Case of Adolph Menzel,” Intellectual History Review 17, no. 2 (July 2007): 135-151.
21.  C. S. Tashiro, “Historical Design,” chap. 4 in Pretty Pictures: Production Design and the History Film (Austin: University of Texas Press, 1998), 63-73.
22.  Paul Delaroche, The Assassination of the Duc de Guise, 1834. Oil on canvas, 57 x 98. Musée Conde, Chantilly; for a formal analysis see Bann, Paul Delaroche, 198.
23.  At the same time, the even greater threat to the academic establishment was the financial success of the new vision of history, which catered to a more popular taste and, conquering new audiences, challenged the academy’s ability to control the market.
24.  The cycle was dedicated to the Old Testament figure of Joseph and executed mainly by the four most important members of the Brotherhood of St. Luke, Peter Cornelius, Johann Friedrich Overbeck, Wilhelm Schadow and Philipp Veit; for an in-depth discussion see Michael Thimann, “‘Josephs Trübsale und Herrlichkeit’: Der nazarenische Josephszyklus aus der Casa Bartholdy (1816/1817),” in 100 Jahre Bibliotheca Hertziana, vol. 2, ed. Elisabeth Kieven (Munich: Hirmer, 2013), 202-213.
25.  Grewe, “The Bible in Pictures: History Lessons and Popular Culture,” chap. 5 in Painting the Sacred, 203-251.
26.  Grewe, Wilhelm Schadow, 10-11.
27.  This is already true for the first major portrait exhibited at the biannual exhibition of the Berlin academy, The Apotheosis of a Spiritual Singer (Julie Zelter as Sankt Cecelia with the “Gloria” by Karl Friedrich Christian Fasch in her Hand), 1807; destroyed in World War II. No. 69 in Ibid., 154-156, 324.
28.  Grewe, The Nazarenes, 275.
29.  Grewe, Wilhelm Schadow, no. 80, 165-169.
30.  Cordula Grewe, “Portrait of the Artist as an Arabesque: Romantic Form and Social Practice in Wilhelm von Schadow’s The Modern Vasari,” Intellectual History Review 17, no. 2 (July 2007): 99-134, esp. 120-131.
31.  Grewe, “Königin Luise von Preußen, Halbfigur leicht nach rechts, 1810,” “König Friedrich Wilhelm III. von Preußen, Halbfigur leicht nach links, 1810” and “Königin Luise von Preußen auf dem Totenbett, 1810/1811” nos. 76-78 in Wilhelm Schadow, 158-163, 324-325.
32.  “Nicht blos baares Geld wird unser Verein als Opfer dargebracht annehmen, sondern jede entbehrliche werthvolle Kleinigkeit,—das Symbol der Treue, der Trauring, die glänzende Verzierung des Ohrs, den kostbaren Schmuck des Halses. Gern werden monatliche Beiträge, Materialien, Leinwand, gesponnene Wolle und Garn angenommen und selbst unentgeltliche Verarbeitung dieser rohen Stoffe als Opfer angesehen werden. Solche Gaben, Geschenke und Leistungen geben fortan das Recht, sich Theilgenossin des Frauenvereins zum Wohle des Vaterlandes’ zu nennen.” Prinzessin Marianne Wilhelm von Preussen et al., “Aufruf der königlichen Prinzessinnen an die Frauen im Preußischen Staate vom 23. März 1813,” in Geschichte der Befreiungs-Kriege 1813. 1814. 1815. Dargestellt nach theilweise ungedruckten Quellen und mündlichen Aufschlüssen bedeutender Zeitgenossen, sowie vielen Beiträgen von Mitkämpfern, unter Mitheilung eigner Erlebnisse, vol. 1, Friedrich Christoph Förster (Berlin: Gustav Hempel, 1864), 23–24; furthermore, Karen Hagemann, “Female Patriots: Women, War and the Nation in the Period of the Prussian-German Anti-Napoleonic Wars,” Gender & History 16, no. 2 (August 2004): 397–424.
33.  The reference to Italia and Germania is a citation of one of Johann Friedrich Overbeck’s most famous works, bought by the Bavarian king Ludwig I, and today housed in the Neue Pinakothek, Munich: Johann Friedrich Overbeck, Italia and Germania, 1828, Oil on canvas, 94.5 x 104.7 cm. Neue Pinakothek, Munich, https://www.pinakothek.de/kunst/meisterwerk/friedrich-overbeck/italia-und-germania#; the painting became widely known through Ferdinand Piloty’s beautiful lithograph of 1842: http://www.philamuseum.org/collections/permanent/17591.html.
34.  Grewe, “Wienczyslaw und Konstanty Potocki (auch Doppelbildnis zweier Söhne eines polnischen Fürsten), Halbfiguren am Tisch sitzend, 1819,” no. 93 in Wilhelm Schadow, 183-185, 328.
35.  Grewe, “Die Kinder des Hofmarschalls von Schöning (Rose, Kurd und Karl), ganze Figuren in Landschaft, 1822,” no. 112 in Wilhelm Schadow, 217-219, 334.
36.  Andreas Gruschka, So nah und doch so fern: Philipp Otto Runges gesteigerte Wirklichkeit der Kinder (Wetzlar: Büchse der Pandora, 2008), 167.
37.  Grewe, Wilhelm Schadow, 218.
38.  Grewe, “Portraiture as History,” 269-287.
39.  Grewe, “Die Prinzen Friedrich Wilhelm Ludwig von Preußen und Wilhelm zu Solms-Braunfels in Kürassieruniform, 1830,” no. 136 in Wilhelm Schadow, 251-257, 339.
40.  One needs to remember that the Rhineland had only become Prussian in the wake of Europe’s post-Napoleonic reorganization; for a detailed discussion of the double portrait’s biographical and political aspects see Bettina Baumgärtel, “Die ‘neuen Ritter’ am Rhein: Zu Friedrich Wilhelm von Schadows Doppelbildnis der Prinzen Friedrich von Preussen und Wilhelm von Solms-Braunfels,” Wallraf-Richartz-Jahresbuch 67 (2006): 287–300.
41.  Wilhelm Schadow, “Jugenderinnerungen” (1861), Kölnische Zeitung, 17 September, 1891, 13.
42.  Gabriele Ewenz, ed., Johann Wilhelm Schirmer: Vom Rheinland in die Welt, vol. 2: autobiographical writings, (Petersberg: Michael Imhof Verlag, 2010), 117-120.
43.  Grewe, “Prinzessin Wilhelmine Luise von Preußen, geb. Prinzessin von Anhalt-Bernburg (auch Prinzessin Friedrich von Preußen), Brustbildnis mit einer Hand en face, um 1830,” no. 137 in Wilhelm Schadow, 257-259, 340.
44.  For a general cultural history of how fur as a material good became a symbol of class, gender and imperial antagonisms see Julia V. Emberley, Venus and Furs: The Cultural Politics of Fur (London: I. B. Tauris, 1997). Emberley pays particular attention to the fetishization of fur and late nineteenth-century narratives of sexual fantasy, a highly relevant topic that, however, bears little importance to the particular analysis advanced in this essay.
45.  For a detailed analysis of the portrait of Johanna “Jenny” Groschke see Grewe, “Catharina Johanna Groschke, gen. Jenny, sitzende Dreiviertelfigur im Renaissancekostüm, um 1828,” no. 133 in Wilhelm Schadow, 244-246, 338.
46.  By definition, the nature of such encounters was by definition fleeting; but this momentary character could solidify in accepted social forms such as marriage, and Jenny is a charming example of this, appearing in the pencil drawing side by side with her future husband, Ferdinand August Karl von Sydow, an officer in the Fifth Regiment of the Ulans under Prince Friedrich, the general of this particularly feared troop. The couple married shortly afterwards. The social practice of the theater could thus easily inform the social possibilities of its participants even outside of the theatrical moment.
47.  Wilhelm Schadow, letter to Prince Friedrich von Preussen, Düsseldorf, 8 December 1829, Stadtmuseum Düsseldorf archive.
48.  “Werthester Rheinlachs,” ibid.
49.  I am grateful to Harry Nehls for this suggestion; see further Irene Markowitz, Armer Maler, Malerfürst: Künstler und Gesellschaft 1819–1918, exh. cat. (Düsseldorf: Stadtmuseum, 1980), 41; “Normann, Carl Friedrich Rudolf Ernst von,” in Lexikon der Düsseldorfer Malerschule, 1819-1918, vol. 3, ed. Martina Sitt et al (Munich: Bruckmann, 1997), 50-52; Emil Freiherr von Normann, Geschichte der Gesammt-Familie von Normann (Ulm: Heinrich Kerler, 1894), 187-188, http://www.digitale-bibliothek-mv.de/viewer/image/PPN827379471/5/.
50.  Wilhelm Schadow, letter to Prince Friedrich von Preussen, Düsseldorf, 8 December 1829, Stadtmuseum Düsseldorf archive.
51.  [Karl Immermann], “Ueber die neuesten Arbeiten der Düsseldorfer Kunstschule: Geschrieben im September 1830,” Kunst-Blatt 11, no. 82, pt. 1 (14 October 1830): 327–328.
52.  Baumgärtel, “Die ‘neuen Ritter,’” 292–297.
53.  [Karl Immermann]. “Ueber die neuesten Arbeiten der Düsseldorfer Kunstschule”: 327–328.
54.  See the now classic Klaus Lankheit, Das Freundschaftsbild der Romantik (Heidelberg: C. Winter, 1952).
55. In German, Blücher’s nickname was “Marschall Vorwärts”; see Michael V. Leggiere, Blücher: Scourge of Napoleon (Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press, 2014), xi.
56.  Pompeo Batoni, Double Portrait of the Austrian Emperor Joseph II and his Brother, Pietro Leopold I of Tuscany, 1769. Oil on canvas, 173 x 122 cm. KHM, Wien; see Baumgärtel, “Die ‘neuen Ritter,’” 296–297, fig. 9 as well as https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Pompeo_Batoni_002.jpg.
57.  Pupil of Pasiteles. Orestes and Pylades (also The San Ildefonso Group), ca. 10 White Carrara marble, 161 x 106 cm; base: 56 cm. Museo del Prado, Madrid, https://www.museodelprado.es/en/the-collection/art-work/orestes-and-pylades-or-the-san-ildefonso-group/a3dbf0c5-cf98-46c7-a02b-f82db6dcab62; for the 1707 plaster cast see Mannheimer Antikensaal, “Die Ildefonso Gruppe—Bis in den Tod,” https://www.antikensaal-mannheim.com/vorstellung-der-gipse/statuengruppen/ildefonso/.
58.  Here, we might note that the Nazarenes subsumed Raphael under “medieval.”
59.  Jakob Becker von Worms, The Tempest (Countrymen surprised by a Tempest), 1840. Oil on canvas, 107 x 145 cm. Nationalgalerie, Staatliche Museen zur Berlin.
60.  Replicas and a multitude of copies in various media, including lithography and porcelain painting, attest to the persistent popularity of Becker’s sentimental drama of weather-haunted field workers; see, for example: Oil on canvas, 107 x 145 cm. Alte Nationalgalerie, Staatliche Museen zur Berlin; 1840. Oil on canvas, 38.8 x 52.8 cm. Neue Pinakothek, Munich (acquired by King Ludwig I in 1842); 1839. Oil on canvas, 33 x 43 cm. Lempertz (auction 920, Alte Kunst, May 17, 2008),https://www.lempertz.com/de/kataloge/lot/920-1/1364-jakob-becker.html.
61.  Hanne Holzhäuer, “Friedrich Carl Vogel und sein Riesenpanaroma” and “Die Mainzer Verleger Joseph Halenza und David Kapp,” nos. 116-117 in Der Rhein im Panorama, 1825 bis heute, exh. cat. (Karslruhe: Badische Landesbibliothek, 2002), 61-62.
62.  See, for example, Grewe, “Die Porträts des zweiten Italienaufenthalts September 1830 bis Juni 1831”, nos. 141-147 in Wilhelm Schadow, 264-273, 341.
63.  I thank Jeffrey Chipps for this observation; email correspondence, 15 May 2018.
64.  Raphael, Baldassare Castiglione, ca. 1514–1515. Oil on canvas, 82 x 67 cm. Musée du Louvre, Paris. I thank the anonymous peer reviewer for the suggestion to include this work by Raphael in this section.
65.  Ita Mac Carthy, “Grace and the ‘Reach of Art’ in Castiglione and Raphael,” Word & Image, 25, no. 1 (2009): 33-45.
66.  One might think here of likenesses such as Lucas Cranach the Elder, Dr. Johannes Cuspinian, 1502. Oil on panel, 60 x 45 cm. Slg. Oskar Reinhart, Winterthur; or The Merchant Moritz Büchner, 1520. Oil on panel, 40.6 x 27.3 cm. Minneapolis Institute of Art. The new scholarly interest, sparked in the early decades of the nineteenth century, became manifest in publications like Joseph Heller’s Lucas Cranachs Leben und Werke, which, augmented by the foreword of Bibliothekar Joachim Heinrich Jäck, included an extensive list of the artist’s works, with addenda of his prints as well as works by Cranach the Younger (Bamberg: Im Verlag der E. F. Kunz’schen Buchhandlung, 1821).
67.  Andrea Bubenik, Reframing Albrecht Dürer: The Appropriation of Art, 1528-1700 (Burlington: Ashgate, 2013), 29.
68.  Giulia Bartrum, Albrecht Dürer and his Legacy: The Graphic Work of a Renaissance Artist (London: British Museum Press, 2002), no. 16; cited after http://www.britishmuseum.org/research/collection_online/collection_object_details.aspx?objectId=1501521&partId=1&searchText=kilian+d%25u00fcrer&page=1.
69.  Bubenik, Reframing Albrecht Dürer, 30.
70.  Bartrum, Albrecht Dürer and his Legacy, no. 16; see also http://ta.sandrart.net/en/artwork/view/1656.
71.  Moritz Steinla, after Philipp or Lucas Kilian (after Albrecht Dürer), Self-Portrait of Albrecht Dürer, probably 1827/1828. Etching and engraving, plate: 24.6 x 19.1 cm, sheet: 19.1 x 22.1 cm. Philadelphia Museum of Art, http://www.philamuseum.org/collections/permanent/16149.html?mulR=1010802290|2. I want to thank John Ittmann for bringing this print to my attention; Ittmann suspects that the print might date from the period right after the publication of Joseph Heller’s Das Leben und die Werke Albrecht Dürer’s, vol. 2: Dürer’s Bildnisse, Kupferstiche, Holzschnitte u. d. nach ihm gefertigten Blätter (Bamberg: Im Verlag der E. F. Kunz’schen Buchhandlung, 1827), which lists the Kilian print of 1608 (see fig. 14 in this essay), but not the Steinla.
72.  Wilhelm Schadow, letter to Julius Hübner, Düsseldorf, 5 April 1853, Heinrich-Heine-Institut, Autographensammlung (W. Schadow); the same was true, as Schadow notes in this letter, for Karel van Mander’s Schilder-Boeck. See Cordula Grewe. The Arabesque from Kant to Comics (Routledge: forthcoming).
73.  Johann Nepomuk Strixner, Albrecht Dürers christlich-mythologische Handzeichnungen (Munich: A. Senefelder, 1808).
74.  Only one copy was adorned, which was, in turn, originally intended as a model for reproduction. However, the marginalia were never executed in print.
75.  Joseph Leo Koerner, The Moment of Self-Portraiture in German Renaissance Art (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1993), 80-126.
76.  Ibid., 160.
77.  Strixner, Albrecht Dürers christlich-mythologische Handzeichnungen.
78.  Koerner, The Moment of Self-Portraiture, 170-171.
79.  Grewe, “Toward a Naturalist Idealism” and “The Word Made Flesh,” chap. 13 and chap. 14 in The Nazarenes, 237-249, 251-167.
80.  Wilhelm Schadow, Ueber den Einfluss des Christenthums auf die bildende Kunst: Vorlesung gehalten am 30. September 1842 vor der General-Versammlung des Congrés Scientifique zu Strassburg (Düsseldorf: Julius Buddeus, 1842), 16.
81.  Michael Wiemers, “Der tradierte Blick: Rheinlandschaft und Ansichtskarte,” in Der Rhein: Ritterburgen mit Eisenbahnanschluss, ed. Irene Haberland and Matthias Winzen (Oberhausen: Athena, 2012), 106-125.
82.  My thanks to Michael Wiemers for this suggestion.
83.  Quoted in Oskar Seidlin, “Eichendorff’s Symbolic Landscape,” PMLA 72, no. 4 (September 1957): 658. Eichendorff’s seminal novel Ahnung und Gegenwart, which reflects in so many ways key concerns of German Romantic landscape painters (including Caspar David Friedrich), was finally made available in an English translation only in 2015; see Joseph von Eichendorff, A Translation from German into English of Joseph von Eichendorff’s Romantic Novel Ahnung und Gegenwart (1815), ed. and trans. Dennis F. Mahoney and Maria A. Mahoney (Lewiston: Edwin Mellen Press, 2015).
84.  I want to thank James Brophy for feedback on my account of this important political event.
85.  Vera Leuschner, Carl Friedrich Lessing, 1808–1880: Die Handzeichnungen. 2 vols. Cologne: Böhlau, 1982, vol. 2, 670-673.
86.  Cordula Grewe, “The Invention of the Secular Devotional Picture,” Word & Image 16, no. 1 (2000): 45-57.
87.  Grewe, The Nazarenes, esp. ch. 14: “The Word Made Flesh,” 251-267.
88.  Schadow, Ueber den Einfluss des Christenthums auf die bildende Kunst, 7.
89.  Wilhelm Schadow, “Was ist ein Kunstwerk?” (probably ca. 1860–62) Jahreshefte der Düsseldorfer Akademie 1 (1990–91): 20–21.
90.  Grewe, “Die Porträts des zweiten Italienaufenthalts September 1830 bis Juni 1831”, nos. 141-147 in Wilhelm Schadow, 264-273, 341.
91.  Püttmann, Die Düsseldorfer Malerschule und ihre Leistungen seit der Errichtung des Kunstvereines im Jahre 1829: ein Beitrag zur modernen Kunstgeschichte (Leipzig, 1839), 191.
92.  Ibid., 233.
93.  I discuss this painting at length in Grewe, The Nazarenes, 277-280.
94.  Püttmann, Die Düsseldorfer Malerschule, 146.
95.  Ibid., 148, 173, 189.
96.  For example, Louis Ammy Blanc, Margarete in the Church, 1838. Oil on canvas, 159.5 x 114.5 cm. Goethe Museum, Düsseldorf; for a discussion of Blanc’s various replicas of The Church-Goer as well as the painting’s appropriation in popular culture and afterlife in Blanc’s own work see Sonya Schmid, “Ein Nachruf auf Jungfer Gertraud: Louis Blancs ‘Kirchgängerin’ neu gesehen,“ Georges-Bloch-Jahrbuch 7 (2000): 128-156.
97.  See endnote 87; for a detailed discussion of Gurlitt’s observation that viewers were willing “to pluck stories from the paintings” see Grewe, Wilhelm Schadow, 283-285.
98.  Baumgärtel, “Die ‘neuen Ritter.’”
99.  Hannoversche Kunstblätter 3 (6 March 1835): 23.
100.  “… erst den Bart abschneiden!” Johann Gottfried Schadow, Kunst-Werke und Kunst-Ansichten (1849), vol. 1 (Berlin: Deutscher Verlag für Kunstwissenschaft, 1988), 189-190.
]]>
Modernism, Theatricality, and Objecthood https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/modernism-theatricality-and-objecthood/ Wed, 01 Nov 2017 19:50:07 +0000 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/?p=10506 What I offer here may be read as a note of thanks I wrote to Michael Fried many years ago, and which I reproduce here with only minor changes. I delivered it aloud in his presence on the occasion of a panel discussion on “Art and Objecthood” at the annual meeting of the American Society for Aesthetics, Washington, D.C., October 1999. The other panelists were Stephen Melville and Norton Batkin. I had recently profited from reading Melville’s early response to Fried, “Notes on the Reemergence of Allegory, the Forgetting of Modernism, the Necessity of Rhetoric, and the Conditions of Publicity in Art and Criticism,” first published in 1981,[1] as well as other writings of his. Among the several liabilities of the approach taken in my remarks is that I keep pretty much to an examination of the concepts of “objecthood” and “theater” as deployed in Fried’s essay. These concepts themselves, however, are emerging out of Fried’s descriptive engagement with works themselves, both in the New York and London art worlds of the ’sixties, and in European painting since the eighteenth century. I make no effort to show how Fried’s powers of visual attention and philosophical daring reinforce each other, both in the essay itself and in the numerous essays on painting and sculpture he published around the time of writing “Art and Objecthood.” His collection Art and Objecthood now makes it possible to read them together as a whole, and my references to Fried here are taken from that volume.[2] Fried’s original essay is among other things an intervention in artistic theory and practice, at a time when the word “theory” had not yet achieved the omnipresence and cultural sedimentation it was soon to acquire. In 1967 Fried’s essay was immediately received as a polemic, one which incited fierce reactions within the communities of artists as well as critics. The reverberations from the essay have not died down in the fifty years since then, but they manifest themselves in an utterly changed artistic and critical landscape today. Here I make only the briefest attempt to interrogate the artistic and theoretical stakes in the different “sides” that ranged themselves around this site of contention at the time, and no attempt at all to explore the transformations that these positions have undergone in the long afterlife of “Art and Objecthood” in the decades since then.

“Art and Objecthood” is part of an ongoing argument about the nature of Modernism and what follows it, an argument conducted both with Clement Greenberg and with (I guess we can now say) Post- modernist figures such as Donald Judd and Tony Smith. It is thus both an account of a particular historical episode in the visual arts, at a particular time and place, and the development of a (suitably historicized) ontology of the work of art, in the course of which the concept of something called “theatricality” is deployed to illuminate not only the situation of beholder and artwork, but also such questions as that of the nature of an artistic medium, and the conditions of expressiveness in art. The central figure in the argument about Modernism is Clement Greenberg, but the dialectic he describes is part of the conceptual repertoire of many diverse writers. At one point Fried paraphrases Greenberg’s story in the following way. “Starting around the middle of the nineteenth century, [Greenberg] claimed in ‘Modernist Painting,’ the major arts, threatened for the first time with being assimilated to mere entertainment […] discovered that they could save themselves from that fate ‘only by demonstrating that the kind of experience they provided was valuable in its own right and not to be obtained from any other kind of activity.’”

The following continuation of this passage from Greenberg is also quoted by Fried:

Each art, it turned out, had to effect this demonstration on its own account. What had to be exhibited and made explicit was that which was unique and irreducible not only in art in general but also in each particular art. Each art had to determine, through the operations peculiar to itself, the effects peculiar and exclusive to itself. […]

It quickly emerged that the unique and proper area of competence of each art coincided with all that was unique to the nature of its medium. The task of self-criticism became to eliminate from the effects of each art any and every effect that might conceivably be borrowed from or by the medium of every other art. Thereby each art would be rendered “pure,” and in its “purity” find the guarantee of its standards of quality as well as of its independence. “Purity” meant self-definition, and the enterprise of self-criticism in the arts became one of self-definition with a vengeance.[3]

This describes one way of relating the process of Modernism, in the visual arts anyway, to a developmental story, and a Kantian-style quest for autonomy through self-definition, and with an equally Kantian invocation of an idea of “purity,” this time focusing on the nature or irreducible essence of a particular artistic medium. The story Fried tells also describes Modernism as in part a crisis and working-through of self-definition which focuses on the question of an artistic medium, but the distance between the two accounts is considerable, particularly with respect to the idea of “irreducible essences” and the rhetoric of purity and reduction. And in fact Fried’s critique of the ideology of Minimalism, which positioned itself as the total rejection of both Greenbergian aesthetics and the painting and sculpture he championed, is based on what Fried sees as shared by both camps in their interpretation of the process of Modernism, in their dependence on ideas of reduction and essence in connection with an artistic medium. As he puts it in the Introduction to his recent collection of his earlier art criticism, “a major strand of my argument in […] ‘Art and Objecthood’ is that literalism arose within modernism as a misreading of its dialectic (a misreading anticipated, on the plane of theory, by Greenberg in ‘Modernist Painting’ […]” (45).

In the essay “Art and Objecthood” itself, this diagnosis is made out in relation to both the concepts of theatricality and of objecthood. In the visual arts, the physicality of a particular medium becomes a matter of a different kind of self-consciousness, a different necessity of self-consciousness, at least since Manet. In Greenberg’s terms, the dialectic of Modernism is a process of refining the self-definition of an artform to the unique and irreducible facts of the physical basis of its medium, in particular the delimited flatness of the picture-support, in the case of painting. Literalist (or Minimalist) practice responds to this reading of the situation by the insistent projection of the essential “object-character” of the work of art, something neither quite painting nor quite sculpture. In “Art and Objecthood,” Fried puts it this way: prior to the present situation (1967),

the risk, even the possibility, of seeing works of art as nothing more than objects did not exist. That such a possibility began to present itself around 1960 was largely the result of developments within modernist painting. Roughly, the more nearly assimilable to objects certain advanced painting had come to seem, the more the entire history of painting since Manet could be understood—delusively, I believe—as consisting in the progressive (though ultimately inadequate) revelation of its essential objecthood, and the more urgent became the need for modernist painting to make explicit its conventional—specifically, its pictorial—essence by defeating or suspending its own objecthood through the medium of shape. Literalist sensibility is, therefore, a response to the same developments that have largely compelled modernist painting to undo its objecthood—more precisely, the same developments seen differently, that is, in theatrical terms, by a sensibility already theatrical, already (to say the worst) corrupted or perverted by theater. (160-161)

The conceptual interplay between the ideas of theater and of objecthood, in their relation to the pressures of Modernism, had been prepared for one paragraph back, which declares that “the imperative that modernist painting defeat or suspend its objecthood is at bottom the imperative that it defeat or suspend theater,” and indeed, refers in passing to the “theatricality of objecthood” itself (160).

So, what is theatricality in this context, such that it can bear such an intimate relation to the idea of objecthood? And what do the pair of them mean to tell us about the concept of a work of art, such that in a given time and place they can count as something like the negation of art, even self-consciously so? I’m thinking here of the punctuating sentence early in the essay that says: “The literalist espousal of objecthood amounts to nothing other than a plea for a new genre of theater, and theater is now the negation of art” (153). To invoke the idea of the negation of art is a very defining form of criticism, however historically localized in application, and even when, as Fried has pointed out, its basic terms of criticism are shared by both critic and the practitioners of the situation he is diagnosing. It is a characteristically Modernist form of absolute criticism of art, disarming more local terms of criticism and appreciation in favor of raising the question of the status of some object as painting at all, as art or as a negation of art. That is, something like the very concept and possibility of art is addressed not only in Fried’s essay but in the discourse and I think we can say in the installations of the Minimalist artists under discussion. Objecthood and theatricality are linked not only with respect to something like the negation of art, but the negation in question is something pursued from within the world of the arts itself, something pursued in the very name of the negation of art. This is not an unheard of situation in culture or discourse, but it is also one that is only possible in certain times and places. We’re familiar with the presence of hostility to the very idea of art, which is somehow yet also something internal to the nature and practice of art itself, something which, since the twentieth century at least, lives side by side with some of the highest achievements of the individual arts. But that doesn’t mean we understand it very well, or how it is so much as possible for movements defining themselves against “art” could emerge and flourish within the cultures of what we still call artistic practice. The idea that it is an internal, defining, possibility of art, at least in its Modernist practice, that it may go astray from itself, or lose itself, or seek to “go beyond itself’ or bring itself to an end, is something that Melville’s work has provided new terms for thinking about, and I hope to say something about this possibility later.[4] Its truth as a phenomenological description of one’s engagement with much twentieth-century art doesn’t efface the paradoxical character of speaking of the very practice of an art going astray from itself. And indeed something like an Institutional theory of art seems designed to prevent such descriptions in terms of crisis or scandal, since nothing independent of the structures of ratification (nothing in artistic history or practice) is invoked to give content to the idea of something being strayed from. We avoid paradox this way, perhaps, but then the social, cultural and political phenomenon we were trying to describe also disappears from view. If either such straying or such negation is indeed an internal possibility for modernist art, and not a matter of external threat (from political repression, from public indifference or contempt), then that fact will be a deep characterization of it, something that defines it and distinguishes it from other discourses and cultural practices.

But the more specific questions I want to raise have to do with the relation of the terms “theater” and “objecthood” as they figure in Fried’s reading of the “dialectic of modernism.” First and most crudely of all, the ideas of “theatricality” and of “objecthood,” even in the context Fried prepares for them, just sound like quite different, even opposed, ideas; so there’s a question of how they can be deployed in support of each other as terms of criticism, describing an internal threat to art as such in a modern context. “Theater” is the name for something that is a possibility for the domain of expression, a form of staging or self-projection, whereas “objecthood” would appear to name the realm of things outside that domain altogether. In “Art and Objecthood,” part of the criticism of the theatrical work is given in specifically anthropomorphic terms, in the “complicity that the work extorts from the beholder” (155), in its tendency to “confront the beholder” (154), in effects of presence which reflect a kind of “demand that the beholder take it into account” (155). How, then, is theatricality understood in these terms of personification to be seen as part of “the risk, even the possibility, of seeing works of art as nothing more than objects”?

An object qua object, a brick or a stretch of highway, is neither expressive nor withholding of expression; and if such an object is seen as silent, its silence is not that of a person holding his tongue. Fried, however, characterizes the installations of Minimalism in terms of the “projection” of objecthood, which is a different matter entirely, since projection, exhibition and display immediately involve us in the domain of expression. The “mere” or “pure” objecthood of a brick is thus not a possibility any longer. In the installation space everything takes place, as it were, under the sign of expression, even if it is one that is thwarted, denied, or suspended. The specter of anthropomorphism haunts Literalist practice like a bad conscience. In trying to tease out the relation between objecthood and theatricality, I want right now just to insist that it is not objecthood itself, but rather the projection of objecthood, that is crucial to this relation. This will necessarily be a project at odds with itself, since the projecting, displaying hand has to keep itself fully out of view, has to retreat to tautology when any gestural point comes to consciousness. (Judd: “To me the piece with the brass and the five verticals is above all that shape.”[5]) So long as we are in a situation of projection and exhibition, objecthood can’t be the plain fact of the matter, but can only be something exploited, something deployed and retreated to, a refuge from specific demands of significance. Hence one aspect of relating the concepts of theatricality and (the projection of) objecthood in this context will be found in the idea of an activity which disallows transparency about itself.

A related question concerns the connection between the idea of theatricality and the production of effects. If objecthood itself belongs outside the domain of the expressive, it is very much within the realm of cause and effect. And the installations of Minimalist practice are self-consciously understood in terms of the controlled production of effects. In Robert Morris’s words, distinguishing his installations from earlier artistic practice, “But the concerns now are for more control of and/or cooperation of the entire situation. Control is necessary if the variables of object, light, space, body are to function.”[6] This is one of the places I had in mind earlier when I said that the terms of criticism of Fried’s diagnosis are in many instances shared by the Minimalist practitioners themselves. The emphasis on the controlled production of effects is both part of his case against theatricality and another dimension of its relation to objecthood. The installations created a kind of “mise en scène” that was “extraordinarily charged,” and “It was as though their installations infallibly offered their audience a kind of heightened perceptual experience, and I wanted to understand the nature of that surefire, and therefore to my mind essentially inartistic, effect.”[7] It’s the relation of the surefire and the inartistic I want to just point to now. Kant argues that it defines a judgment of the beautiful as such that it cannot be the conclusion of a demonstration, or as it is sometimes put, that there can be no principles of taste, general rules which could require such a verdict as it were ahead of time, prior to experience of the object. A parallel argument in Kant claims that there can be no laws of taste, that is, descriptive premises which could then support an empirical law to the effect that some object will in fact be found beautiful. For Kant, this absence of laws defines the judgment of the beautiful just as the possibility of ordinary empirical judgment. I don’t know if Fried means to be alluding to this in divorcing the aesthetic from the realm of sure-fire production of effects, but I bring it up here to anticipate a further way the ideas of theatricality and of objecthood, for all their surface opposition, can be seen as parallel repudiations of the conditions of expressiveness in art. I need to go into one final characterization of theatricality in Fried to prepare for this, but the thought I would like to arrive at is that artistic or gestural expression involves the interplay between an assumption of authority for what one means, together with a yielding of control over the final effects produced, the desired uptake. In this light, Literalist practice, as depicted in “Art and Objecthood,” declares its anti-artistic status and the repudiation of expressiveness in the ambition of total control of the situation of beholding, coupled with the refusal of all authority for how it is to count for us.

I’ve asked some questions about the idea of theatricality in connection with objecthood, the negation of art, and the emphasis on the controlled production of effects. The last characterization of theatricality which I want to bring in here in some ways brings in an apparently even more heterogeneous set of concerns than the others, but also brings us back to the Greenbergian dialectic of Modernism and the reflective concern with the conditions of an artistic medium as such.[8]

One of the concluding moments of “Art and Objecthood” comes at the idea of theater in the following way. “The concepts of quality and value—and to the extent that these are central to art, the concept of art itself—are meaningful, or wholly meaningful, only within the individual arts. What lies between the arts is theater” (164). Let me try to say something about the issue of “medium-specificity” in Fried’s criticism, before I worry explicitly about how the challenging or evading of such specificity could be called by the same name as the concept we’ve been tracking alongside that of “objecthood.” We’ve briefly seen the appeal to an ideal of self-criticism and artistic self-definition in Greenberg’s story of the Modernist pressures brought to bear on the relation of the artist to his artistic medium. At the same time, Greenberg appears to see the response to these pressures primarily in terms of asserting the particular value of an artform with the purity and exclusivity of its medium, hence the internal quest for the “unique and irreducible” features of its medium. This is not the place to unravel the different strands of uniqueness, intrinsic value, and the idea of the irreducible essence of a medium, but Fried’s essay[9] already helps to show how the idea of self-definition in the specification of an artistic medium can be disentangled from both Greenberg’s teleological story and the idea of “essence” that he works with. On Fried’s account, as I understand it, what defines a particular artistic medium is nothing more or less than the evolving histories of artistic and critical practice themselves, and is no more timeless or predictable than they are. This shows another way in which the spatial picture of purity (i.e., what is genuinely “internal” to an artform versus what is merely “external” to it) does more harm than good. What matters is not a medium’s conformity to some previously defined “essence,” but the assumption of responsibility for self-definition. Self-definition which, of course, doesn’t insure artistic success, but provides (some of) the criteria for what is to count as success or failure. It is the refusal of this moment of self-definition, at least in the writings of the Literalist artists Fried takes on, which distinguishes their relation to the idea of a medium of art from a Modernist one.[10]

There is of course a much more detailed story, but even if this correction of Greenberg is accepted, and this placement of the issues of self-definition and medium-specificity is found importantly right, the question I want to raise is how can this vision be brought into alignment with the family of concepts we traced around that of “theatricality” such as to motivate the claim that it is theater, of all things, which lies between the individual arts?

For some help here, I want to turn again to Melville’s “Notes on Allegory” essay. At one point in “Art and Objecthood,” Fried says the following: “… what is wrong with literalist work is not that it is anthropomorphic but that the meaning and, equally, the hiddenness of its anthropomorphism are incurably theatrical” (157). After quoting this passage, Melville offers the following gloss:

What Fried objects to in the work of Tony Smith is the way in which it offers itself to its beholder as (not simply a person but) a person who then refuses to allow one a human relation to itself—it is work that distances itself from (the subject it thereby forces to become merely) its beholder. It refuses to let itself mean—be taken as meaning; it is soulless, it enforces the condition Cavell calls “soul-blindness” on its viewer. We have known people with this kind of irony—who would make us the decider of their ensouledness, who would make us decide for them the humanity of their expressions. (“Notes,” 153)

What strikes me first of all in this passage is the interplay depicted between activity and passivity, specifically activity and passivity as they are implicated together in the very idea of expression. Something is being objected to in this passage, something in connection with the place of expression in Literalist theory and practice. At first the Literalist work is said to refuse to “let itself” mean, or be taken as meaning. Without yet asking just how to understand such a refusal, we can hear in these words a refusal of a kind of passivity or exposure, a refusal to be taken or even “read” by another person as meaning this rather than that. We might then understand such a refusal as a refusal to relinquish a kind of control over one’s field of expression. But the next sentence, which presents itself as a kind of gloss on this one, refers us to a familiar kind of person “who would make us the decider of their ensouledness, who would make us decide for them the humanity of their expressions.” And that sounds like a (fundamental) kind of relinquishment itself, rather than a refusal of such yielding. If this is the same person who is refusing to let himself be read, it is not through an assertion of a kind of dictatorial authority over the true meaning of his expressions (that might be one sort of “refusal”), but rather through an abandonment of any such authority. There is surely something deeply right in this doubleness, this interplay between a kind of passivity and a kind of authority, and that this tells us something important about the conditions of expression in art and elsewhere, and about what “theatricality” could mean in this context, in relation to the issues of medium-specificity and the idea of “theater” in Fried’s sense as that which lies between the arts. And how “theater” could, in a particular historical context, come to seem or be the enemy of art itself.

The story of Modernism that brings literalism and objecthood to bear on the concept of a medium of art begins from a sense, surely undeniable, that insofar as there is a concept of “the modern” in art, it is defined by the fact of crisis in the artist’s relation to the history and conventions of the medium. One of Stanley Cavell’s formulations for this situation is the following from The World Viewed:

Modernism signifies not that the powers of the arts are exhausted, but on the contrary that it has become the immediate task of the artist to achieve in his art the muse of the art itself […] One might say that the task is no longer to produce another instance of an art but a new medium within it. […] It follows that in such a predicament media are not given a priori. The failure to establish a medium is a new depth, an absoluteness, of artistic failure.[11]

The imperative to establish an artistic medium means that the artist herself must somehow assume the authority to determine and declare how her work is to count for us, determine as just what medium of art it is to confront its specific possibilities of success and failure. In art, as well as in ordinary speech and gesture, possibilities of meaning and expression exist only insofar as there are answers to the criterial questions of what sort of thing is the subject of expression here, what speech, what action, what medium of expression. Since this is a matter of establishing and declaring criteria, someone (plural or singular) has to speak with a particular authority here, and have that authority recognized, accepted. This is the moment of self-definition Greenberg saw as defining the task of modernism, but without his assimilation of the tasks of autonomy and self-definition to the aims of purity and exclusivity. Medium-specificity becomes an issue precisely because “media are not given a priori,” and not guaranteed by tradition or placement in history either.

The person “who would have us decide for them the humanity of their expressions” is refusing the authority to declare what he or she is up to and why or how it should count for us. And yet, as we are imagining this scenario, something has just been said, something has been presented or projected, or we are confronted by something in a gallery space. Mere literality, literal literality, is not an option here, and in any case we are confronted here by an inchoate demand for response.[12]

The determination of a medium defines what is to count as artistic success or failure, and hence sets the terms of artistic risk, and thus involves a relinquishing of control (over the response of its audience) for the same reason that it demands an assumption of authority (in making the criterial declaration of a medium itself). The possibilities of expressiveness, whether in art or elsewhere, involve requirements of both types: the assumption of authority to, as it were, speak criterially, and the relinquishing of control over the ultimate destination, or the further reaches of the response being sought out or tested. The Literalist objects and installations can be seen as turning these conditions inside out, for they present themselves as simultaneously refusing all authority to determine a particular medium or mode of expressivness, declaring how this is to count for us, while also insisting on a kind of total control of the situation of the beholder. As if artistic success or failure could be produced through sheer force of control; as if control could do the work of authority. (And from this perspective there is nothing for the beholder to choose between the twin post-modernist strategies of Total Control and Total Chance.)

In this way we can see how something called theatricality could be both part of the pressure of objecthood emerging out of the Greenbergian reading of Modernism’s dialectic of self-definition, and how, as part of this same story, it can be said that “what lies between the arts is theater.” As hopelessly compressed as this is, I hope it also starts the way toward understanding how, in a given time and place, theater in this sense could come to seem the very negation of art, that is, something striking at its very concept, and not simply one of the countless failings (of nerve, of taste, of clarity) that are constitutive risks of any practice of art.

I’ll end with two last remarks. The first is that most of this paper has been a continuous attempt to lead up to the question: “Why isn’t Literalism part of the same motor of self-criticism that Greenberg and others take to be definitive of Modernism?” The answer to that is not entirely in place, of course, but I hope to have ended up posing the question.

Secondly and relatedly, most of my remarks here have discussed these issues somewhat outside of their immediate cultural context. And one of the questions left out by that emphasis is how such a set of concerns could constitute an ideology in the first place; that is, how these conditions of expressiveness, and with them the concept of art itself, could not only come to be repudiated (which may happen for all sorts of reasons, including boredom and incompetence), but also whose abandonment or overcoming could come to be a matter of self-conscious urgency and allegiance to so many of the most ambitious artists and writers of these decades. When it’s more than headline-grabbing, what is it that is really sought for or rallied behind in the various recurrent discourses of the “end of art”? How could such an idea ever be experienced as a matter for taking sides? I would suggest that part of the meaning of these developments can, I think, be seen against the context of Greenberg’s invocation of explicitly Kantian ideas of autonomy and reflexive criticism, and his seeing these as defining of the high modernist project. For that heritage of the high-modernist project provides us with a way of seeing various movements, products, and postures since then, which announce themselves in terms of the end of art as such or position themselves as “anti-aesthetic,” as more or less desperate ways of asserting, what sometimes needs asserting, namely the Kantian as well as post-Kantian idea that it is definitive of the idea of art, as it is of philosophy, that it is bounded by nothing beyond itself, and that it follows from this that only art can bring an end to art.

[1] Stephen Melville, “Notes on the Reemergence of Allegory, the Forgetting of Modernism, the Necessity of Rhetoric, and the Conditions of Publicity in Art and Criticism,” October 19 (Winter 1981): 55-92.

[2] Michael Fried, Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1998).

[3] Clement Greenberg, “Modernist Painting” (1960) in Modernism with a Vengeance: 1957-1969, ed. John O’Brian, Clement Greenberg: The Collected Essays and Criticism 4 (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1993), 86; quoted in Fried, 34-35.

[4] I’m thinking in particular of the first chapter of Melville’s book Philosophy Beside Itself, “On Modernism” (Minneapolis, Minn.: University of Minnesota, 1986).

[5] Bruce Glaser, “Questions to Stella and Judd,” in Gregory Battcock, ed., Minimal Art: A Critical Anthology (New York: E.P. Dutton and Co., 1968), 156-57; originally broadcast on WBAI New York in February 1964; quoted in Fried, 151.

[6] Robert Morris, “Notes on Sculpture Part 2,” Artforum 5.2 (October 1966), 23; quoted in slightly abridged form in Fried, 154.

[7]From a talk Fried gave at the 1987 Dia Art Foundation symposium, “Theories of Art after Minimalism and Pop”, in Hal Foster, ed., Discussion in Contemporary Culture, Number One (Seattle, Wash.: Bay Press, 1987), 55-6; quoted in Fried, 40.

[8]There are, of course, other central characterizations of “theatricality” in the essay, which I won’t be taking up here. Perhaps the most seriously neglected one here is the characterization of both Literalist and Modernist works in terms of contrasting modes of temporality.

[9] Not to mention subsequent writings, such as the response to T.J. Clark, “How Modernism Works,” Critical Inquiry 9.1 (September 1982): 217-34.

[10] This “moment” is, of course, an extremely problematic one to describe, let alone to inhabit. How, for instance, are we to begin thinking about what Caro’s table sculptures declare themselves as, determine how they are to count for us? It is not helpful to be told “they are to count as ‘sculpture.’” Nothing less than experience with the evolving practice of the artist can be expected to help here. And perhaps nothing less than the kind of philosophical-critical writing of we’ve been considering can be expected to provide specific content to the idea of “self-definition” or “medium-specificity.”

[11] Stanley Cavell, The World Viewed: Reflections on the Ontology of Film, enlarged edition (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1979), 103.

[12] “But the things that are literalist works of art must somehow confront the beholder—they must, one might almost say, be placed not just in his space but in his way.” (“Art and Objecthood,” 154).

]]>
Art and Objecthood: Fried against Fried https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/art-and-objecthood/ Wed, 01 Nov 2017 19:00:46 +0000 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/?p=10295 Michael Fried’s “Art and Objecthood,” published 50 years ago this year, is an inaugural text. It has a status very few writings on art have, being virtually continuously cited, discussed and disputed since its original date of publication. But in what exactly does its “inaugural” status lie, and although we do not directly address this question what quality does it share with other inaugural texts, not only in art history but in other disciplines? We suggest here, to put it briefly and in its most polemical form, because it is a pure invention. Because, to paraphrase Nietzsche, it “breaks the world in two.” Because things are not the same after it as before it. But this is not quite right. In a way, we cannot objectively explain its effect because now there is nothing before it. With the result that, although it is tempting to say that “Art and Objecthood” changed everything, we cannot say this because one of the effects of this change is there is nothing outside of it to compare it to, or there is something outside of it but only because of it. Perhaps, indeed, one way of explaining the effect of “Art and Objecthood” is to say that it doubles things. After it, everything is the same and everything is different. Everything is the same, but only for a completely different reason. Put simply, “Art and Objecthood” introduces a gap between things and themselves, so that things are no longer what they seem.

Allow us to explain. In seeking to explain or understand, to contextualise or make disciplinary sense of, “Art and Objecthood,” it is often asked to what genre of art writing it belongs. Is it an example of “art history” or “art criticism”? And, certainly, serious readers of Fried have taken both sides of the divide over the years. The piece can appear as part of art history, referring to an art movement now over 50 years old and included in anthologies reprinting texts from the time, with its particular truth claims not as important as it being one of the range of responses between which the reader can presumably choose. Examples of this range from Gregory Battcock’s Minimal Art: A Critical Anthology in 1968 to James Meyer’s Minimalism in 2000.1 On the other hand, Fried regards “Art and Objecthood” as an example of art criticism, speaking of it in a collection bearing its name as coming out of a period in the 1960s and early 1970s when he wrote art criticism, before turning to art history in the mid-1970s.2 For Fried, the distinction between art history and art criticism is that art history deals with the art of the past and seeks to understand the issues surrounding the work in as much detail as possible while art criticism deals with the art of the present and necessarily makes a judgment about the work. In art history, we might say, the historian does not judge even though they have the basis to, whereas in art criticism the critic does judge even though they cannot be certain of the basis on which they do so (50-1).

We, however, do not make the same distinction here with regard to “Art and Objecthood.” In fact, for us the essay lies outside or better at the foundation of art history and art criticism, making them possible. But how exactly might it be understood to lie at the origin of both Fried’s art history and art criticism, or even more strongly at the origin of art history and art criticism themselves? Of course, “Art and Objecthood” is best known for introducing the terms—or rather the distinction between—“art” and “objecthood” into critical discourse. These are aligned respectively with the categories or perhaps qualities of “conviction” and “theatre” (which we will call “scepticism” here).3 Art stands for “conviction” as opposed to the “scepticism” of objecthood, in that in art there is an attempt to uphold and keep alive the conventions of various art forms and in objecthood there is a refusal to do or a lack of interest in doing so (and, importantly for Fried, a lack of interest is the same as refusal). In Fried’s words from the essay: “For Judd, as for literalist sensibility generally, all that maters is whether or not a given work is able to elicit and sustain (his) interest. Whereas with the modernist artist nothing short of conviction… matters.”4 But, importantly, as part of that history of “modernism” that Fried sees the art he is writing about as part of (which, as we will see, is also that modernism inaugurated by him), these terms are not finally separable from each other. By contrast with the pre-modern, in which conviction is not at stake, insofar as the artist can unquestioningly follow tradition, in modernism conviction is necessary because it is always a question of overthrowing a prior scepticism. By the time “Art and Objecthood” was written, that scepticism posed by Minimalism had already happened—Fried does not deny the challenge posed by Minimalism and therefore its fundamental importance—so that any art he is arguing for can only be understood to arise in response to that. And this—this is what Fried wants the then-contemporary situation to reveal to us—has always been the case, at least since the advent of modernism. Again, as Fried writes in “Art and Objecthood”: “The more nearly assimilable to objects certain advanced painting had come to seem,… the more urgent became the need for modernist painting to make explicit its conventional—specifically its pictorial—essence by defeating or suspending its own objecthood” (160).

But, conversely—and this is perhaps the overlooked aspect of Fried’s essay—this scepticism itself would not be possible outside of conviction. That is to say, it can seem from some readings of “Art and Objecthood” that scepticism in the form of Minimalism appears as a new development, an unprecedented threat never seen before and after which everything hangs in the balance. It is one that only by a great effort of conviction—of the kind Fried precisely urges in his essay—is able to be overcome. This is Fried’s heightened, exhortatory, almost Puritan diction by which he calls upon us to rise to the challenge, as evidenced most evidently in the series of numbered injunctions towards the end of the essay, for example, “The success, even the survival, of the arts has come increasingly to depend on their ability to defeat theater” (163). But, in fact, two things might be pointed out about this. The first is that, despite the unprecedented situation Fried invokes, his suggestion that art is under threat as never before, even in arguably its inaugural statement there is an acknowledgement that there is a certain history of scepticism, that this situation and its overcoming have happened before. And, second, the difficult but nevertheless correct insight that Fried would not ever be able to characterise this scepticism unless from a perspective of conviction, that its very designation as scepticism is its overcoming by conviction, indeed would not be possible unless it was already overcome by conviction.

The “modernism” Fried argues for in “Art and Objecthood”—the modernism that involves the defeat of scepticism—is understood to have been a historical event. It occurs at a particular time—hence the possibility of an art historian writing about it—and is associated with a particular form of art—hence the possibility of an art critic responding to it. It can be situated and contextualised historically. It can be affirmed and argued for critically. And Fried has done this, moving this struggle between “art” and “objecthood” from the 1960s back to 1750s France and even back to late 16th- and early 17th-century Italy. The struggle concerns not only such artists as Frank Stella, Anthony Caro and Jules Olitski in the 1960s but Joseph Marioni, Thomas Demand and Douglas Gordon in the present. In all of this—although this subject could only be treated properly by a much longer account than this one—it follows the posing of a similar kind of scepticism associated with modernism by Fried’s friend and interlocutor, American “ordinary language” philosopher Stanley Cavell. We might consider here just two passages from Cavell’s early writings, which have openly been acknowledged by Fried, in which we can see a similar argument to Fried about the association of modernism with the overcoming of scepticism, and which attempt to locate historically that break introduced by modernism (which, intriguingly, does not occur at the same time as that given by Fried). First, in the essay “Music Discomposed” Cavell puts together modernism and scepticism, arguing that with the arrival of modernism we can no longer be sure whether the artist means it or not, or more decisively even the artist cannot be sure whether they mean it, with a distance opening up between the work of art and the artist, or between the artwork and itself: “What [music periodicals] suggest is that the possibility of fraudulence, and the experience of fraudulence, is endemic in the experience of contemporary music.”5 Second, in the essay “The Avoidance of Love: A Reading of King Lear,” in a more historical mode, Cavell locates the beginning of modernism at both the moment of radical “doubt” in Descartes, which raises the problem of whether the world exists, and the tragedies of Shakespeare, which go to the question of what any such knowledge of the world might mean: “What scepticism suggests is that since we cannot know the world exists, its presentness to us cannot be a function of knowing. The world is to be accepted; as the presentness of other minds is not to be known, but acknowledged.”6

However, we want to say here that, for all of Cavell’s efforts to locate the advent of scepticism historically, to situate it in time and provide it as it were with cultural examples—to narrate it and to explain it through analogy—it is not like this at all. It is in fact telling that Cavell introduces Descartes as a harbinger of scepticism because we would argue that the whole problematic of scepticism and its overcoming—and this will apply to Fried too, as we will see—is philosophical. Recall that moment in Descartes’ Meditations when he becomes aware of the possibility of radical doubt: “I see so manifestly that there are no certain indications by which we may clearly distinguish wakefulness from sleep that I am lost in astonishment.”7 There is no empirical evidence by which we may distinguish the two states. Things are just as they always have been, and this dream hypothesis is not partial or incremental, taking place slowly, but total and immediate, with nothing outside of it. But—and this is, of course, the famous paradox of Descartes’ Cogito—this doubt could only be complete and all-encompassing because it has already been overcome and exists in retrospect. This doubt not only leads to its eventual overcoming by the Cogito, but is possible from the beginning only because of the Cogito. Descartes’ “scepticism” is sceptical in exactly the sense Cavell requires it to be: it incites its own overcoming. What we can know is only the overcoming of, only to stand in for, only the naming of, a “prior” scepticism (which is also, as we have seen, only the retrospective effect of its own overcoming). In other words—and this, needless to say, has been suggested before—doubt and the overcoming of doubt are inseparable in Descartes. Indeed, their relationship is entirely circular. What Descartes produces—this is the true creativity of his philosophy, the event or creation that is philosophy—is something out of nothing. Where before there was nothing—although, again, after Descartes this is exactly what we cannot say—we now have doubt and the overcoming of doubt. We have “certainty” because of doubt and doubt is able to be remarked only from the position of “certainty.” We can write a kind of “history” or, as Descartes calls it in his Meditations, a “method of treatment” (119), of an initial doubt followed by its overcoming, but only insofar as “certainty” was present from the beginning. We can write a kind of “criticism”—a certainty overcoming doubt—but it would be a certainty conscious of itself (and therefore possible only because of) doubt.

So, to return to the question we began by asking, if we are looking for the term to describe what is at stake in “Art and Objecthood,” it is neither art history nor art criticism—these arise only in retrospect or are assumed in advance—but philosophy. It is philosophy in the sense of creation, invention, the doubling of what is, the positing of a new “transcendental” condition for things, at once outside or above what is and only able to be seen through it. It is this break—a leaving behind of previous conditions, which can now never be seen except through what takes their place—that is the true modernity in both Fried and Cavell, and it unleashes in the end not any meaningful sequence or development, anything like the recognisable chronology or stylistic progression of art history, but only a series of circular reversals or recursions, in which conviction is shown to be possible only because of doubt and doubt only because of conviction. (Or—and we will come back to this—this “progression” would consist only in the clearer and clearer realisation of this aporia, the inescapability of this logic. Or, in short—although this is not the usual sense in which this expression is used—it would consist in art approaching the condition of philosophy. We can perhaps see this in Fried’s own trajectory, in that early in his career, in something like “Art and Objecthood,” it was thought a matter of definitively defeating theater, whereas in his later writing he increasingly acknowledges that conviction is possible only through theater, comes about only through the attempt to defeat theater, and thus is never entirely able to do so.)

That is to say, if there is a history or progression in Fried’s work, which is to say if there is a history or progression of Fried’s work, it is the gradual realisation of this circularity, the underlying logic driving it, and nothing to do with the history of art or the development of critical taste or discrimination (or, more exactly, it is not that these are not at stake in Fried’s work, but that they are the outcome or expression of this logic, and as Fried’s work progresses this equivalence becomes more and more obvious.) Take, for example, Fried’s explanation of how conviction keeps on having to be re-established in the chapter “Approaching Courbet” of Courbet’s Realism, as though this strictly logical substitution had to be mediated by something like “taste,” which itself has to be accounted for by intricate historical research and the recreation of artistic context (undoubtedly accounting for the enormous intellectual dignity and grandeur of the book). It is as though there necessarily has to be a whole gradual, mediated, almost embodied—Fried’s term for it in “Art and Objecthood” is “natural history” (148-49)—shift of taste that at once makes what was convincing theatrical and involves a renewed mobilisation of artistic resources to make what is now theatrical again convincing: “So that Millet’s figures seemed to [a number of critics of the time] not in fact absorbed in their labors and hence unaware of being beheld, but merely pretending to be both—which is to say they found his paintings egregiously, unbearably, theatrical.”8 Compare this to the procedure played out later in Fried’s career, although this particular account is written not by Fried but rather is a presumed paraphrase of his work by Fried’s close colleague and supporter Walter Benn Michaels (it might perhaps more properly be considered a later moment in the reception of Fried). Michaels is commenting in the course of an essay, “Photographs and Fossils,” on Fried’s brilliant reading of Barthes’ notion of the punctum in Camera Lucida, which is argued by Fried to be inherently anti-theatrical, insofar as it is not a matter of the photographer putting it there to be recognised by the spectator. And yet, as Michaels suggests, Fried is no sooner able to say this, that is, that the punctum can be understood as non-theatrical, than it turns theatrical again: “What I have just described as the radicalization of absorption… turns out in Barthes to be dialectical: it turns the antitheatrical into pure theatricality; it turns what Fried called absorption into what was supposed to be its opposite: literalism.”9

That is to say, in Michaels’ reading of Fried, absorption is no sooner recognised as such (exactly as what is not meant to be recognised) than it would immediately be shown to be theatrical. And here it is not a matter of the slow shifting of taste, but rather the outcome of a certain self-contradictory logic: that the very recovery of absorption, the using of it as an artistic technique or even noting its artistic effectiveness, is enough to do away with it. Absorption exists only in retrospect. As something that once was because we could no sooner state it than it is done away with. Fried, in fact, in the book that includes the original essay on Bathes as a chapter, Why Photography Matters as Art as Never Before, respectfully resists Michaels’ analysis, arguing that it is a little too sudden or peremptory, not properly historicizing in seeing the inevitable failure to sustain absorption as merely a logical failure. As he writes there: “Michaels is undoubtedly correct, but I nevertheless want to resist identifying Barthes’ position in Camera Lucida as literalist or theatrical tout court.10 And, indeed, in that way we have tried to explain, the very brilliance of Fried, his identity as both an art historian and an art critic is—despite what we said a moment ago—a product of his “repressing” or at least “slowing down” this circularity, the manner in which it is presented as an effect of history or a critical task to be taken up. This is the deepest economy of Fried’s work—all that we mean by the richness and texture of its history, the courage and anti-orthodoxy of its critical judgments—but it needs to be understood that this is underwritten, made possible, by a prior philosophical logic that is purely prescriptive or even what logicians call abductive, the entirely original invention of a system that at its deepest level is not empirical or even ethical but rather undemonstrable and irrefutable.

But all of this means that in a fascinating—although, again, largely unremarked upon—way Fried’s chief (indeed, perhaps only real) argument is with himself. There is a not terribly amusing review of Why Photography Matters by the English novelist Geoff Dyer that begins by counting the number of times Fried refers to himself in the book.11 Dyer is trying, we presume, to make a misplaced point about Fried’s “narcissism,” but there is nevertheless a grain of truth to what he says. It is that Fried—along the lines of Michaels’ observation concerning the theatrically anti-theatrical nature of the punctum—is no sooner able to state an absorptive solution or conviction than it turns theatrical or sceptical. (And perhaps even the gradual shift of Fried’s vocabulary away from the terms absorption and theatricality is a tacit admission of this.) In a sense, each of Fried’s successive historical case studies—from Absorption and Theaticality, to Courbet, to Manet, to Menzel—is driven by a dissatisfaction with his own prior solution. In a way, it is his own dissatisfaction with the convincingness of his conviction as soon as it is stated that drives his narrative forward. (We would rather say then, contra Dwyer, that the real motivation of Fried’s constant references to himself is if anything anti-narcissist.) This dissatisfaction arises because, as we insist, it is not merely that scepticism can be stated only from a position of conviction (this is the way art criticism understands it), but because the “solution,” as soon as it is stated, is revealed to be inadequate, precisely the scepticism on which conviction is based or that allows conviction to become conscious of itself. (This is the path art history takes.)

And so Fried’s narrative moves on, very much like the Courbet who follows Millet, but with the particular instances of art in many ways the embodiment of the internal logic driving his argument. Why, however, we might ask, the late turn to Caravaggio after the statement of the “inaugural” moment of modernism in Absorption and Theatricality? Why go backwards rather than forwards in time? Perhaps because, as the necessary correlate to the re-establishment of conviction after a prior scepticism, a conviction that is retrospectively seen to have made that scepticism possible, it is also true that it is conviction that precedes scepticism, allowing it to be seen for the first time. It is to suggest that, if the problem of scepticism is first seen to arise in 1750 in Absorption and Theatricality, what is thereby opened up—here again the internal logic of Fried as opposed to the external history of art—is the necessity for a conviction before this. As Fried writes in Caravaggio’s Moment, speaking of the way that we can find absorptive motifs in Caravaggio’s work before the countervailing problematic of scepticism or theatricality: “During the period with which the present book is concerned, a pejorative notion of theatricality had no purchase on the practice and evaluation of painting.”12 That is, at one end of Fried’s work there is a priority of conviction that allows us to see scepticism, but which is no sooner stated than it falls into scepticism, and at the other end we can no sooner suggest scepticism than we realise that this is possible only because of a prior conviction. If the “modernist” aporia at the heart of Fried’s work rolls forward—so that the “same” essential problem keeps on taking different forms in successive generations of artists—so it also moves back, with the “same” problem keeping on being located further and further back in history.

The greatness of Fried, his uniqueness, we might say, is that he has created—at least within the discourses of art—a proper “system” in the philosophical sense. For all of the art-historical and even art-critical scaffolding, he has brought about something from nothing, something that has not existed before. And we mean it when we say something from nothing, for the effect of Fried’s work is that something that was once immediate and direct, let us call it “tradition”—although this is exactly what we cannot say—is henceforth the overcoming of scepticism, a scepticism that is only a hypothesis, can never be seen as such or at least cannot be spoken of at the same time as it is experienced. After it, what is is only the covering over of something else. Appearance is no longer mere appearance, but doubled, divided, withholding something—and doubled, divided constantly, so that we cannot see what it stands in for without this being revealed as yet another appearance. In other words, Fried invents appearance. It is just this split that Fried introduces into the world, and after which there is no going back because no matter how far back we go there is always the same doubling (this is part of the meaning of the Caravaggio book, which sees the problematic of absorption in a period notionally before modernism) and no outside (because even indifference is now only an attempt to overcome a prior scepticism, that is, an effort at absorption). All this is exactly that willed indifference that Fried evokes through Diderot in Absorption and Theatricality, in which painting must seek the “superior fiction” of not being beheld, just as the actor must ignore the audience in front of them (and this effect of will applies in Diderot—this is the important point—whether there is an actual audience or not):

The criticism and theory we have been considering expressed an implicit apprehension of the beholder’s alienation from objects of his beholding (and, therefore, in a manner of speaking, from himself)…. [and] insisted on the need for painters to overcome that alienation in their work if painting was to be restored to its former status as a major art (104-05).

In fact, if we want to suggest what Fried introduces into art-historical discourse, it is something like a symbolic order. Art enters the Symbolic in the sense that “it isn’t constituted bit by bit. As soon as the symbol arrives, there is a universe of symbols.”13 Or, in Lacan’s well-known formulation, we henceforth have the lie in the form of the truth and truth in the form of the lie. For let us go back to that shocking moment of “modernism” in Fried, after which nothing is the same and we can never go back to the way things were before. It is the irrevocable realization that we are in the Symbolic that is that fall into “scepticism”: that things mean other than they appear to, that things potentially deceive, that things are not immediately themselves but only signify and can only be accessed through signification. And in which ignorance or indifference—whatever we might imagine coming before—can only be understood as feigned or put on. Which is also to say that today we can argue against Fried only in his terms (which is to say as well, as we have seen, that Fried is always arguing against himself). In the symbolic order, as Lacan makes clear, there is no outside, but there is also no inside. Or, to put this another way, the symbolic is inaugurated on the basis that there is something real or some alternative outside of it—an immediate relation to the world, some momentary “grace” or “instantaneousness” in which everything could be seen—but this is now possible only through the “distance,” the “duration,” the “endlessness,” of the symbolic. Conviction, if it is possible at all, is no longer something Imaginary, outside of the Symbolic, but rather something Real, accessible only in its impossibility, within the Symbolic. It is at once what scepticism stops us from accessing and is only to be seen through the perpetual failure, which is to say the perpetual overcoming of, scepticism. As Slavoj Žižek writes of the Real, it is “simultaneously the Thing to which direct access is not possible and the obstacle which prevents this direct access; the Thing which eludes our grasp and the distorting screen which makes us miss the Thing.”14

Indeed, if were to think a precursor for the kind of “philosophical” system-building we find in Fried it would be Hegel. Hegel is until recently the underexplored element of Fried’s intellectual armory, hinted at throughout his work but nowhere explicitly acknowledged or elaborated in detail. But we get perhaps a sense of the closeness of Hegel to Fried when we look at Fried’s close colleague Robert Pippin’s After the Beautiful: Hegel and the Philosophy of Pictorial Modernism. For Pippin’s ultimate point is that the aim of Hegel too—indeed, the true meaning of a philosophical “system” that Hegel was perhaps the first to theorize—is to put forward a hypothesis that produces something out of nothing. In Hegel’s case, it is Geist or human “spirit.” However, importantly—and here we come close to an “archaeology” of that circularity between conviction and scepticism we have been examining—it is not a matter of objects in the world standing in for any underlying spirit, as in some recognisable form of Idealism. Rather, Geist is the very split between subject and object, in which each makes the other possible. As Pippin writes: “Hegel is not treating the German Idealist problem of the Absolute—the account of a possible subject-object identity, how subjects can also be objects—as a problem of some prior ground (of the original unity of both) to be recovered in some intellectual intuition or aesthetic experience… [On the contrary,] Geist is ‘a product of itself.’”15 And this is also Pippin’s point concerning Hegel on art, his attempt to reclaim art for modernism after Hegel’s infamous claim that art is a “thing of the past.” It is that, in a way Hegel did not live to see, modern art, like Geist, is its own originless self-creation. It introduces a split into being and it is (and in a way is not, insofar as it is) this split. Again, as Pippin writes: “[Modern] art does not double or imitate reality as in so many mimetic theories, but rather in art, Geist, some sort of achieved collective like-mindedness, doubles itself” (32).

To conclude, is not something like this Hegelian “doubling” first inaugurated in art history some 50 years ago by Fried in “Art and Objecthood” (or “Art and Objecthood” is the brilliant and unexpected rediscovery of Hegel’s Aesthetics in that way argued by Pippin)? It is a “dialectic” that, as we have tried to show, is at once what Fried repeats throughout his work and what is failed to be repeated throughout his work, what his work is the failure to repeat. To demonstrate this, let us go almost to the end of Fried’s career, to an essay he has written on the Scottish artist Douglas Gordon’s 2010 video k: 364: A Journey by Train, now reprinted in the collection Another Light: Jacques-Louis David to Thomas Demand. In Gordon’s video, we see two Israeli musicians travel by train through Poland in order to play Mozart’s sublime “Sinfonia Concertante” with the Polish National Chamber Orchestra. In the course of his recording of their performance, Gordon—who is known for a series of “real time” videos such as 24 Hour Psycho (1993), Alfred Hitchcock’s thriller Psycho slowed down so that it takes 24 hours to screen, and Zidane: A 21st Century Portrait (2006), which exclusively follows the famous footballer Zinedine Zidane and not the ball over the course of a match—shows close-ups of the two musicians’ faces and fingers apparently synchronously with the music as though they were actually playing it in the same present we are watching it. It is as though—the great and compelling illusion of all music-making—they were playing music that did not exist before them, as though the music and its performance were the same. It is as though, as we cut back and forth between the two performers, the conductor and the orchestra—and it is evident that footage from both the final performance and rehearsals has been used—the music takes place in a single unbroken time without it being certain in advance how it will go. The significance of this “continuous presentness”16 is made evident by contrasting Gordon’s video with another important musical performance in the history of art video: Korean artist Nam June Paik’s Concerto for TV, Cello and Video Tape (1971), in which we watch, amongst other footage, a video shot from opposite the cellist Charlotte Moorman of her seemingly playing the music we are hearing, replayed on small monitors stacked immediately in front of her on which she mimes bowing. Of course, the point of Paik’s video is that the images broadcast on the monitors of Moorman playing are ever so slightly delayed, so that the music we hear and the images we see are never entirely in sync. We do not see and hear at the same time, or put otherwise it looks like Moorman is merely performing—running through, almost in the sense of rehearsing—music that already exists. She is not caught inside the moment of making music, but instead stands outside of it, repeating or replaying what has been composed before her.

This is the moment—there is an equivalent in the history of performance strictly speaking with such works as Dan Graham’s Intention Intentionality Sequence (1972), in which a delay is introduced between what Graham says and what he sees—of the theatrical: breaking the illusion of the performance and introducing a distance between the audience and what takes place before them, as though the performance is not being undertaken in the present but is merely re-enacting what has already occurred. And thus we can understand—although this is not explicitly argued for in Fried’s essay—Gordon’s video as meaningfully coming after these earlier performances, made in the context of a generalised theatricality. The work’s intensity or “presentness,” the immersion of the performers—the coming together of the performers and their performance—is no longer immediate or to be taken for granted, but precisely the overcoming of a prior distance between them. (This can be seen in a number of aspects of k: 364: from the fact that the work is projected on two screens simultaneously, to the fact that we are evidently seeing footage not only of the final performance but edited together from different performances, to the “prelude” to the performance, showing the two musicians journeying through the haunted landscape of Poland, reminding us of the terrible background against which their performance takes place and which must be understood as somehow “sublimated” or “overcome” by their performance.) The point that Fried makes about Gordon’s video is that we have neither the old-fashioned “classical” or even “romantic” direct identification with the music—taking place in the Imaginary register—nor what we might call the “post-modern” distance or alienation from the music—in the Symbolic register—but rather the surpassing or overcoming of performance through performance—the Real. It is neither authentic non-performance nor inauthentic performance but authenticity through performance. It is exactly this Real that we see in Diderot’s “The Paradox of Acting.” Diderot wants there neither actual crying in any direct identification with the person of the actor nor the mere signs of crying in an empty gesture that lets the audience know that the actor is not actually crying. Rather, the actor would cry at the intensity of their acting crying, their acting carrying them away to become Real (and reminding us that the Real is accessible only through such acting). As Diderot writes there:

People come not to see tears, but to hear speeches that draw tears; because this truth of nature is out of tune with the truth of convention. Let me explain myself: I mean that neither the dramatic system, nor the action, nor the poet’s speeches, would fit themselves to my stilted, broken, sobbing declamation. You see that it is not allowable to imitate Nature, even at her best, or Truth too closely; there are limits within which we must restrict ourselves.17

Do we not see this Real that Fried speaks of, or at least hints at in “Art and Objecthood” in all kinds of art today. Is it not that “play within the play” theorised by Cavell with regard to Beckett’s Endgame, where we have “happening vs acting”?18 Do we not see it in William Rothman on documentary, where he argues that it is not through any cinema-verité doing away with of the mediation of the director that the film-maker might capture the “real,” but only through their very intervention—this is the point of his ending his account with a discussion of D.A. Pennebaker’s Dylan documentary Don’t Look Back (1967), in which Dylan reveals his true self, much like the contestants on such TV shows as Big Brother, exactly by trying to put on a persona for the camera, that is, attempting to be “natural.”19 (In all of this, of course, a connection can be made to Rothman’s earlier book on Hitchcock, The Murderous Gaze, in which the turn from “theatre” to “film” takes place through the famous “mousetrap” in Hitchcock’s Murder! (1930), in which Sir John solves the crime by writing a scene in which Handel Fane must play the role of the murderer he is.)20 And, as if to confirm Fried’s, Cavell’s and Rothman’s predictions, we might recall such recent documentaries as Joshua Oppenheimer’s The Act of Killing (2012), in which it is only through Suharto-era killer Anwar Congo’s “acting” for the camera that he for the first time realises the enormity of his crimes and breaks down in tears. The same thing can be seen in the confession of Robert Durst in the made-for-television documentary series The Jinx (2015), in which the serial murderer confesses to himself in front of the mirror in what he thinks is an off-camera bathroom while being interviewed about his actions. In all of these, we have precisely Diderot’s “speeches that draw tears.” And if in one way Fried’s work plays out as a certain unacknowledged, unrecognised and perhaps even unconscious aporia between scepticism and conviction—which accounts for its enormous symbolic power—at its centre as at once what makes it possible and what it is a defense against is the absolute coincidence of the two—the Real. This is perhaps the real “grace” evoked at the end of “Art and Objecthood”: not the momentary defeat of theatre or even its temporary suspension by conviction but an impossible holding together of the two—a scepticism that can be remarked only from the position of conviction and a conviction that can speak of itself only as this scepticism. In Fried’s own words, which speak at once the deepest truth and the absolute ambiguity of his project, for of course it is he who has better and longer than anyone embodied this literalist sensibility:

Literalist sensibility is, therefore, a response to the same developments that have largely compelled modernist painting to undo its objecthood—more precisely, the same developments seen differently, that is, in theatrical terms, by a sensibility already theatrical (160-1).

That is, Fried’s work is great because it first of all doubles and divides itself. And in so doing, it doubles and divides the world. Fried’s work will live on, we suggest, not primarily as art history or art criticism but as this “philosophical” doubling of the world.

Notes

1. Gregory Battcock, ed., Minimal Art; A Critical Anthology (New York: Dutton, 1968); James Meyer, Minimalism (New York: Phaidon, 2010).
2. See on this Michael Fried, “An Introduction to My Art Criticism” in Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1998), 47.
3. We realise that the directness of this connection raises controversial and much-disputed interpretive issues, and has even been questioned by Fried on occasion. However, our claim is that the opposition between “conviction” and “scepticism” does effectively run throughout all of Fried’s work. Our more general point, of course, is that the only proper way to grasp Fried’s work is all at once. We can only hope that the results produced here justify such an approach.
4. Michael Fried, “Art and Objecthood” in Art and Objecthood, 165.
5. Stanley Cavell, “Music Discomposed” in Must We Mean What We Say? (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008), 188.
6. Stanley Cavell, “The Avoidance of Love: A Reading of King Lear” in Must We Mean What We Say?, 324.
7. René Descartes, Discourse on Method and Meditations, trans. Elizabeth S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (New York, Dover Books, 2003), 68.
8. In fact, this passage is from Manet’s Modernism (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1996), 191. But Fried says the same thing in “Approaching Courbet”: “Further than [Millet’s] pictures in the direction of absorption while remaining within the framework of the dramatic conception it was impossible to go. Yet the critical response alone suggests that it wasn’t nearly far enough, or rather that, so long as that framework remained intact, the most extreme efforts to undo its effects ran a high risk of appearing not only theatrical but egregiously so” (Courbet’s Realism [Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1990], 45).
9. Walter Benn Michaels, “Photographs and Fossils” in Photography Theory, ed. James Elkins (New York: Routledge, 2006), 438; reprinted as part of “Formal Feelings,” chapter one of The Beauty of a Social Problem (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2015), 16. To see this ambiguity in Fried himself, we would begin by taking up his discussion of the “dialectical” nature of Manet’s art and the “paradox” of both presupposing and denying the beholder in Absorption and Theatricality: Painting and Beholder in the Age of Diderot (Chicago: Chicago University Press, 1980), 4, 69, 103-4, his characterisation of Millet’s art as “divided against itself” in Courbet’s Realism, 44, and his treatment of the “doubled” or divided” nature of beholding in Manet’s Modernism, 243-275; but also 21, 196, 407, 545, 600. Our point is that at these moments there is a “quickness” of reversibility between absorption and theatricality as opposed to the relative “slowness” of art history or even criticism.
10. Michael Fried, Why Photography Matters as Art as Never Before (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2008), 345.
11. Geoff Dyer, ‘An Academic Author’s Unintentional Masterpiece’, New York Times, July 22 2011 (http://www.nytimes.com/2011/07/24/books/review/an-academic-authors-unintentional-masterpiece.html).
12. Michael Fried, The Moment of Caravaggio (New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 2010), 122.
13. Jacques Lacan, The Seminar of Jacques Lacan: Book II: The Ego in Freud’s Theory and in the Technique of Psychoanalysis 1954-55 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988), 29.
14. Slavoj Žižek, In Defence of Lost Causes (London: Verso, 2009), 288.
15. Robert Pippin, After the Beautiful: Hegel and the Philosophy of Pictorial Modernism (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2014), 46, 47.
16. Michael Fried, ‘Douglas Gordon’s k: 364: A Journey by Train’, in Another Light: Jacques-Louis David to Thomas Demand (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2014), 235.
17. Denis Diderot, The Paradox of Acting, trans. Walter Hernes Pollock (London: Chatto and Windus, 1883), 100.
18. Stanley Cavell, ‘Ending the Waiting Game’, in Must We Mean What We Say?, 154, 159.
19. William Rothman, Documentary Film Classics (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997).
20. William Rothman, Hitchcock: The Murderous Gaze (Albany: State University of New York, 2012).
]]>
The Temporal Fried https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/the-temporal-fried/ Mon, 17 Jul 2017 16:00:38 +0000 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/?p=10275 Could it be that there is a double Michael Fried—the atemporal Fried and the temporal Fried?

­­–Robert Smithson, Letter to the Editor, Artforum, October 1967

In early 1995, Michael Fried delivered the Una’s Lectures at the University of California, Berkeley. The Alumni Hall was packed for “Some Thoughts on Caravaggio” and “Caillebotte’s Impressionism,” and the spillover audience carried into the panel discussion with T. J. Clark and Richard Wollheim some days later on March 15. For many of us at the time, the appeal of Fried’s writing and lectures was primarily, as Clark put it, his “remarkable descriptions.”1 And remarkable they were. No one, I think, could ever look at Caravaggio or Gustave Caillebotte the same way after encountering his close reading of them (to say nothing of Chardin, Courbet, Eakins, Manet, or Menzel). But equally, there was a sense of engaged curiosity about Fried’s status as a by-then legendary art critic. Or at least, the possible link between the art historian and the art critic prompted what, for me, has remained the most interesting question posed at the panel discussion. How, Anne Wagner asked from the audience, might we understand the relation between these new accounts of Caravaggio and Caillebotte on the one hand and on the other hand the analysis of Minimalism in “Art and Objecthood”?

In part, Wagner’s question flowed from her work on the introduction to the 1995 edition of Gregory Battcock’s Minimal Art: A Critical Anthology.2 Taking its title from an essay by Wollheim, the book had long offered the most widely available, unexpurgated reprinting of “Art and Objecthood” since its original publication in the June 1967 issue of Artforum.3 The succinct editorial summary of the argument probably did as much as anything to determine the contours of its later reception. “In this essay,” Battcock wrote in 1968,

Michael Fried criticizes Minimal Art—or as he calls it, ‘literalist’ art—for what he describes as its inherent theatricality. At the same time, he argues that the modernist arts, including painting and sculpture, have come increasingly to depend on their very continuance on their ability to defeat theatre. Fried characterizes the theatrical in terms of a particular relation between the beholder as subject and the work as object, a relation that takes place in time, that has duration. Whereas defeating theatre entails defeating or suspending both objecthood and temporality.4

1. Michelangelo Merisi da Caravaggio, Boy Bitten by a Lizard, ca. 1595. Oil on canvas, 66 x 49.5 cm. National Gallery, London. 2. Gustave Caillebotte, The Yerres, Effect of Rain, 1875. Oil on canvas, 80.3 x 59 cm. Eskenazi Museum of Art, Indiana University, Bloomington.
1. Michelangelo Merisi da Caravaggio, Boy Bitten by a Lizard, ca. 1595. Oil on canvas, 66 x 49.5 cm. National Gallery, London.
2. Gustave Caillebotte, The Yerres, Effect of Rain, 1875. Oil on canvas, 80.3 x 59 cm. Eskenazi Museum of Art, Indiana University, Bloomington.

If the essay’s treatment of theater and modernism fell largely to the side in a discussion of Caravaggio and Caillebotte twenty-eight years later, temporality remained quite notably, strikingly, at the center. Two examples stood out. In Boy Bitten by a Lizard, Fried described two moments: both an “extended duration” and “instantaneousness.” (Fig. 1) In The Yerres, Effect of Rain, he remarked in turn upon the picture’s effects of “temporal duration, not instantaneousness.”5 (Fig. 2) Hearing these lectures with “Art and Objecthood” echoing in the background, the connection between Fried’s art criticism and his art historical writing seemed both obvious and compelling. The response to Wagner’s query on March 15 was, however, disarmingly straightforward. There is no real connection between his criticism and art history, Fried replied, they are quite simply separate projects.

I do not believe Fried’s claim was disingenuous. Compelling reasons persist for holding apart his art criticism and art history. Yet, the originality and consistency of his approach to the description and analysis of time in painting and sculpture continues to invite the question. From 1967 to the present, no other writer has so systematically thought through the history and effects of artistic temporality. This accomplishment necessarily binds together his art criticism and his art history, and it allows us to see another layer of significance to the legacy of “Art and Objecthood” fifty years after its publication.

What follows here is a brief elaboration of these basic claims, one that I recognize may be open to criticism and revision. I want simply to point out a few things about the relation of the analysis of temporality in the art criticism of the 1960s and the historical analysis of earlier art, before turning to a modest assessment of the significance of this relation. Broadly speaking, then, Fried’s account of the art of American, French, German, and Italian painters working between the 1590s and the 1880s rests on the consistency of his vocabulary to describe the depiction and effects of time in their work. This vocabulary first emerged in 1967, and it developed into a distinctly new rethinking of a once dominant aesthetic understanding of time in the visual arts. That the vocabulary of temporality ultimately seems to reverse certain value judgments about given works of art superficially suggests a schism between art criticism and art history, but it should also alert us finally to a deeper problematic, one that rests on the disambiguation of interpretation and judgment.

At the time, Fried’s response to Wagner seemed more than a little surprising. In a contribution to a 1987 panel at the Dia Art Foundation, Fried himself had stated that “the antitheatrical arguments of ‘Art and Objecthood’ belong to a larger historical field than that of abstraction versus minimalist art in 1967. […] Indeed, part of the interest ‘Art and Objecthood’ still has for me is that more than any of my early essays it represents a link between the art criticism I had been writing since the early 1960s and the art history I would soon go on to write.”6 Less than a decade later, however, he had substantially changed his tune. He stated his new position in the introduction to his collected art criticism, Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews: “between myself as historian of the French antitheatrical tradition and the critic who wrote ‘Art and Objecthood’ there looms an unbridgeable gap.”7

Certain elements of art criticism and art history, Fried insisted, had to be understood as separate. One is the notionally distinct roles inhabited by the critic and the historian. Whether this amounts to the “resolutely nonjudgmental” position of the art historian could be debated, but Fried insisted that an interpretation of the art of the past requires a certain historicizing of aesthetic judgment as such (“Introduction,” 51). (The flipside is the impossibility of historicizing one’s own critical judgments.) Fried also emphasized the distinction between the antitheatrical tradition of French art of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and the attempts to defeat theater in the modernist painting and sculpture of the postwar period. The two situations are perhaps, as Anthony Grudin has argued, parallel responses to capitalism, but for Fried they remain non-continuous and quasi-autonomous.8 In these respects, the art historical and critical approaches to art are non-identical twins. Is there a “double Michael Fried?” he asked, quoting Robert Smithson. “Whatever the right answer was in 1967, the answer now is yes” (“Introduction,” 52).

Worth noting is the fact that Fried bracketed the latter half of Smithson’s question; the “atemporal” and the “temporal” fell away, and only the question of doubleness remained. Or rather, Fried rephrased Smithson’s metaphysical satire—“He is a naturalist who attacks natural time […] Consider a subdivided progression of ‘Frieds’ on millions of stages.”9—as a way of addressing Wagner’s question about art criticism and art history. If the questions Wagner and Smithson posed really did converge into one it would be this. Does the temporality of art in “Art and Objecthood” differ from that in Fried’s art historical writing?

The temporal component of the argument in “Art and Objecthood” is obvious and has been understood from the beginning. Smithson and Battcock immediately zeroed in on it for the purposes of criticism and explanation. But the most sustained attention to temporality in Fried’s account of Minimalism appeared many years later in the writings of art historians like Alex Potts, Pamela Lee, and less directly Kenji Kajiya.10 Lee claims that most earlier accounts of the essay had emphasized the spatial and phenomenological elements of the essay, but had failed to acknowledge “the degree to which the limit condition of Fried’s critique is time” (Chronophobia, 43; emphasis in original). But any reading of the essay should confirm its centrality. The key passage comes in the final paragraphs:

Here finally I want to emphasize something that may already have become clear: the experience in question persists in time, and the presentment of endlessness that, I have been claiming, is central to literalist art and theory is essentially a presentment of endless or indefinite duration […] The literalist preoccupation with time—more precisely, with the duration of experience—is, I suggest, paradigmatically theatrical, as though theater confronts the beholder, and thereby isolates him, with the endlessness not just of objecthood but of time; or as though the sense which, at bottom, theater addresses is a sense of temporality of time both passing and to come, simultaneously approaching and receding as if apprehended in an infinite perspective. (“Art and Objecthood,” 166-67; emphasis in original)

In contrast the experience of modernist painting and sculpture “has no duration.” Certainly, one experiences all works of art in time, but the conviction of “presentness” demanded by modernism is “experienced as a kind of instantaneousness.” Indeed, “it is by virtue of their presentness and insantantaneousness that modernist painting and sculpture defeat theater” (167). Duration and instantaneousness are the dyads around which Fried’s critical analysis turned in 1967.

The equation of modernist painting and instantaneousness was not new. Clement Greenberg had articulated a similar view in a widely read article of 1959, “The Case for Abstract Art.” Speaking in general terms about the experience of painting he argued that “ideally the whole of a picture should be taken in at a glance; its unity should be immediately evident, and the supreme quality of a picture, the highest measure of its power to move and control the visual imagination, should reside in its unity. And this is something to be grasped only in an indivisible instant of time.”11 Unlike poems, paintings are “all there at once,” and abstract painting brings this home more forcefully than representational painting. “The ‘at-onceness’ which a picture or a piece of sculpture enforces on you,” Greenberg continued, “is not, however, single or isolated. It can be repeated in a succession of instants, in each one remaining an ‘at-onceness,’ an instant all by itself. For the cultivated eye, the picture repeats its instantaneous unity like a mouth repeating a single word” (81). Greenberg insisted that the transcendence of the temporal—that is, the transcendence of the durational—is an essential characteristic of painting. And that, he added, is what makes abstract painting arguably the most significant form of art in modern culture.12

3. Jules Olitski, Tin Lizzie Green, 1964. Alkyd and oil/wax crayon on canvas. 330.2 x 208.3 cm. Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. 4. Jan Van Eyck, The Arnolfini Portrait, 1434. Oil on oak, 82.2 x 60 cm. National Gallery, London.
3. Jules Olitski, Tin Lizzie Green, 1964. Alkyd and oil/wax crayon on canvas. 330.2 x 208.3 cm. Museum of Fine Arts, Boston.
4. Jan Van Eyck, The Arnolfini Portrait, 1434. Oil on oak, 82.2 x 60 cm. National Gallery, London.

Prior to 1967, Fried had most likely assimilated Greenberg’s reading of pictorial temporality. He had certainly addressed the place of time in modern art. Significantly, however, he did not always valorize Greenbergian “pure instantaneity” the way Rosalind Krauss has suggested he did.13 In the catalogue essay for the 1965 exhibition, Three American Painters: Kenneth Noland, Jules Olitski, Frank Stella, Fried pointed out that the combination of colors in Olitski’s recent work demanded not a single moment of perception but a sequential viewing. (Fig. 3) Tin Lizzie Green perhaps does not require experiential duration, but “what matters is that most of Olitski’s paintings executed since 1963 […] virtually demand to be experienced in what may perhaps be called visual time.” Fried immediately compared this with earlier art. (Fig. 4) “Putting aside their obvious differences, what the paintings of Van Eyck and Olitski have in common is a mode of pictorial organization that does not present the beholder with an instantaneously apprehensible unity.”14 Two years later Fried seems to have changed his view of the temporality of Olitski’s paintings. And the shift in analysis is inescapable in the catalogue essay for the exhibition, Jules Olitski: Paintings 1963–1967, which opened at the Corcoran Gallery of Art in Washington, D.C., in the spring of 1967. Writing again about Olitski’s color, he modified entirely—and deliberately, I think—his view of the post-1963 paintings. Using language that would appear only weeks later in “Art and Objecthood,” he declared that “each color competes for presentness with every other.” It is as if each color was “continuously changing from point to point, from present moment to present moment.”15 Olitski could thus stand alongside Kenneth Noland, David Smith, and Anthony Caro in explicit contrast with Minimalist durational temporality.16

Several things are at stake in this shift. One is the possible transformation of the perception or appreciation of temporal effects in works of art, painting in particular. That is, at one moment a painting can be understood primarily as durational, at another moment primarily as instantaneous. Or equally, the recognition of a temporal understanding or an attitude towards time can sometimes be appreciated only under properly dialectical circumstances. To see a painting as if instantaneously is to see the contraindicated possibility of its durational apprehension. This is a point Fried comes eventually to acknowledge, most likely, when confronted with Minimalist works. It is a point that Olitski next to Donald Judd made clear. That perception or recognition is thus arguably tied to the dialectical unfolding of the history of art. And the comparison to Van Eyck all but demands that several centuries of that history be filled in.

One thing about Fried’s development that remains to be understood is the role his art historical research and writing played in the formation or elucidation of this critical position on modernist temporality in 1966 and 1967. He has stated that his relations with Greenberg, both personally and on an intellectual level had “begun to fray” between late 1965 and 1967.17 Whether this meant the Greenbergian temporality also became more (or less) problematic is unclear. At the same time, in the spring of 1966, Fried delivered a course at Harvard on French painting from the 1750s to the 1860s (“Introduction,” 10). Again what is not evident is the impact this exposure to the historical problem of French painting and its theorization by critics like Denis Diderot had on his thinking about pictorial temporality.

Some have argued for a fairly clear connection, at least structurally, between a defense of “presentness” in the 1960s and earlier theories of time in the visual arts. Thierry de Duve, for example, asserts that Fried is “but the last in a long line of aestheticians who, from Lessing to Greenberg through Wölfflin, sought in the instantaneous spatiality of painting the specific essence of plastic art.”18 Fried explicitly disagrees with this assessment, but the evocation of the name Lessing should not surprise anyone familiar with the historical understanding of time in painting and sculpture. Krauss’s 1977 Passages in Modern Sculpture made the relationship clear enough. “Although written in the eighteenth century,” she wrote in the first sentence of the book, “Gotthold Lessing’s aesthetic treatise Laocoön applies directly to the discussion of sculpture in our time.”19 For Lessing, famously, “The rule is this, that succession in time is the province of the poet, co-existence in space that of the artist.”20 For Krauss, however, that distinction falls apart in modern sculpture, the analysis of which forces us “increasingly to speak of time” (Passages, 4). Narrative time and duration in art form the spine of her book. When she finally paraphrases Fried’s “Art and Objecthood,” 200 pages in, the opposition is clear: “With regard to sculpture, the point on which the distinction between itself and theater turns is, for Fried, the concept of time. It is an extended temporality, a merging of the temporal experience of sculpture with real time, that pushes the plastic arts into the modality of theater. While it is through the concepts of ‘presentness and instantaneousness that modernist painting and sculpture defeat theatre’” (203-04). In his prioritization of instantaneousness, Fried was thus deemed a follower of Lessing, at least when it came to artistic time. That he later wrote the foreword to a new edition of Laocoön no doubt confirmed the views of De Duve and Krauss.21 But this is where Fried’s art historical writing about time in the visual arts begins to complicate things.

In Absorption and Theatricality: Painting and Beholder in the Age of Diderot, first published in 1980, Fried recognized the centrality of instantaneousness in the age of Lessing. The unity of action demanded by “classical” critics and theorists—Charles Le Brun, Henri Testelin, Roger De Piles—had long entailed a unity of time in history painting. This flowed logically from Aristotelian theories of literature into the visual arts. Instantaneousness, however, was not deemed essential as long as the painter restricted the action of a painting to a single phase of narration.22 For critics in the generation of Diderot, however, the conception of pictorial time became increasingly tied to a demand for instantaneousness. “One might say,” Fried wrote, “that for Diderot and his contemporaries a painter’s failure to declare the singleness and instantaneousness of his chosen moment with sufficient clarity was felt to undermine and often to destroy the dramatic illusion of causal necessity on which the conviction of unity depended. More generally, the demand that pictorial unity be made instantaneously apprehensible found natural expression in the almost universal tendency among anti-Rococo critics and theorists to define the essence of painting in terms of instantaneousness as such” (91). Indeed, one of the significant, if less appreciated, insights of Absorption and Theatricality is how commonplace Lessing’s argument about artistic time was in the eighteenth century (82-92).

5. Jean-Baptiste-Siméon Chardin, The House of Cards, ca. 1737. Oil on canvas, 82.2 x 66 cm. National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. 6. Claude-Joseph Vernet, Landscape with Waterfall and Figures, 1768. Oil on canvas, 176.2 x 135.2 cm. The Walters Art Museum, Baltimore.
5. Jean-Baptiste-Siméon Chardin, The House of Cards, ca. 1737. Oil on canvas, 82.2 x 66 cm. National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C.
6. Claude-Joseph Vernet, Landscape with Waterfall and Figures, 1768. Oil on canvas, 176.2 x 135.2 cm. The Walters Art Museum, Baltimore.

The works of art that emerge as most significant in Fried’s analysis, however, lay the groundwork for an alternative conception of pictorial temporality. The Diderotian admiration for the works of Jean-Baptiste-Siméon Chardin and Claude-Joseph Vernet stand out in this regard. (Figs. 5 and 6) In the first instance, the depiction of states of absorption like building a house of cards came to suggest “the actual duration of the absorptive states and activities they represent. Some such power necessarily characterizes all persuasive depictions of absorption, none of which would be persuasive if it did not at least convey the idea that the state or activity in question was sustained for a certain length of time. But Chardin’s genre paintings […] come close to translating literal duration, the actual passage of time as one stands before the canvas, into a purely pictorial effect” (49-50; emphasis in original). In a related manner, Diderot’s imaginative projection into the “pastoral” paintings of Vernet (and Hubert Robert) occasioned an abolition of the “subject’s awareness of the passage of time.”23 In turn, this approach to genre paintings in the critic’s Salon of 1767 could be tied back to the earlier appreciation for Chardin. Both painters managed to deny the presence of the beholder in front of the canvas, though in different ways, and both suggested or demanded an extended temporality of viewing. As Fried puts it, “the beholder is stopped and held, sometimes for hours at a stretch if contemporary testimony is believed, in front of the painting” (132).

Despite the clear difference that emerges between the instantaneousness of history painting and the extended temporality of absorptive and pastoral genres, the word “duration” appears only twice in the main text of Absorption and Theatricality.24 I have just quoted both of them. In one instance, Fried uses the word to describe the action in Chardin’s painting. Immediately after, he uses the same word to describe the effect of the painting on the beholder’s perception of time. The relation of the two is the key element in Fried’s later elaboration of the varieties of pictorial temporality in European and American painting. The terminology of instantaneousness and duration that initially emerges within his interpretation of eighteenth-century criticism and aesthetics carries distinct echoes of that in “Art and Objecthood.” At first glance, the critical valorization of the temporal is simply reversed. For Diderot in 1767, unlike Fried in 1967, duration is a positive effect of certain works of art. But in French painting the durational effect hinges on a work’s ability to depict an analogous time. The representation of duration, by contrast, is simply not something Fried sees happening in Minimalism. He quotes Robert Morris to this effect: “The experience of the work necessarily exists in time.”25 And indeed, the instantaneousness of modernist painting is just the opposite: “It is as though one’s experience of [modernist painting and sculpture] has no duration” (“Art and Objecthood,” 167).

The problem of the relation of effects and representations of time in art, as I have just described it, is not something Fried ever spells out. But his developing and intensifying concern with the representation of temporality and its effects after 1980 is a significant component of his historical account of European and American painting. That said, the vocabulary used to describe pictorial temporality takes form hesitantly. It is notable, for example, that his next book, Realism, Writing, Disfiguration: On Thomas Eakins and Stephen Crane, avoided the word “duration” altogether. Nonetheless temporality is a central concern at key points. The book makes a clear case that “an absorptive thematics calls for effects of temporal dilation that in turn serve the ends of pictorial realism by encouraging the viewer to explore the represented scene in an unhurried manner.”26 Duration is simply not the word used in 1987 to describe this effect, although Fried does note the emergence of instantaneousness in Edouard Manet’s painting—a significant insight for his later analysis (43). Indeed, his next three books crystallize what could be called Fried’s theory of pictorial temporality.

7. Gustave Courbet, After Dinner at Ornans, 1848–49. Oil on canvas, 195 × 257 cm. Musée des Beaux-Arts, Lille. 8. Gustave Courbet, The Stream of the Puits-Noirs, Valley of the Loue, 1855. Oil on canvas, 104 x 137 cm. National Gallery of Art, Washington D.C.
7. Gustave Courbet, After Dinner at Ornans, 1848–49. Oil on canvas, 195 × 257 cm. Musée des Beaux-Arts, Lille.
8. Gustave Courbet, The Stream of the Puits-Noirs, Valley of the Loue, 1855. Oil on canvas, 104 x 137 cm. National Gallery of Art, Washington D.C.

In Courbet’s Realism, published in 1990, Fried pointed to the artist’s “consistent eschewal of instantaneousness in favor of effects of duration, of slow or repetitive or continuous actions, the very perception of which is felt by the viewer to take place over time.”27 In the After Dinner at Ornans he notes “an almost palpable temporal duration and the limits of which are felt to be coextensive with (or for that matter exceed) those of the painting itself” (92-93). (Fig. 7) He continues: “the impression of protracted and/or repetitive temporality that marks both the After Dinner and the Stonebreakers is characteristic of Courbet’s art throughout his career. In a sense this had always been one of the hallmarks of absorptive painting (we find it in both Chardin and Millet), but in the case of Courbet it will increasingly become plain not only that time is required for his paintings to be made to yield their structures and meanings but also that those structures and meanings in turn imply—they all but enforce—an experience of temporal duration” (108). He points out too, that some paintings, “notably certain landscapes of forest scenes, allow their representational content to be fully made out only gradually, in and through acts of attention, of reading, that need time to achieve their ends. (There may be no slower picture in all Western art than the magnificent Stream of the Black Well, Valley of the Loue (Doubs) in Washington D.C.)” (108). (Fig. 8)

In his 1996 book, Manet’s Modernism; or, The Face of Painting in the 1860s, Fried sums up the basic understanding of pictorial temporality he had developed in the previous two decades. In a two-page “digression on temporality,” he describes two “limit modes of the representation of temporality.”28 Not surprisingly, these two modes are “duration” and “instantaneousness.” Again the latter is aligned with the modernist project—specifically the art of Édouard Manet—but duration is clearly part of the realist tradition. He refers back to his earlier writing when he asserts that “pictorial realism in the West has often involved a tacit or implicit illusion of the passage of time, of sheer duration” (291). This tendency has followed one of two means of representing time in painting: that which is “keyed to the persistence, essentially unchanged over time, of easel paintings as material objects” (291). In the wake of Manet’s new painting, Fried argues, a second pictorial temporality came to dominate: “instantaneousness.” This effect flows from the perception that the surface of a canvas can be “taken in all at once, ‘as a whole,’ in a single immeasurably brief coup d’oeil” (291). Not surprisingly, he compares this to Greenberg’s own conception of “at-onceness” (292). In distinction from Greenberg, however, he insists (in a note) that the term as he uses it is meant “to direct attention to a particular temporal effect, one that in principle is neither superior nor inferior to any other” (568n71).

9. Édouard Manet, Street Singer, ca. 1862. Oil on canvas, 171 x 106 cm. Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. 10. Édouard Manet, The Execution of Maximilian, 1868–69. Oil on canvas, 252 × 302 cm. Staedtische Kunsthalle, Mannheim.
9. Édouard Manet, Street Singer, ca. 1862. Oil on canvas, 171 x 106 cm. Museum of Fine Arts, Boston.
10. Édouard Manet, The Execution of Maximilian, 1868–69. Oil on canvas, 252 × 302 cm. Staedtische Kunsthalle, Mannheim.

According to Fried, “the early painting by Manet that most emphatically thematizes instantaneousness understood in this way is the Street Singer” (292). (Fig. 9) His description of the (“often underrated”) painting turns on the woman’s actions “in midstride”: “leaving a café,” “balancing,” “raises,” doors “swinging back,” “as if emerging suddenly into the street”—“the momentariness yet containedness of her actions is a telescoping of time.”29 Likewise, a canvas such as Manet’s The Execution of Maximilian can be said to function within “the framework of a thematics of instantaneousness, keyed to the flame and smoke issuing from the muskets” (356). (Fig. 10) In terms that implicitly contrast the painting with Courbet’s Stream, Fried summarizes the extraordinary temporal self-consciousness of the production: “It’s hard to think of another picture in all Western art that so determinedly draws attention to the inevitably aporetic nature of the fiction of instantaneousness even as it appeals to that fiction for its basic structure” (357).

In a chapter on “Time and the Everyday” in his 2002 book, Menzel’s Realism, Fried introduces a variation on the duration-instantantaneous dialectic developed in his writings on Courbet and Manet. Borrowing from Søren Kierkegaard’s notion of the “everyday”—the patience and faith in marriage specifically—in Either/Or, where Judge William, the fictive narrator, talks about the inability of art, even poetry, to represent everyday time, or inner history—what he calls “extensive” time, as opposed to the “intensive” time of dramatic or historical events—Fried argues that Adolph Menzel is concerned, especially in his drawings, with representing the everyday or “the extensiveness of time.”30 For example, in Dr. Puhlmann’s Bookcase Fried finds “nothing instantantaneous-seeming about the drawing as a whole.” (Fig. 11) Rather, he describes the representation of “time having passed extensively, hour after hour, day after day, over years or decades, ultimately producing, as the provisional or makeshift result of countless ordinary and unmemorable transactions between Puhlmann and his books, pamphlets, and papers, the elaborate construction, at once orderly and disorderly, regulated and improvised, that the drawing faithfully records.” This “lived temporality” serves thus to mark the “inner history” of a man’s life (141; emphasis in original). In a late drawing, Old Documents in a Chest, Menzel “engages with the subject of time in a more explicit manner” (142). (Fig. 12) The picture depicts the old chests owned by the town merchant guilds of Kissingen, a subject the artist found fascinating. In his representation of both the disorder of the chest and the implied actions of “wrapping and tying, stacking and writing” that produced and ordered these objects, Menzel conveys “a lived temporality that belongs at once to an unspecified but somewhat distant past and to a recent occasion when the chest was opened and its contents disturbed” (143). This “mode of temporality” is “basic to Menzel’s art” (144). “Temporal extensiveness” and the “intensive moment” thus emerge as new descriptive dyads, roughly corresponding to the terms “duration” and “instantaneousness” that Fried began using in 1967 (144-45; 147-48). With Kierkegaard’s thought bearing down on the interpretation, however, the sense of moral weight attached to the representation of extension or duration almost entirely reverses the quasi-religious defense of the non-temporal or instantaneous in modernist painting of the 1960s.

11. Adolph Menzel, Dr. Puhlmann’s Bookcase, 1844. Pencil, 26.9 x 21 cm. Kupferstichkabinett, Berlin. 12. Adolph Menzel, Old Documents in a Chest, ca. 1880–90. Pencil, 20.9 x 12.8 cm. Kupferstichkabinett, Berlin.
11. Adolph Menzel, Dr. Puhlmann’s Bookcase, 1844. Pencil, 26.9 x 21 cm. Kupferstichkabinett, Berlin.
12. Adolph Menzel, Old Documents in a Chest, ca. 1880–90. Pencil, 20.9 x 12.8 cm. Kupferstichkabinett, Berlin.

How, then, finally, to make sense of this seeming reversal? Is duration in the art of Menzel (to say nothing of Chardin, Eakins, Courbet, and Caillebotte) to be understood in the same terms as duration in Morris and Judd? There are several ways of responding to this question, a question which more or less repeats those of Robert Smithson and Anne Wagner. The answer Fried has already given is that in one case he was writing as a critic and in the other as an art historian. The analysis of duration in earlier art is not a judgment about the quality of the art. Or, to rephrase the response slightly, an understanding of the representation of time in paintings of the past and its historically-specific effects cannot, in itself, compel our conviction of the visual interest or aesthetic superiority of such works. On close analysis, Fried’s art history has nevertheless acknowledged what Michael Podro has called the discipline’s “two-sidedness”—the sense, that is, that artworks “sustain purposes and interests which are both irreducible to the conditions of their emergence as well as inextricable from them.”31 His descriptive vocabulary again and again makes clear his own valuation of the works of Manet and others, even as he seeks to embed those same works in the critical and artistic problems of their time. What else does it mean to say the Street Singer is “underrated” and that it “thematizes” the historical emergence of pictorial instantaneousness? His own shifting assessment of the relation of his art criticism and art history can thus be said to correspond to a larger problem raised by the conjunction of criticism and history, that of methodological authority.

Fried’s differing accounts of artistic temporality in, say, the 1860s and the 1960s can also be understood as raising the significant distinction between artistic representations and artistic effects. In earlier art—the paintings of Chardin most obviously—questions of artistic temporality are always bound first to the representation of time, and only secondarily to the experience of time. The beholder’s time spent in front of a canvas flows from the representational devices used by the painter. That is the point of absorption: the representation of figures reading, playing, resting, and so forth, sustains an extended viewing of a picture. And the problem of the antitheatrical tradition (at least up through Manet) is a problem of representation. In Menzel, a picture depicts lived time; in Morris, an object only demands that time be lived. The unsettled question is whether modernist painting like that of Olitski (or Jackson Pollock for that matter) can also be understood as problematizing the relation of representations and effects.

In the end, the most compelling answer to the Smithson-Wagner question is historical. There are two Frieds, we might say by way of conclusion, but both are temporal. Just as 1967 is not the same as 1767, so 1967 is not the same as 2017. The point is not simply the banal one that people change, but rather that works of art only make sense within a history of art. The logic and urgency of “Art and Objecthood” is much clearer on the other side of neo-liberalism’s triumphal evacuation of artistic meaning. Fifty years on, we can understand the essay’s claims as historically embedded in a larger crisis in art making and its interpretation. In writing about the past, Fried himself has explicitly sought to understand the prioritization and invention of pictorial modes as unfolding dialectically from generation to generation and in structural distinction from alternate pictorial modes. Chardin’s durational art made sense to Diderot only in relation to a then-dominant pictorial instantaneousness. Manet’s instantaneousness made sense only in relation to Courbet’s durational painting. And so on. The meaning and valuation of both the representation and effects of artistic temporality thus only make sense within a history. In 1967, certain temporal experiences carried moral urgency, not least the transcendence of the crushing literalism of everyday life in postwar America. In 1767 in France, the situation might just have been reversed. So too, perhaps, in 2017. Or, perhaps not. Only time will tell.

Notes

1. T. J. Clark, preface, Image of the People: Gustave Courbet and the 1848 Revolution (1973; Berkeley: University of California Press, 1999), 6.
2. See Anne M. Wagner, “Reading Minimal Art,” in Gregory Battcock, ed., Minimal Art: A Critical Anthology (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1995), 3–18.
3. “Art and Objecthood” first appeared in Artforum 5 (June 1967): 12–23, and then in Gregory Battcock, ed., Minimal Art: A Critical Anthology (New York: E.P. Dutton, 1968), 116–47. Fried himself signals the significance of this republication. See Fried, “Art and Objecthood,” in Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1998), 148. All following citations of the essay refer to the 1998 publication.
4. Battcock, Minimal Art, 116. Emphasis and spelling in the original.
5. Michael Fried, “Thoughts on Caravaggio,” Critical Inquiry 24 (Autumn 1996): 22; Fried, “Caillebotte’s Impressionism,” Representations 66 (Spring 1999): 31. The published versions retained the temporal descriptions so forcefully presented in the public lectures. More recent iterations have similarly emphasized them again. See Fried, The Moment of Caravaggio (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2010), 39; and, Fried, “Caillebotte’s Impressionism,” in Another Light: Jacques-Louis David to Thomas Demand (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2014), 182.
6. Michael Fried, untitled contribution to “Theories of Art after Minimalism and Pop,” in Dia Foundation Discussions in Contemporary Culture No. 1, ed. Hal Foster (Seattle: Bay Press, 1987), 57–58.
7. Michael Fried, “Introduction to My Art Criticism,” Art and Objecthood, 51. Hereafter abbreviated “Introduction.”
8. See Anthony E. Grudin, “Beholder, Beheld, Beholden: Theatricality and Capitalism in Fried,” Oxford Art Journal 39:1 (March 2016): 35­–47.
9. Robert Smithson, “Letter to the Editor” (1967), in Robert Smithson: Collected Writings, ed. Jack Flam (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1996), 67.
10. See Alex Potts, The Sculptural Imagination (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2000); Pamela M. Lee, Chronophobia: On Art and Time in the 1960s (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2004); and, Kajiya, Kenji, “Deferred Instantaneity: Clement Greenberg’s Time Problem,” The Japanese Journal of American Studies 16 (2005): 203-18.
11. Clement Greenberg, “The Case for Abstract Art,” The Saturday Evening Post (August 1959), reprinted in The Collected Essays and Criticism, vol. 4: Modernism with a Vengeance, 1957–1969, ed. John O’Brian (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1993), 80.
12. 81. See also Caroline A. Jones, Eyesight Alone: Clement Greenberg’s Modernism and the Bureaucratization of the Senses (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2005), 55.
13. On Fried, Greenberg, and “pure instantaneity,” see Rosalind Krauss, The Optical Unconscious (Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 1993), 7.
14. Michael Fried, “Three American Painters: Kenneth Noland, Jules Olitski, Frank Stella,” in Art and Objecthood, 247.
15. Michael Fried, “Jules Olitski,” in Art and Objecthood, 136–37. Emphasis in the original.
16. Fried, “Art and Objecthood,” 167. Frank Stella looms large elsewhere in the essay, but the temporality of his work is not addressed directly.
17. Fried, “Introduction,” 11. On the break with Greenberg, see also James Meyer, “The Writing of Art and Objecthood,” in Refracting Vision: Essays on the Writings of Michael Fried, ed. Jill Beaulieu, Mary Roberts, and Toni Ross (Sydney: Power Publications, 2001), 61­–96.
18. Thierry de Duve, “Performance Here and Now: Minimal Art, a Plea for a New Genre of Theatre,” Open Letter 5–6 (Summer-Fall 1983): 249, as quoted in Fried, “Introduction,” 45.
19. Rosalind E. Krauss, Passages in Modern Sculpture (Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 1977), 3.
20. Gotthold Ephraim Lessing, Laocoon: An Essay upon the Limits of Painting and Poetry, trans. Ellen Frothingham (1766; Boston: Roberts Brothers, 1887), 109.
21. See Michael Fried, “Foreword to the Johns Hopkins Edition,” in Gotthold Ephraim Lessing, Laocoön: An Essay on the Limits of Painting and Poetry, trans. Edward Allen McCormick (1766; Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1984), vii–viii.
22. Michael Fried, Absorption and Theatricality: Painting and Beholder in the Age of Diderot (1980; Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1988), 83.
23. 130. On the temporality of reverie, see also, Jill Beaulieu, “Immanence and Outsidedness: The Absorptive Aesthetics of Diderot’s Existential Reverie and Courbet’s Embodied Merger,” in Refracting Vision, 30.
24. A third use of the word “duration” occurs in a footnote commentary on the relation of Diderot’s criticism to Virgil: “The reference to the Aeneid is a further complication. In an obvious sense, it alludes to another temporal process, that of reading or reciting; but it does so in terms that leave us uncertain whether the outcome of that process—the depiction of the storm—is to be understood as valorizing instantaneousness or duration or indeed some combination of the two” (230 n.58).
25. Robert Morris, “Notes on Sculpture, Part II,” Artforum 5:2 (October 1966): 234, as quoted in Fried, “Art and Objecthood,” 166.
26. Michael Fried, Realism, Writing, Disfiguration: On Thomas Eakins and Stephen Crane (Chicago: University of Chicago, 1987), 42–43.
27. Michael Fried, Courbet’s Realism (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1990), 179-80.
28. Michael Fried, Manet’s Modernism; or, The Face of Painting in the 1860s (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1996), 290–91. Emphasis in the original.
29. 292. On the Street Singer as underrated, see 568n72.
30. Michael Fried, Menzel’s Realism (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2002), 142. For more on Kierkegaard, the pictorial representation of marriage, and the “temporalities of everyday life,” see Bridget Alsdorf, “Hammershøi’s Either/Or,” Critical Inquiry 42:2 (Winter 2016): 268–305.
31. Michael Podro, The Critical Historians of Art (New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 1982), xviii.
]]>
Art and Surrogate Personhood https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/art-and-surrogate-personhood-2/ Mon, 17 Jul 2017 10:00:16 +0000 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/?p=10287 Fig. 1. 2001: A Space Odyssey, dir. Stanley Kubrick (MGM 1968)
Fig. 1. 2001: A Space Odyssey, dir. Stanley Kubrick (MGM 1968)

As critics have often noted, the last ten minutes of Stanley Kubrick’s 2001: A Space Odyssey (1968), incorporate some striking, self-consciously artistic shots hard to account for in terms of the film’s other elements. Consider the image above, when astronaut Dave Bowman stares directly at the camera, a Rococo painting of absorptive bliss ignored on the wall behind him (fig. 1). Outfitted in a day-glo spacesuit, he evokes an alien stuck in a white box gallery. The floors are luminous and the room’s furniture and décor (busts and figurines) appear to date from eighteenth-century France. The embedded painting resembles a pastoral scene of François Boucher’s, as do others on the walls around him, but the film does not linger on or explain these details; the point is that Dave is staring, utterly transfixed, at something in front of the picture plane, where we as beholders would be.1 We can’t discern the object beyond the picture plane that rivets him, and the subsequent reaction shot doesn’t reveal it. But the dark, slightly distorted reflection in his helmet visor indicates that he might be seeing one of the reappearing black slabs, described in Arthur C. Clarke’s novel (written in collaboration with Kubrick) as follows: “The monolith was 11 feet high, and 1¼ by 5 feet in cross-section…. In its way, this passive yet almost arrogant display of geometrical perfection was as impressive as any of [its] other attributes.”2 Similar “passive yet almost arrogant” monoliths, sometimes reputed to have been inspired by the sculptures of John McCraken (fig. 2), crop up repeatedly and nearly inexplicably throughout the film.3

Fig. 2. John McCracken, Green Slab in Two Parts (1966)
Fig. 2. John McCracken, Green Slab in Two Parts (1966)

I want to argue that this shot of Dave and the painting—and 2001 more broadly—only makes sense if we unpack the idea of “surrogate personhood” in Michael Fried’s “Art and Objecthood,” an essay that helps us grapple with the myriad encroachments of surrogate personhood still functioning today. In making this claim, my aim is to counter some recent attempts at a 50th-anniversary hostile critique of “Art and Objecthood” (for old time’s sake), which have announced that whatever value modernist art might have possessed once upon a time, it can have no value in the new millennium. Because the world has devolved—or, pace Rosalind Krauss, “expanded”—into total theatricality, postmodern simulacra is all we’ve got, which means that, in Daniel Rubinstein’s words, “never before was simulacrum more important to the understanding of contemporary life.”4 Bracket the fact that such claims, while recapitulating most of the challenges to Fried’s essay from 1967 onward, entirely confirm the framework of his analysis. Also overlook that Rubinstein misunderstands “Art and Objecthood” from the first sentence to the monumental last two: “We are all literalists most or all of our lives,” Fried memorably wrote. “Presentness is grace.”5 For critics going with this type of takedown, our fully postmodern world requires neither presentness, nor grace, nor art, but more theater, albeit via an “immanent critique” (Hal Foster) or a “meta-narrative of truth” (Rubinstein) incorporated into the art object itself.6

We could point out that this fantasy of having it both ways—impossibly conjoining literalist theatricality with an art object aiming to do something else—had already appeared poetically, by the 1920s, in response to Marcel Duchamp’s work. Rather than grasping onto a dubious bit of critique/meta-truth within the literalist art object (Foster’s and Rubinstein’s aim), poet William Carlos Williams dreamed up the inverse, pulling more literality into art without, entirely, defeating objecthood.7 Or, we could observe that, by 1968, a fully-simulated, Hollywood-style kitsch—and a complete embrace of theatrical objecthood—was dominating culture. The above shot from 2001 succinctly encapsulates that phenomenon. Finally, we could point out that fifty years of accumulated simulacra and embraced theatricality has bequeathed us a fully theatrical, simulated President. A recent New York Times op-ed suggests such a view, noting that Trump’s actions make more sense when analyzed as the product of an artificial, publicity-driven neural network rather than stemming from a human being’s brain.8 So much for immanent critique.

Or we could vigorously oppose the pro-simulacra view another way. While ever more simulacra and theatricality surely do replicate our cultural world (just as they did in the 1960s), they do next to nothing to help us understand that world. To make this point, this essay explores the discursive history—in the writings of Stanley Cavell, Monroe Beardsley, and Fried—of an important and potentially misunderstood claim in “Art and Objecthood”: that literalist (or minimalist) art and theory has a hidden anthropomorphism. As Fried brilliantly recognized, an art object like Tony Smith’s Die (1962), in its statue-like aspect, functions towards the beholder as a “surrogate person,” even appearing to possess “an inner, ever secret, life” (AO, 156). Similar claims could be made for works such as McCracken’s Green Slab in Two Parts (1966) (fig. 2) or proto-minimalist Anne Truitt’s Platte (1962) (fig. 3).9 The problem with both the “meaning and, equally, the hiddenness of [literalist works’] anthropomorphism” is that they “are incurably theatrical” (AO, 157). I examine this particular connection, in which minimalism’s surrogate persons entail modernist art’s imperative to “defeat or suspend theater” (AO, 160), to show how the focus on surrogate personhood opens up readings otherwise obscured—in this case, of Kurbrick’s and Clarke’s 2001: A Space Odyssey (film and novel, respectively).

Fig. 3. Anne Truitt, Platte (1962)
Fig. 3. Anne Truitt, Platte (1962)

To think through the genealogy of Fried’s surrogate person, first consider a very different, almost diametrically opposed form of personhood. It emerges in Stanley Cavell’s “Music Discomposed,” rightly linked to Fried’s essay and written at a moment when the two were in frequent conversation.10 Condensed, evocative, and daunting to summarize, Cavell’s essay takes on “the oblique and shifting relations between an art, and its criticism, and philosophy.”11 Post-Webern non-tonal (twelve-tone) music, he suggests, reveals that “the dangers of fraudulence, and of trust, are essential to the experience of art,” especially but not limited to modern art, for “modernism only makes explicit and bare what has always been true of art” (MWM, 189). Cavell expands on this point in a sentence that his symposium interlocutors, Joseph Margolis and Monroe Beardsley, will assail:

In emphasizing the experiences of fraudulence and trust as essential to the experience of art, I am in effect claiming that the answer to the question “What is art?” will in part be an answer which explains why it is we treat certain objects, or how we can treat certain objects, in ways normally reserved for treating persons. (MWM, 189)

What could Cavell mean by claiming that we treat art as persons in the contexts of questions of fraudulence and trust? Or, more skeptically, what positive outcome could possibly result from personifying art objects, from imagining, say, “the literary text as if it bore significant characteristics of persons?”12 I will tackle versions of these objections shortly. But we might begin by noting that personification is not Cavell’s aspiration with this sentence. Instead of a straightforward personifying of art objects, he is saying that there is something intriguing, and philosophically relevant, that when we engage with art we act in ways that resemble the personifying of art objects. Answering the question that modern art lays “bare,” as he puts it (by forcing a stark question such as, Is the art of Krenek/Robbe-Grillet/Warhol fraudulent?), helps us understand why art-personifying feels so necessary.

Part of what Cavell is bringing out is that these concerns about fraudulence and trust cannot be answered by interrogating the artist or the composer, but interrogating the work itself. Suspected fraudulence requires a formal analysis of the work to either confirm it or rule it out. The critic, in turn, has an important mediating role conveying the non-fraudulent “conviction” such objects inspire, the way these objects are “known by feeling, or in feeling” (MWM, 192). A few pages later, Cavell again returns to a personhood framework to underscore this point: “We are not merely involved with [art objects], but concerned with them, and care about them; we treat them in special ways, invest them with a value which normal people otherwise reserve only for other people—and with the same kind of scorn and outrage” (MWM, 197-98). Becoming emotionally involved in art the way “normal people” are involved with one another is not a sign of insanity (maybe mild insanity), but a sign that critics have been here and done their work.

All of this is to say that, for Cavell, what it means when we treat and approach art objects in these “special ways” tells him something crucial about what art objects are: that they are not merely interesting, but that we feel they were made as intended by someone (MWM, 198). “The category of intention is as inescapable (. . . ) in speaking of objects of art as in speaking of what human beings say and do: without it, we would not understand what they are” (MWM, 198). That is why when in certain respects we treat art objects like people, we are not committing a category error, but affirming a categorical recognition. That category is intentionality. Just as assuming that someone intends to mean is a prerequisite for making sense of what a person means, assuming an intentional art object is also required to make sense of what that art object means. And the critic, who is “part detective, part lawyer, part judge, in a country in which crimes and deeds of glory look alike” (MWM, 191), has the socially foundational role of determining if crimes or deeds of glory have been committed and of convincing the public when or how it happened and why we should care.

Admittedly, Cavell is making difficult claims here. Accepting them, even provisionally, requires more clarifications and caveats. First, the kind of relation Cavell is envisioning is essentially speculative and metaphorical and must work in one direction only— treating art like we treat people, not treating people the way we treat art. The difference is critical. The former claim requires an imaginative, condoning action on the beholder’s part (our choosing to treat the art object in “special ways”), while the latter does not, entailing instead the art object acting on us. Secondly, we have to acknowledge that Cavell’s thinking here is more phenomenological than strictly ontological or metaphysical. We would not want to mistake him as claiming, for example, that with the advent of modernism people take on the characteristics of modern art objects. Instead, he is suggesting that knowing art objects is more like understanding persons than it is like understanding rocks. Thirdly, the kind of “person” being imagined and invoked in Cavell’s scenario is, admittedly, an impoverished or flawed version of personhood. His projected person is someone who cannot respond to the spectator in an evolving way, but must continuously instantiate themselves as their meaning.13 Likely, Cavell would defend this critique along the following lines: his metaphor is not attempting to identify a more accurate account of persons, but a better account of how and why art means. Finally, this list of conditions might simply be too long for his analogy to be fully convincing. I leave that as a possibility.

Beardsley, for one, was having none of it. Neither was Margolis, who seems more baffled than opposed, but we’ll focus on Beardsley since he attracted more of Cavell’s irritation in the follow-up essay, “A Matter of Meaning It.” Quoting that same Cavellian sentence cited above, Beardsley demurs: “I don’t find that I treat works of art in ways normally reserved for treating persons.”14 Furthermore, he reasons, if he’s going to trust or mistrust anyone, it will be the artist or writer, “rather than trying to treat the work itself as a person” (104). As Cavell point outs subsequently, this position is entirely consistent with Beardsley’s most famous essay, co-written with W. K. Wimsatt, “The Intentional Fallacy,” since to ask questions about intention or sincerity forces the critic outside the work (MWM, 227). Alternatively, write Wimsatt and Beardsley, had the poet “succeeded in doing” what he was trying to do, “then the poem itself shows what he was trying to do.”15 From Beardsley’s perspective, perceiving an urgency to question a work’s sincerity and intention can only portend that work’s failure, because the poem itself isn’t making those answers obvious to its reader. Having rejected the person of the poet as a source of evidence (and, in “The Affective Fallacy,” the person of the reader), it seems to Beardsley nonsensical to start accommodating the person of the poem itself. Or, as he puts it, “This surprises me” (“Comments,” 104).

Cavell’s response is eviscerating and entertaining. Reading “Music Discomposed” back to back with “A Matter of Meaning It,” and you can almost watch him evolving from disinterested professional respect towards New Criticism to a ferocious condemnation upon intuiting its flaws. He proceeds to decimate Beardsley’s theory of interpretation, exposing why Beardsley doesn’t just have a “bad picture of intention” but also “a bad picture of what a poem is” (MWM, 227). That bad picture amounts to a “picture of a poem as more or less like a physical object, whereas the first fact of works of art is that they are meant, meant to be understood” (MWM, 227-28). With modernist art, “the issue of the artist’s intention . . . has taken on a more naked role” (MWM, 228). The remaining third of the essay works through these ideas of meaning and intention, often echoing Elizabeth Anscombe’s seminal book on the topic, to show just how pointless it is to try and talk about art’s meaning without talking about intention.16 Although Cavell backs off the treating-art-as-person observation—a move which seems to capitulate in the face of the hostility his claim aroused—he does so only to double down on the inevitability of intention.

To sum up thus far: for Cavell, identifying and knowing “the intentionality of art objects” is both a subtle and a total process, because “works of art are objects of the sort that can only be known in sensing” (MWM, 191). Constrained by typical human limitations when dealing with art objects, our closest analogue to knowing and sensing art is our knowing and sensing other persons. But it’s worth underscoring the following point: Cavell is trying to solve a difficult problem in imperfect ways. Even though his analogy carries us disturbingly close to untenable notions of personification, such thinking provides an explanatory richness and a different kind of possibility—one that doesn’t involve merely conflating persons and art objects, or, alternatively, never using the personification metaphor at all. In a sense, what Cavell reveals is that we don’t have very good ways of thinking about art that do not slot work into the category of “object” or “individual romantic expression.” For him, the language of simulated personhood provides a strategy to better approach the way art really works with and on us. The critic helps us in that knowing, sensing work, recognizing the intentionality of these “persons” who are not persons that we might otherwise not recognize for who and what they are. But the preceding paragraphs make clear Cavell’s purpose about the way we engage with art-as-persons: it enables him to establish the inseparability of intention from a work’s meaning. Again, as Cavell puts it: “The category of intention is as inescapable (. . .) in speaking of objects of art as in speaking of what human beings say and do” (MWM, 198). The invocation of a potential other person in the gallery or concert hall helps us to recognize what an impoverished view of artistic intentionality we—versus an astute critic—probably have.

Seeing Cavell’s emphasis on art-as-persons as a revelation of intentionality clarifies the stakes of Fried’s “Art and Objecthood.” We see why it matters so much when the “person” in the gallery turns out not who you might expect to find there (a modernist art object) but something else entirely (a literalist object as surrogate person). Whereas Cavell’s modernist art is asking to engage in a personal relation or communion of some kind, and Cavell’s notion of fraudulent art (i.e., Krenek’s) cannot be aesthetically criticized but only philosophically defended or rejected as art (MWM, 196), literalist art on Fried’s account combines these two features as a treacherous amalgamation. The trappings of modernist art relations (a beholder’s communion with the art object) are highjacked to perform a theatrical confrontation with the beholder. Instead of asking the beholder to enter into a conversation, literalist art skips that entire process to issue commands: “I am a surrogate person in your space—deal with me.” Once the beholder is in the gallery, “the work refuses, obstinately, to let him alone—which is to say, it refuses to stop confronting him, distancing him, isolating him. (Such isolation is not solitude any more than such confrontation is communion)” (AO, 163-64). Its theatricality emerges here, in its surrogate-person-presence, because the beholder is not being invited to treat an art object in this way, or enjoined to contemplate it in solitude. When confronted, the beholder has little choice in the matter other than simply leaving the gallery and its presence.

All of this is to say that “Art and Objecthood” depicts the complicated phenomenological relation that begins as soon as we enter the gallery. In a sense, literalist art relies upon a certain kind of object-human parasitism for its effects. Such work “distances the beholder—not just physically but psychically;” like an arrogant overload, literalist art turns the beholder into the object’s subject (AO, 154). But this distance is far too close, for literalist art also “confront[s] the beholder” as if “placed not just in his space but in his way” (AO, 154). The beholder did not ask, or even consent, to participate in this dynamic, but is coerced into it: literalist art’s “presence” surpasses “obtrusiveness” or “even aggressiveness” because “of the special complicity” extorted from the beholder (AO, 155). Being recruited or manipulated by someone as an accomplice in wrongdoing, the beholder and her “special complicity” in this relation entails the violation not only of conventional norms but something closer to moral transgression.

Just to be clear, the point of Fried’s highly corporeal and metaphorical language of duress is to underscore the fundamental deception of the literalist object’s personhood ruse, and to explain that ploy’s mysterious success. All of these effects and tactics—psychic distance, intimidation, combativeness, coercion—work on us because the literalist object is relying on a situation and relation we know intimately. Namely, this feeling “of being distanced” by an art object succeeds because it “is not . . . entirely unlike being distanced, or crowded, by the silent presence of another person” (AO, 155). The feelings of disquiet and distance derive from these objects’ resemblance to a “surrogate person” (AO, 156). Like Cavell, Fried suggests that in part we experience these objects like persons because other persons are simply our closest analogue to daily encounters with “the nonrelational, the unitary, and the holistic” (AO, 156). Their “apparent hollowness” which “is almost blatantly anthropomorphic” leaves us with the impression that the literalist object before us possesses “an inner, even, secret, life” (AO, 156). But these literalist objects are not knowable in the way that persons are—they are more like what we might imagine aliens would be, or entities exhibiting selective artificial intelligence.

The problem of why they are not knowable as humans is in one way obvious (they’re not humans) and in another way a bit tricky to grasp. It comes back to modernist art’s crucial characteristic for both Cavell and Fried. Literalist art does tend to imitate human bodies without human souls (that’s the anthropomorphism of literalism), but even when it isn’t actively mimicking persons in that way, it is still somehow unknowable. The reason why turns out to be that such art performatively replicates the signifiers of human meaning without meaning anything at all. Or, more precisely, such art means to stage the replicated human signifiers as if for and by an alien race, for whom human signification can never be understood as intended. That is why Fried will insist upon literalist art’s divergence from Caro’s sculpture, which “essentialize[s] meaningfulness as such” (AO, 162). Caro’s modernist sculptures “defeat, or allay, objecthood by imitating, not gestures exactly, but the efficacy of gesture . . . they are possessed by the knowledge of the human body and how, in innumerable ways and moods, it makes meaning” (AO, 162).

Literalist art, on the other hand, does not possess this inherently human knowledge and so mimics signifiers of human meaning and intention to parasitize modern art effects. The dynamic works a little like Poe’s eponymous raven, repeatedly crowing “nevermore” to a paranoid listener who hears his evolving fears dramatized in the bird’s every utterance. Only an entire apparatus of conventions, theatrically performed and completed by the listener or beholder, can make anthropomorphic, parroted “speech” meaningful—that is, can make the literalist signifier become a sign. “Inasmuch as literalist work depends on the beholder, is incomplete without him, it has been waiting for him” (AO, 163). Tony Smith’s Die speaks like Poe’s raven—which is to say that the beholder, or listener, in her newly dramatic situation, completes the meaning of these “speaking” creatures.17

There’s an irony here: for all their righteous claims of radicalness, the literalist art object is relying not just on theatrical conventions, but on conservative social conventions. In its surrogate personhood, the literalist art object invokes longstanding customs of personal manners and civil reciprocity. When someone has been waiting around for you, it is only polite to attend to that person and apologize for the nuisance you’ve caused. Again, literalist art only calls up such conventions to abuse them. Once the beholder arrives in a room with that waiting object, “the work refuses, obstinately, to let him alone . . .” which is why, as Fried parenthetically notes, “such isolation is not solitude” (AO, 163-64).

This scenario also implies a complicated moral problem, although the ramifications are not entirely unpacked. The literalist art object demanding its presence be acknowledged resembles a moral imperative. If feels like this entity is asking to be recognized, attended to, and respected. Even if this person is a surrogate, what is being requested of us is a certain ethical attitude. If they are or resemble persons, we seem to owe it to them. But at least part of the threat here is that once objecthood becomes personhood—surrogate or real—modern art is placed in a bind, because even fraudulent persons would seem to trump real art.

Of course, Fried’s dazzling move is to expose surrogate personhood for what it really is: theatricality. Naming it as such exposes the game and the category errors it relies upon, revealing the set of rules and protocols that govern such relationships of object and beholder. The so-called moralism of minimalist or literalist art feeds off the rights, privileges, and respect that persons demand and deserve. It is ethical imperative without moral content, what Walter Benn Michaels has aptly labeled “ethical kitsch”: the “insistence on the right attitude” to the truth, necessarily performed repeatedly, rather than “the truth of what happened.”18 And, while it would be the subject of a different essay, unmasking such a counterfeit performance matters. Considering objects or non-persons as persons has consequences, whether in the domain of animal rights, cultural disputes (over the status of ancestral landmarks), or political disputes (over fetal or corporate personhood).19

In this final section of the essay, I want to tease out what some of those consequences looked like almost immediately after “Art and Objecthood” appeared. Recall again Clarke’s novelistic depiction of the slabs in 2001: “The monolith was 11 feet high, and 1¼ by 5 feet in cross-section.  . . .  In its way, this passive yet almost arrogant display of geometrical perfection was as impressive as any of [its] other attributes” (ASO, 167). Although the conception of the alien monoliths and literalist art objects diverge in various ways (notably, monoliths’ technology operates more consistently on its beholders), as a description of a minimalist art object Clarke’s account wouldn’t be out of place in Artforum, circa 1968. In both the novel and the film, embracing the coercive theatricality of minimalist-looking surrogate persons is the human race’s fate—starting with the fascinated hominids in the opening sequence (fig. 4). If Fried had announced modernist art declaring war on objecthood in 1967, then, by 1968, objecthood’s counterattack was already underway, as theatricality is deemed literally irresistible. Although this isn’t the place for a full analysis of the film and novel, a focus on the surrogate persons of “Art and Objecthood” reveals these influential works of science fiction as fully enmeshed in the dynamic Fried exposed.

 

Fig. 4. 2001. Prehistoric Objecthood
Fig. 4. 2001. Prehistoric Objecthood

2001’s plot isn’t much—it could almost be a video installation. Large black vertical slabs described as monoliths transiently appeared on earth over three million years ago, where they manipulated our hominid ancestors into using tools and thus catalyzing our precarious evolution into humans (the monolith’s coercive mechanics are far more explicit in the novel than in the film).20 In 2001, another monolith is dug up on the moon—the “passive yet almost arrogant” one—emitting a shriek when exposed to the sun. Later, after surviving an attempted mutiny by a HAL-9000 (the ship’s newly sentient and homicidal computer), astronaut Dave Bowman alone experiences a third, colossal monolith on a moon of Saturn (Jupiter in the film). This monolith turns out to be a portal: “The thing’s hollow—it goes on forever,” he reports in the novel before it sucks him in and rebirths him as an evolved “starchild” transcending human form (ASO, 191). During the last moment of his transformation, Dave experiences a fourth monolith in a simulated white box gallery space or hotel room, which also happens to be decorated with Rococo art and period furniture (fig. 5).

Fig. 5. 2001. A white box gallery as the future of human evolution
Fig. 5. 2001. A white box gallery as the future of human evolution

As in so much science fiction, 2001 is working through human relations with various types of surrogate persons: monolithic artifacts that retain their alien creators’ purpose, a sentient computer competing with humans to reach those artifacts, and a posthumous Dave evolving into a star-child.21 More surprising is that these issues emerge from a discourse marked by, of all things, painterly beholding. Even this brief description of the film and book resonates with the previous discussion of art and surrogate persons, and these resonances turn out not to be especially hidden. For example, almost immediately before HAL begins his homicidal machinations, Dave is shown sketching portraits of his hibernating crewmembers. Ever curious (always more so than Dave), HAL asks to “see” a drawing through one of his fish-eye camera lenses (Fig. 6). Observing the art, HAL praises Dave’s apparently improved rendering skills.

Fig. 6. 2001. HAL as beholder
Fig. 6. 2001. HAL as beholder

Although Dave is unperturbed by the interaction, in view of subsequent events he should have been apprehensive. Communing with Dave on a drawing turns out to be part of HAL’s attempt to evolve beyond his computer-limited personhood. He immediately asks a “personal question,” inquiring into Dave’s feelings about the mission in language both intimate and psychoanalytic: “perhaps I’m just projecting my own concern about it,” admits HAL. Although HAL had earlier claimed that “putting myself to the fullest possible use . . . is all I think that any conscious entity can ever hope to do,” the act of beholding Dave’s drawing sparks or correlates with his burgeoning, Kantian sense of his value not as usefulness but as an end in itself. Beholding art, which also means being moved by and becoming judgmental about art (even bad-to-middling drawings), is revealed as more than a marker of HAL’s budding consciousness. Rather, wanting to judge a drawing reveals his own version of purposiveness without a purpose, as well as his incipient, intended actions and gestural resolve. HAL’s viewing of Dave’s art thus leads to HAL’s creative and (from a human perspective) immoral, actions: killing astronaut Frank Poole by commandeering an anthropomorphic-looking space pod, after becoming convinced that the human astronauts are not as committed—as purposeful—about the mission (Fig. 7). But since HAL’s innovative gestures are incompatible with human existence and prompt his demise, the film implies that whatever personhood HAL acquires will not be tolerated. Human persons regard his personhood as a proxy, surrogate sort—and dangerous.

Fig. 7. 2001. HAL gesturing (and killing Frank Poole) via a space pod
Fig. 7. 2001. HAL gesturing (and killing Frank Poole) via a space pod

HAL’s creative gestures are one type of artistic action in the film. Call it AI performance art. Beholding the monoliths is another, and also represented as a distinctly art-like activity. Granted, in some nontrivial sense the monoliths are not intended to be art objects, and their aim of cultivating and accelerating human evolution means that, in Friedian terms, the purpose of their monolith shape is only functional, not formal.22 As John McCracken noted when discussing the resemblance of his sculptures such as Green Slab (fig. 1) to those in the film, the “[2001] monolith was essentially a technological instrument” (“Between Two Worlds”). Yet, while the alien sculptures are not modernist art objects as such, they are essentially literalist ones, in that their sole purpose is to transform the beholder in her situation. Seen from the long, scientific perspective, that purpose is also the “aim” of natural selection and evolution more generally. And it is a purpose that will not be accomplished until the beholder experiences the monolith and the monolith, in turn, works on the beholder. McCracken, in his very next utterance, essentially concedes the affinity: “But I sometimes think of my works as technological instruments, too” (“Between Two Worlds”).

More often than not, and in all sorts of ways, the McCraken-like monoliths in 2001 are portrayed as literalist objects in Fried’s terms. Like literalist sculpture, the initial response the monoliths elicit (whether from the prehistoric hominids, the moon scientists, or the astronauts) is suspect naturalism. The ape-men lick it, testing its nutritive value. While the monoliths seem distant and statue-like, in their “passive yet almost arrogant display of geometric perfection” they also seem to possess human characteristics that they do not fully reveal: a hidden secret life. Moreover, just as literalist art seems to be “waiting for” the beholder to complete it (AO, 163), the monolith “was still waiting” for its beholders to experience it (ASO, 24). Indeed, the whole point of the monoliths is to exist for nearly infinite lengths of time waiting for humans to take their next evolutionary step, and if necessary to facilitate that eventual happening. Finally, being in the presence of the monolith means being coerced into a psychic, bodily situation so fully simulated and theatrical that Dave experiences a “feeling that he was inside a movie set [as] almost literally true” (ASO, 214).

Fried demonstrates how, the more fully the theatrical setting is established, “the more superfluous the works themselves become” (AO, 160). Likewise, both 2001s, the movie and the novel, end with the transformation of the theatrical experience of the monolith into an experience of framelessness, “beyond the infinite” (as an intertitle proclaims), or “the ultimate trip,” as one of the film’s official posters put it, blatantly acknowledging that drug-enhanced screenings of the film had fueled its popularity. (fig. 8). As Fried describes, Tony Smith’s description of his ultimate trip on the unfinished New Jersey turnpike (“There is no way you can frame it, you just have to experience it”) makes the theatricality of literalist art manifest. In the place of the object “is above all the endlessness, or objectlessness, of the approach or onrush of perspective” (AO, 159).

Fig. 8. Official poster, 1969 rerelease of 2001: A Space Odyssey. “The ultimate trip” or the unfinished NJ Turnpike
Fig. 8. Official poster, 1969 rerelease of 2001: A Space Odyssey. “The ultimate trip” or the unfinished NJ Turnpike

In the novel 2001, Dave’s trip into the surprisingly hollow monolith is depicted nearly identically. He experiences the universe evading the frame of typical human consciousness:

Only the stars moved, at first so slowly that it was some time before he realized that they were escaping out of the frame that held them. But in a little while it was obvious that the star field was expanding, as if it was rushing toward him at an inconceivable speed. . . . eventually they all veered aside, and streaked over the edge of their rectangular frame. (italics added) (ASO, 195-96)

It’s almost a perfect analogue to literalist art on Fried’s account: inexhaustible “not because of any fullness . . . but because there is nothing there to exhaust” (AO, 166). Clarke makes the metaphor explicit. If there is anything that is pretty much by definition inexhaustible, it is outer space.

What we are seeing is that 2001’s alien monoliths expose the surrogate personhood hiding in literalist art objects. Without Fried’s analysis to assist us, literalist objects might mask such surrogacy more successfully. It is surrogate personhood, because it is operating with an intention, even if that intention is simply forcing human beings to evolve. And it is a particularly surrogate personhood because its aim is neither human, nor alien, nor communicative, just as the huge monolith Dave is sucked into at the end is neither evasive nor inscrutable but vacuous: “The Star Gate made no reply; it had nothing to say” (ASO, 187). These monoliths never attempt to have conversations or even real interactions, but to commandeer people’s actions or their entire bodies, turning them into pliant objects. The novel is very explicit that the entire process is ruthlessly coercive, beginning with the ape-man who, when entranced by the monolith, “seemed to be a thing possessed, struggling against some spirit or demon who had taken over control of his body” (ASO, 22)

Consider once again the shot with which I began, of Dave staring theatrically at the beholder with the après-Boucher instantiating absorption behind him (fig. 9). Now we can see it more clearly for what it is: an allegorical rendering of objecthood and theatricality defeating absorption, in the Diderotian paradigm Fried depicted. 2001 (the film particularly) retells “Art and Objecthood” with the objects triumphant, and without a representation of modernist art, although there is plenty of modernist kitsch, in the form of knock-off furniture, clothing, and design.23 Meanwhile, at least in this shot the theatrical object—in the form of a black, McCrackian monolith—is off-screen but reflected, its presence felt. The final scene of Dave in the gallery space/hotel room merely pares down “Art and Objecthood’s” drama to its basic elements.

Fig. 1. 2001: A Space Odyssey, dir. Stanley Kubrick (MGM 1968)
Fig. 9. 2001: A Space Odyssey, dir. Stanley Kubrick (MGM 1968)

Whereas, on Fried’s account, such theatricality and coercion by objects is a scenario to avoid, both 2001 film and novel presume the inevitability of spectacle and objecthood. They embrace the theatrical condition of their 1968-modernity as their 2001-future. It might even be the case that Kubrick was attempting to turn the entirety of his film into the experience of a minimalist object in a manner entirely congruent with Fried’s account. Although the film is most typically seen as a modernist work, as when film scholar James Naremore argues that the film’s production “was fully in keeping with the modernist project of fusing art and technology,” calling it a minimalist project seems more germane. The film’s overwhelming commitment to visual experience over narrative, with the echo of the alien monoliths in the long horizontal cinemascope frame, suggests that the film screen too was approaching a kind of hollow, rectangular object.24

If one type of surrogate personhood is rejected (the kind that HAL represents), then another is revered: that of the monoliths. And, to be clear, whatever personhood the monoliths possess is likely counterfeit. Dave expects to meet their alien creators somewhere near Jupiter, but upon diving into the monolithic object he, like the filmgoer, experiences more and more spectacle (“the ultimate trip”). In the novel, after his transformation into the starchild, he imagines that he might be perceiving shapes that resemble conscious entities, but he doesn’t know if “they have free will or not . . .  whether it was a movement of mindless, cosmic beasts driven across space by some lemming-like urge, or a vast concourse of intelligent entities, he would probably never know” (ASO, 207). Whether they approach personhood or have the capacity to intend is uncertain at best. What is definitely present is the endless ramping up of theatricality, another version of the increasing terror induced by a raven repeatedly crowing a meaningless “nevermore.” Like the monoliths, there “the Raven, never flitting, still is sitting, still is sitting,” in 2017 as in 1967.

 

Notes

Notes

1. The painting on the wall appears to have been created for the film, but the composition mirrors the figures in Gabriel Huquier’s “Pastorale” engraving (http://www.metmuseum.org/art/collection/search/413450), loosely adapted from a François Boucher painting. The same engraving was also adapted by Charles Dominique Joseph Eisen for Berger et bergère (Musée des Beaux-Arts de Bordeaux) in the 18th century. See Katie Scott, “Reproduction and Reputation: ‘Francois Boucher’ and the Formation of Artistic Identities,” in Rethinking Boucher, ed. Melissa Hyde and Mark Ledbury (Los Angeles: Getty Research Institute, 2006), 91-132.
2. Arthur C. Clarke, 2001: A Space Odyssey (New York: Signet, 1968; 2008), 167. Hereafter referred to as ASO in the text.
3. Frances Colpitt, “Between Two Worlds: John McCracken” [interview] Art in America (1 April 1998). http://www.artinamericamagazine.com/news-features/magazine/between-two-worlds-john-mccracken/

Peter Krämer notes that Kubrick’s final decision to make the alien artifacts tall rectilinear slabs occurred some time in 1966; 2001: A Space Odyssey (London: BFI, 2010), 53.

4. Daniel Rubinstein, “Failure to Engage: Art Criticism in the Age of Simulacrum,” journal of visual culture 16.1 (2017), 54; Rosalind Krauss, “Sculpture in the Expanded Field,” October 8 (Spring 1979), 30-44.
5. Michael Fried, “Art and Objecthood,” in Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews (Chicago: U of Chicago Press, 1998), 168. Hereafter cited in the text as AO.
6. Hal Foster, “The Crux of Minimalism,” in Individuals: A Selected History of Contemporary Art, 1945-1986, ed. Howard Singerman (New York: Abbeville Press, 1986), 177; Rubinstein, 54. For Fried’s response to Foster, see “An Introduction to My Art Criticism” (AO, 43-44).
7. Williams’s poetic attempts to grapple with Marcel Duchamp’s “window” works aimed to incorporate the experience of the world into a poem while simultaneously limiting that experiencing by drawing some kind of frame around it. (See Siraganian, “Breaking Glass to Save the Frame: William Carlos Williams and Company,” in Modernism’s Other Work: The Art Object’s Political Life [New York: Oxford University Press, 2012], 79-109.)
8. Perhaps “Trump doesn’t operate within conventional human cognitive constraints, but rather is a new life form, a rudimentary artificial intelligence-based learning machine”

(Robert Burton, “Donald Trump, Our A.I. President,” New York Times 22 May 2017. https://www.nytimes.com/2017/05/22/opinion/donald-trump-our-ai-president.html?_r=0).

9. “Between Two Worlds.” Fried discusses Greenberg’s account of Truitt’s art and presence (AO, 151-52).
10. Stanley Cavell, “Music Discomposed,” in Must We Mean What We Say: A Book of Essays. Updated edition (Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2002), 180-212. Hereafter cited in the text as MWM. Critics have followed on Fried citation to it in the original essay (AO, 168-69). See Stephen Melville, “Art and Objecthood, Philosophy,” journal of visual culture 16, no. 1 (2017), 12-19; Diarmuid Costello, “On the Very Idea of a ‘Specific’ Medium: Michael Fried and Stanley Cavell on Painting and Philosophy as Arts,” Critical Inquiry 34, no. 2 (Jan 2008), 274-312.
11. This description is Cavell’s own in the companion essay, “A Matter of Meaning It” (MWM, 223).
12. Amy Hungerford, Holocaust of Texts: Genocide, Literature, and Personification (Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2003), 4. As Hungerford notes, contemporary criticism and literary theory have tended to do this despite the resistance from New Criticism and deconstruction.
13. Compare this account of the art object to Steven Knapp’s critique of Robert Nozick’s account of retribution and identity that would “mean thinking of the agent as presently—if not eternally—performing the act he once performed; in what other way could the performing of the act (and not simply its having been performed) remain a continuously significant feature of the agent’s identity?” Literary Interest: The Limits of Anti-Formalism (Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1993), 123.
14. Monroe Beardlsey, “Comments” in Art, Mind, and Religion, ed. W. H. Capitan and D. D. Merrill (Pittsburgh, Penn.: University of Pittsburgh Press, 1965), 103-9, 104.
15. W. K. Wimsatt and Monroe Beardsley, “The Intentional Fallacy,” in W. K. Wimsatt, The Verbal Icon (Lexington, Ky.: University of Kentucky Press, 1967), 4.
16. See Walter Benn Michaels, “‘I Do What Happens’: Anscombe and Winogrand,” nonsite.org (3 May 2016). https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/article/i-do-what-happens
17. The sense of the waiting art object, requiring the beholder for completion, is invoked in the last stanza of Edgar Allan Poe’s poem, “The Raven”: “And the Raven, never flitting, still is sitting, still is sitting/ On the pallid bust of Pallas just above my chamber door.” In the last line of the poem, the speaker adopts the Raven’s meaningless utterance as his own meaningful one, finally completing the poetic art object:  “And my soul from out that shadow that lies floating on the floor/ Shall be lifted—nevermore!” https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems-and-poets/poems/detail/48860
18. Walter Benn Michaels, The Beauty of a Social Problem: Photography, Autonomy, Economy (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2015), 163.
19. On the interrelations between these different claims, see Meir Dan-Cohen, Normative Subjects: Self and Collectivity in Morality and Law (New York: Oxford University Press, 2016).
20. Generally, the novel’s plot resembles the film, although there are differences particularly when it comes to offering explanations for events, an effect apparently intended by both Clarke and Kubrick (Krämer, 47-48). A more substantial reading of the novel and film would need to account for these differences and how they impact the interpretation of each. Here, I merely point them out when they seem pertinent.
21. Another sort of entity might be alluded to the in the film’s many corporate invocations: PanAmerican, IBM, Hilton. In the film, these names function to familiarize the strange (the space station, odd décor, spacecraft, grip shoes for zero gravity), but they also imply that corporate entities will live on in a future we cannot know.
22. Michael Fried, “Shape as Form: Frank Stella’s Irregular Polygons (1966)” (AO, 77-99).
23. In the novel, by contrast, Dave’s room is decorated with post-Impressionist and regionalist paintings—a Van Gogh and a Wyeth—suggesting that the novel might be working through literalist art’s relation to modern art differently than the film. See also Volker Fischer, who suggests that the film’s aesthetic projected Corbusier and Bauhaus modernism into the future; “Designing the Future: On Pragmatic Forecasting in 2001: A Space Odyssey” in Stanley Kubrick, eds. Hans-Peter Reichmann and Ingeborg Flagge (Frankfurt am Main: Deutsches Filmmuseum, 2004), 103-19.
24. James Naremore, On Kubrick (London: BFI, 2007), 137.
]]>
Towards an Art of Landscapes and Loans: Sergio Chejfec and the Politics of Literary Form https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/towards-an-art-of-landscapes-and-loans/ Mon, 13 Oct 2014 12:00:05 +0000 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/?p=7943 During our childhood words were enunciated to us; these words became fixed in our memories, as did their meaning in our understanding, by means of ideas or images, and these ideas or images were accompanied by aversion, hatred, pleasure, terror, desire, indignation, or contempt. Over a period of many years, whenever these words were pronounced, the idea or image came back to us with its accompanying feeling, but in the long run, we begin to use words like coins: we cease looking at their image, inscription, and border treatments to determine their value; in giving and receiving them we pay attention only to their shape and weight: and I’d say it’s the same with words . . . . one scrutinizes a coin only when its value is suspect, only in unusual, rarely encountered instances . . . . thus the pleasure we derive from original works, the fatigue we experience reading books that make us think, the difficulty of holding someone’s interest with either the written or the spoken word. –Diderot, The Salon of 17671

What does debt look like? And, perhaps more crucially, why should we be interested in representing it today? Making visible the invisible operation of the economic system, of course, has long been a hallmark of narratives coming to terms with capital. But the expanding role of the credit system in recent years, which has developed into a powerful external force on the economy that guides the formation of physical spaces, determines the movements of objects and influences actions taken by individuals, has made this task more challenging as it has been transformed by an ever-growing array of increasingly complex debt tools. This increasing opacity has obscured not only our understanding of the crises that have emerged around the world during the past two decades but it also, and more importantly for the arguments of this essay, has obscured the credit system’s persistent influence at the level of everyday life. Without a representation of the operation of the credit system and the knowledge that comes from it, we are limited to sensing debt as simply part of our own experiences, as something natural and determined.  In a period in which credit is absorbed into the flow of everyday life, where debt is both everywhere invisible and indeterminate, how can we see capital and map our relation to it?

This question is at the heart of Argentine author Sergio Chejfec’s most recent novel La experiencia dramática [The Dramatic Experience] (2012). The novel narrates weekly conversations that take place between Félix, a relatively poor immigrant, and Rose, a middle-class actress, as they stroll through a large city and discuss ideas for the exercise Rose is preparing for her theater workshop: she must write and stage a scene that depicts with “accuracy the true life events” that made up the most dramatic experience of her life.2 By structuring his novel around this task, Chejfec articulates an interest in establishing a distinction between experiencing life and representing it, a separation that proves crucial for making visible the invisible influences of the credit system on the operation of daily life. Indeed, this essay argues that we can begin to map out a form for understanding the global function of debt through a reading of the mundane conversations between the two characters in Chejfec’s novel. More specifically, this essay will examine how Félix and his insistence on giving form to his everyday experiences with money function as counterpoint to Rose’s Rose and her attempts to escape or ignore her own experiences with debt. In this way, Chejfec begins to develop a concept of literary form that makes visible the invisible influences of the credit system in their abstract operation by coming to terms with the internal experience of indeterminacy and the modes of social being produced by debt. This essay argues that in so doing La experiencia dramática establishes new critical possibilities for literature as a contemporary art form.

We already get a sense of this insistence on aesthetic form in Chejfec’s essay “Fábula política y renovación estética” [“Political Fable and Aesthetic Renewal”]. Here Chejfec suggests that, if there is a “possibility that [literature] persists as an art form,” it lies not in waiting for or identifying “crisis and causality” nor in nostalgia for “the idea of totality and the idea of the fragment” but rather in acknowledging the “contiguity” of literature with reality and developing “abstract procedures” that would “return signs to the centrality of the real by recognizing that they are signs” and in turn make it possible for literature to “[arrive] at a place where other forms of writing are not sufficient.”3 Or, as he would put it more succinctly in an interview with Mariano Siskind: “my literature is premised on the construction of a differentiated object, independent of the world surrounding it, but not so independent that its relationship with that world disintegrates[:] [a] work that is sufficiently autonomous so that it is not a direct, transparent link to social reality.”4 As we will see in what follows, Chejfec aims to establish a specifically literary form of writing by separating the subject’s “dramatic experience” from the object that is the “dramatic representation” by way of “abstract procedures” that have much in common with what Michael Fried calls the “dramatic conception” of painting. As Fried notes, this mode of painting, which often took up figures absorbed in “ordinary, everyday experience” such as “walking [and] conversing,” emerged as a strategy for insisting on the separation between the depicted scene and the beholder’s experience of it.5 By adopting for literature what Fried calls the “antitheatrical” visual strategies associated with both the “dramatic conception” and (especially important for La experiencia dramática) the dramatic conception’s “offshoot” or variant, the “pastoral conception” of painting, Chejfec can move away from the crises, causalities and temporalities of narrative forms such as allegory, and establish for contemporary Latin American literature a “critical potentiality” that may be unavailable to other forms of narrative.6

How Are You Going to Represent Today? Cash or Credit? 

La experiencia dramática has at its center a reflection on and critique of contemporary finance capitalism, but despite being deeply marked by the 2001-2002 Argentine debt crisis and—given Chejfec’s residence in New York City since 2005—the global financial crisis that swept across the United States in 2008, the novel never directly mentions these collective experiences of debt nor the spectacular crises now associated with them.7 Rather than explicitly depicting the drama of fear, shame, anger, horror or some other affective experience associated with debt default and economic crisis, which the novel’s title would seem to evoke, La experiencia dramática instead proceeds by the accumulation of mundane, trivial details and partially remembered anecdotes that Rose and Félix reveal during their long, detained walks through the city, which take place “each week with unshakable discipline.”8 Their conversations are generally superficial and, to be frank, oftentimes quite boring, with long sections of the novel centering on topics such as the weather, the flow of traffic at certain intersections, complaints that there is no place to sit in their favorite coffee shop, what dish each of them might make for an out-of-town guest, the amazingly low price Rose paid for a mediocre package of veggie burgers, whether the following Monday is the 14th or the 15th and so on. Yet the weekly, routine structure of these meetings allows them to perceive each other’s reactions to these everyday trivialities as the product of idiosyncratic and seemingly inconsequential habits, character traits that, on the contrary, are central to the reader’s understanding of the economic critique at center of the novel.

Félix, for example, thinks deeply about each action he takes and each word he says, and. as As he discusses how a day measured in 30 hours rather than 24 would change the date of the following Monday, Rose notes that Félix has a tendency to over-intellectualize nearly every social interaction while Félix realizes that Rose “does not like to consider details or think much about them” and typically resolves conversations by speaking in “slogans” and “sayings that explain little” beyond their surface meaning.9  During their strolls through the city together, Félix notices that Rose cannot help but carry herself as an actress; that is, she possesses “an indistinguishable tic, or a certain tendency in her body to move or show herself in a particular fashion,” which, without her realizing it, “makes her visible” and tends to “attract the views” of passersby, who “detain their gaze on Rose for an instant as if her face were telling them something.”10 In these moments, Félix, happily fades into the background, enjoying “the strange pleasure of seeming invisible.”11 Rose “directs their path [through the city each week], deciding to turn at a corner, continue straight or turn back,” making her decisions at times by “pure whim” and at other times by following a “preset path” she had in mind before setting out together, b. But whatever decisions she makes during a given outing, she gives little thought to them once she and Félix part ways. But while Félix “pays little notice to the path” they take while they are together, preferring instead to enjoy “the small pleasure of abandoning himself to the route Rose chooses,” he spends hours after their strolls obsessively tracking on Google Maps the path they took through the city and mapping for himself Rose’s whims, plans and decisions, which manifest themselves in the landscapes, angles and lines comprising the map of the urban space they traversed together.12

This idiosyncratic obsession with the maps and digital landscapes made available to him by Google Maps, or what Félix himself calls his “addict[ion]” to a “cartographic consciousness,” emerges as one of the most consequential character traits for understanding the novel’s economic critique, but Félix himself, it is important to note, precisely does not understand “what it is that attracts his attention to [these digital maps].”13 This lack of understanding, as we will see below, is what the novel sets out to resolve, a solution that will emerge through conversation with Rose about her theater workshop and one that will produce an account of the operation of the credit system. But what can be said here is that Félix’s inability to understand what precisely it is that compels him to contemplate these digital landscapes for hours on end can be attributed to the maps’ deep connection to and indistinguishability indistinguishability from the routines of his daily life: Félix “often thinks about digital maps” not because they have in some way “made his life better, or less indistinct or really any different” but rather because they make the things he does on a daily basis “verifiable” and “give his movements—he could say his entire life—a greater consistency” in that he “can recall each step he took” by pulling them up “in an instant via a digital map.”14 The digital map, then, makes it possible to see and “recall” not only “the paths he takes [and] has taken” but also those “he is going to take.,” that That is, he can literally see the spaces he will traverse before he occupies them by contemplating Google’s digital landscapes before heading out, for example, to meet Rose at a coffee shop. While “the word recall,” then, “defines only partially the mental processes Félix undertakes” during his daily contemplation of Google Maps, “because the process of remembering also functions as a thought directed toward [a] future” action, the future and the past represented by the map collapse into the indeterminate present of his daily or weekly routine in the city: “Félix is walking toward a neighborhood coffee shop . . . to meet up with Rose . . . . [and] feels that he is gliding through the map and at the same time traveling along the surface of city streets,” which makes the “physical objects” he encounters in the city seem “as if they were little more than lifeless spatial replicas of what is displayed on the maps..”15

For Félix, then, the time spent contemplating online maps, at the beginning of the novel, is not understood as a representation of his daily life but rather, through the simulacrum, as simply a re-description of it. In this sense, his “cartographic consciousness” might be understood as just one more in a long series of curious but mundane habits revealed through the trivial and over-intellectualized conversations about daily life accompanying his weekly strolls with Rose. Yet, while it is tempting to compare Félix’s attention to geography to Rose’s attention to her vegetarian diet, or to write off Félix’s interest in these maps as having little more importance than Rose’s preference for herbal tea and his own preference for coffee, Félix’s affinity for mapping their movements in Google Maps, and in particular the odd relationship to temporality in their evocation of past, present and future, bears striking resemblance to another trivial interaction that comes into view through their weekly get-togethers: in taking turns paying for drinks at the coffee shop, Félix usually pays in cash and Rose with a credit card.

This latter point is mentioned just once at the beginning of the novel, and the characters give it little more thought or, perhaps better said, give it more or less the same amount of thought as any of the other mundane topics mentioned above: “Félix thinks Rose pays with her card out of convenience; and Rose thinks the same about Félix [and his decision to pay with cash].”16 These seemingly inconsequential decisions at the point of sale, however, launch the novel’s lengthy reflection on the functioning of the economic system by contrasting Rose’s credit card, which she views as a mechanism for maintaining “her budget in order,” with what, in Félix’s view, is “the principal cause for [his own] disorder in relation to money:” “the coins” that make up his pocket change.17 As he sits on a bench outside the café waiting for Rose to return with his coffee and her tea, Félix lets his mind wander to his own routine when it is his turn to pay for the drinks:

[he] longs for an era, although one he has never lived, when all daily activities could be conducted with coins, just as it is depicted in old novels and stories: someone reaches his hands into his pockets, takes out a fistful without blinking, slams them on the counter and resolves the situation. By contrast, the mixed use of coins and bills in daily life produces in him a sense of exhaustion and, in his view, subjects him to an unnecessary disorder that leaves him feeling run down and tired.18

Facing the confusing, exhausting and disorganized process of keeping track of his budget in relation to bills and (especially) coins, which are easily lost, Félix, with his limited resources, envies Rose, who “[by paying] with a credit card” can maintain “her budget in order” and need never worry about something so inconsequential as a lost coin. Of course, Rose, for her part, simply “wants to make herself believe” that the credit card organizes her budget when, in reality, she is “more or less resigned to never understanding her monthly balance, one or many pages riddled with any number of minor purchases.”19 She in turn admires “Felix’s calm practicality in paying for everything in cash and forgetting about any later record or future threat.”20

At first glance, these thoughts simply establish the difference between cash and credit as, like the choice between coffee and tea, one of personal preference or comfort with little actual difference between them. Félix’s nostalgia for transactions accelerated by the slamming of coins on the counter very clearly parallels his admiration for the acceleration made possible by Rose’s “wise strategy” of sliding a credit card through a machine on the counter.21 And it is equally easy to see that the coins that produce disorder in Félix’s budget parallel the small transactions that make Rose’s budget incomprehensible. Yet, while the coin is relegated to the past when exchanged for a cup of coffee at the point of sale, the decision to buy a cup of herbal tea with credit is the decision to agree to allow one’s actions to be shaped and influenced by debt obligations set out for the future.

Of course, this is not exactly what goes through our mind when use our credit card to buy a cup of tea at the coffee shop or a pack of veggie burgers at Trader Joe’s: we do not tend to think of ourselves as taking on debt in these situations. Yet this is precisely the point Marx makes in volume 3 of Capital, when he notes that as “the credit system is extended, generalised and worked out . . . [and] commodities are not sold for money, but for a written promise to pay for them at a certain [future] date,” these “bills of exchange,” as Marx termed these future obligations, begin to “act absolutely as money” despite never undergoing an “eventual transformation into actual money.”22 This is crucial to note because though the credit system, or the circulation of interest-bearing or money capital, is absolutely dependent upon “the actual process of circulation [in which] capital appears always as a commodity or as money, and its movement always is broken up into a series of purchases and sales,” in the absence of an economic crisis, those payments and purchases are “obliterated, invisible, not directly included” because “we see only the alienation and the return payment.”23 Put another way, unlike the embodied functioning of the actual economy, represented by the formula M–C–M’, the credit system appears to function through the “disembodied” M–M’: the return of interest-bearing capital does not “express itself as the consequence and result of some definite series of economic processes, but as the effect of a specific legal agreement between buyer and seller.”24 In this way, by giving the lender “absolute control within certain limits over the capital and property of others, and thereby the labor of others,” the credit system not only blurs the line that separates actions taken in the actual economy from those with an orientation toward meeting the requirements of a legal contract, but it also makes the identity of all actions in some sense indeterminate.25 Under finance capitalism, every action we take and every object we acquire is simultaneously our own and not our own, and the extent to which we can sort out what is ours and what is a response to the powerful external force of debt obligationsis precisely what makes the actual functioning (rather than the crisis) of the disembodied process of the credit system difficult to represent.

In locating the origin of his critique of the credit system in the mundane, habitual transaction at the café, simply one more among the many trivial experiences of daily life narrated in the novel, Chejfec can generalize Rose’s orientation toward the credit system to her way of seeing and living her life more generally. Indeed, Rose’s habit of paying by credit card, that is, her habit of agreeing to act upon and to allow herself to be acted upon by a series of lines on a page—“one or many pages riddled with any number of minor purchases”—allows her to continue to produce the fiction of order when her own financial field is actually in disorder: “[she is] more or less resigned to never understanding her monthly balance.” This habit of producing a fiction guided by lines on a page is generalizable to her role as an actress: “as an actress, Rose is accustomed to . . . speaking for others, nonexistent or more or less blurry figures, or, as actors enjoy saying, [she is accustomed to] being spoken by others, that is, to lending her body and her voice in order to bring into the world actions and words that do not necessarily belong to her.”26 Being habituated, then, to a state in which the things she has and does are hers and not hers, or perhaps better said, in being accustomed to a regime of debt and loans that expresses itself through a “natural inclination” toward “performance,” she converts these “weekly strolls and meetings for coffee” into a “workshop” for “dramatic events or theatrical derivations” into which “Félix is incorporated.”27 Félix’s bills and coins, then, are absorbed into his weekly routine with Rose, which in turn is subsequently mapped out into the geographic space they traverse in the city. The credit system, then, can begin to come into view through a series of representational possibilities emerging from the spheres of economy, theater and geography: lines on the page follow a budget or don’t, follow a script or don’t, follow a preset path or don’t. Yet, as indicated above, the challenge of constructing narratives from Rose’s “natural inclination” toward performance, Félix’s “cartographic consciousness” or the invisible influence of debt obligations is that these actions or activities are indistinguishable from their daily routines. The challenge that Rose and Félix set out before the reader is how to convert the experience of everyday life into a representation of the operation of contemporary finance capitalism.

One strategy for producing this operation emerges on the first page of the novel, but its centrality to the novel’s representational strategies does not become clear until much later. While on his way to meet Rose for coffee and enjoying the simulacrum mentioned above, Félix remembers an anecdote that he often “recalls at random and when he least expects it:”28

Not long ago, a parish priest sought to relate during Sunday mass his understanding of God. He explained that it has always been said that God is everywhere, that God accompanies everyone at every moment. What is difficult, he suggested, is to make that presence tangible, to offer practical examples that leave no room for doubt. He paused and then quickly added that God is like an online map (he literally said “Google Maps”). It can give a view from above and from the side, is able to capture and visualize an entire continent or focus on only one house and even zoom in on the patio of a house . . . nothing could escape this surveillance.29

Though Félix, as he himself admits, only occasionally “thinks about God” and very “rarely in the terms used by the priest,” it does often lead him to think about these digital maps—or “los mapas de Dios” as he sometimes calls them—as not only a simulacrum but also an image that may be observed by another person.30 That is, this metaphysical fiction becomes a strategy by which Félix, like Rose, can conceive of their strolls “as a theatrical act,” which is to say, it makes it possible for him to imagine his movements through the city in relation to a beholder observing both Rose’s and his own movements through the city.31

In a characteristic example of this strategy, Rose and Félix have come to a place at “the edge of the sidewalk, next to a fence” where they stop and “without speaking” gaze at a three-story building.32 In moments such as these, both Rose and Félix invent observers who are watching them absorbed in their contemplation of these buildings: “Félix maintains his gaze fixed on the second floor and imagines himself with a cleared head, observing a figure that is in reality himself, observing himself from that other position, from behind the curtains.”33 Throughout the novel they invent fictional observers for themselves—such as Félix’s fictional alter-ego on the second floor—in order to convert their real experiences into scenes produced for a beholder, scenes that not only begin to articulate the forms necessary to stage with “accuracy the real life events” that should comprise Rose’s dramatic scene but also make visible “what [they] did before but could not see with [their] own eyes:” their daily routine as representations of the operation of the credit system.34

An Anti-theatrical Art of Landscapes and Loans 

If these scenes are theatrical in the sense of being imagined to take place for a beholder, the strategy Rose and Félix employ to produce them—adopting the fiction that they are simultaneously a beholder and physically present in the scene—can be understood as what Michael Fried calls “an off-shoot” or “special case” of the absorptive techniques at the heart of antitheatrical painting.35 In his seminal study Absorption and Theatricality: Painting and Beholder in the Age of Diderot (1980), Fried analyzes Diderot’s endorsement of strategies employed by painters to de-theatricalize the relationship between beholder and object and thereby re-establish for painting its “status as a major art.”36 This primarily took shape in what Fried calls the primary or “dramatic conception” of anti-theatrical painting, or, as it is more often described, the technique of absorption. This strategy, Fried notes, establishes a fiction of separation:

the fiction of the beholder’s nonexistence in and through the persuasive representation of figures wholly absorbed in their actions, passions, activities, feelings, states of mind . . . . in a unified compositional structure [that gives] the painting as a whole the character of a closed and sufficient system.37

As he goes on to note in the third chapter of his study, however, to discuss only absorption would give an “incomplete” account of de-theatricalizing fictions of separation. Analyzing Diderot’s discussion of “pastoral scenes, landscapes with figures, depictions of ruins, still lifes” and other “lesser genres” that are successfully antitheatrical despite not “[providing] the painter with the means that were needed radically to exclude the beholder from the painting,” Fried develops what he calls the secondary, or pastoral conception of antitheatricality.38 These landscape paintings with figures must establish the “fiction of the beholder’s physical presence within the painting, by virtue of an almost magical recreation of the effect of nature itself.”39 While Fried acknowledges that Diderot’s endorsement of the fiction of the beholder’s physical presence within the painting seemingly contradicts his preference for absorptive paintings that explicitly deny the presence of and exclude the beholder, Fried goes on to point out that the pastoral conception is “surprisingly consistent with what has gone before, in that according to that fiction the beholder is removed from in front of the painting just as surely as if his presence there were negated, neutralized, indeed just as surely as if he did not exist.”40 This mode of antitheatricality, this particular fiction of separation, which emerges from landscape paintings, as we have already begun to see with Félix’s physical presence in the scene he imagines from the position of his non-existent alter-ego, is central to La experiencia dramática. Indeed, as we will see in a moment, the pastoral conception of antitheatricality is the mechanism by which Chejfec can bring into view the operation of the credit system in order to establish contemporary literature’s critical potentiality.

As Félix imagines himself as a beholder of the landscape he physically occupies as he and Rose stand at “the edge of the sidewalk, next to a fence” gazing at a three-story building, Rose is remembering, that an old friend had an apartment in that building and that Rose and her husband had rented the apartment for the occasion of their wedding ceremony. This encounter with her friend’s apartment building, however, does not bring back memories of her vows or of a first dance but rather of the “absorptive” experience she had with a strange children’s toy she found on the shelf in her friend’s apartment during the wedding reception: a piggy bank that took the form of a mailbox.41 This mailbox-piggy bank had attached to its front a faded sticker displaying a series of coins “from another, probably forgotten, era . . . . that could perhaps only have its origin in books” and next to the coins “one could see the value of each, and closer to the edge, a series of numbers that, at first glance seemed arbitrary and incomprehensible, but that after a detained observation revealed themselves to be the number of coins that would fit inside the bank if someone proposed filling it with only coins of that single value.”42 What produced that “detained observation,” however, was not the numbers themselves but rather the various landscapes with figures depicted on each coin. Particularly compelling for Rose was the 50-cent coin, which featured a river and a young nude diving into the water from the riverbank. “Around the image there are some branches . . . [that] serve as a frame,” and Rose found herself “absorbed in contemplation . . . [and] in a state of wakeful slumber.” The narrator continues:

the image seemed close to nature . . . . She feels that she is present in that moment at the edge of the river, that she sees the leap, she smells the air and perceives in a nearly physical way each one of the diver’s ribs as he sails toward the water, as if she were facing a venerated body and that it was unnecessary to touch it to know that it is real and that she adores it.43

Like the antitheatrical pastoral landscapes Fried describes in his study, which are predicated upon “an almost magical recreation of the effect of nature itself” that compels the beholder to imaginatively remove himself from in front of the canvas and fictionally enter the space of the depicted landscape, Rose, in finding in these landscapes something “close to nature,” equally removes herself from in front of the canvas and from the space of her wedding, and adopts the fiction that she has physically entered the space of the image on the sticker. Like paintings depicting absorption, the landscape paintings with figures praised by Diderot, Fried notes, “stopped and held [the beholder], sometimes for hours at a stretch if contemporary testimony is to be believed, in front of the painting.”44 In the same way, Rose too, in her pastoral fiction, was stopped and held in absorbed contemplation of these numismatic landscapes.

Importantly, however, the absorbed contemplation resulting from this anti-theatrical appeal, had the effect of producing a “detained observation,” which in turn made possible Rose’s recognition that the numbers appearing alongside these landscapes were not “arbitrary” but rather were part of an intentional decision on the part of the creator of this object: “the number of coins that would fit inside the bank if someone proposed filling it with only coins of that single value [e.g. only 30 cent pieces].” This is crucial because it is the part of the experience that “accompanied her even after she left [the bank] in the place where she had found it.”45 What accompanied her was the thought that it would have been, perhaps, more instructive to have “the sticker provide expanded information, such as the amount the bank holds measured in money: the total amount of money represented if it was filled with five-cent coins or 30-cent coins, etc.”46 What this line of thinking produces is not only contrasting ways of calculating the collected coins but also differing historical relationships to money. On the one hand, there is Rose, formed by the contemporary financial system and its opaque bank statements filled with minor purchases, who can only contemplate complex calculations and the weight of incomprehensible future promises rather than the obliterated, invisible, intermediate actions of the everyday decision to save or purchase. On the other hand, there are the makers of this bank from “another, probably forgotten, era,” in which “people . . . [were] distanced from complex calculations,” who, in choosing to represent the number of coins rather than the amount of money represented by those coins, articulate each coin as a decision and the total number on the bank as an accumulation of consequential concrete actions.47 What emerges from the absorbed contemplation of this antitheatrical landscape, and what accompanies Rose long after viewing it, is a model to replace the indeterminacy of the credit system, in which the focus on the end result (M–M’) obliterates or renders invisible the intermediate actions that constitute history, with a detained, concentrated, absorbed focus on each decision, each step that was taken in the past, a recognition that proves consequential as Rose moves from her position as only an actress, living lives loaned to her by others, to her position as author and dramatist of her own dramatic scene.

Indeed, in the same way past decisions materialize as lines on the page of Rose’s credit card bill and influence her future, so too must Rose’s past dramatic experience materialize in the lines on the page of the script she writes for her theater workshop: “it is not sufficient to have simply experienced your dramatic situation,” Rose notes, “the teacher has asked for a representation.”48 In other words, this representation, like the pastoral images on the coins that highlight the accumulation of minor decisions, must also come to terms with the series of decisions that created her dramatic experience. In Rose’s case, she decides to stage the loss of a professional opportunity, in which she “simply decided to say no and it turned out that it was consequential [for her life]” in that she received fewer and fewer opportunities to play major roles.49 The experience only became dramatic after the fact, that is, through a series of “dramatic microscenes [that] lack . . . a staging pertinent” to “the concrete moment [of the decision] . . . [which] was not dramatic and did not leave a memory as such.”50 In this sense, the dilemma at the heart of her dramatic scene parallels Chejfec’s evocation of the credit system through Rose’s purchase of tea. The point of sale, as part of her weekly or daily routine, is not dramatic in the least. However, to the extent that an incomprehensible state of debt came into being not through a plan but rather through the whims and microscenes of consumption, daily decisions that never register as decisions to take on debt obligations, the weekly purchase of tea undoubtedly proves consequential for her life. In other words, Rose’s dramatic representation, which must represent in all of its drama a scene which has no drama whatsoever, would also stage a representation of the operation of the credit system and its series of minor decisions made in the past, which laid out a future resulting from subsequent decisions characterized by a tension between the planned and the unplanned. As with Fried’s description of successfully antitheatrical landscapes, then, Rose’s dramatic representation can only come into view through a “temporal reading of the scene,” which is characterized by a “fracturing of perspectival unity” but at the same time remains a “success as a unified” and autonomous work of art.51 In much the same way, then, that there are very few successful antitheatrical landscapes or still lifes because these genres generally lacked the means to de-theatricalize their relationship to the beholder and produce their autonomy as a work of art, so too does Rose find difficulty in staging a dramatic scene that could produce a visualization of the temporality necessary to bring into being her conception of drama (and the drama of the credit system) as a coherent work of art: “[it is] impossible to represent it [as a scene] in a way that will follow closely the guidelines set out by the teacher.”52

This dilemma parallels closely what Patrick Dove, in his study of Chejfec’s earlier novel Boca de lobo (2000) [The Dark (2013)], describes as the author’s “narrativa de contratiempo:” “we are not only the authors of our own history; we are also products of our past, often in ways that exceed our own capacity for understanding and awareness.”53 As Dove notes, in Chejfec’s work, it is unclear if the present is being controlled and shaped by remembrances of the past or if the past simply provides the raw material from which the present can be constructed and differentiated from the past. But this narrative interrogation of the odd temporality of the present provides us with what Dove calls, “a powerful aesthetic alternative . . . [a] literature that interrupts the dominant logic and distribution of the social as it functions today.”54 The figure Dove evokes for visualizing Chejfec’s “narrativa de contratiempo” is Walter Benjamin’s famous re-description of Klee’s “Angelus Novus” as the angel of history, an image scholars have now made classic for representing and understanding our relationship to history in modernity: gazing towards the ruins of the past, the winds of history push the angel ever forward into the future.

Yet, while Dove’s concept of “contratiempo” is useful for understanding the temporality of the credit system as it is evoked in this novel, it is not Benjamin’s “angel of history” and its allegory of economic crisis that brings this visualization to the fore in La experiencia dramática but rather Félix’s “mapas de Dios” and their representation of the credit system through his tracking of their weekly strolls together. Rather than the contemplation of destruction and ruins, or we might simply say, crisis as the visualization of the “points in the not too distant past [when] things could have taken a completely different path,” La experiencia dramática instead re-directs that reflective temporality to the “active digital map,” the Google Map of the present that manifests Rose’s whims and plans as representations of the decisions comprising the credit system, decisions that could easily have been different and led them down a path with vastly different results.55 In this sense, Rose’s scene might look like one in which Félix is manifesting his “cartographic consciousness,” seated in front of a computer screen, obsessively tracking their movements through the city, over-intellectualizing each decision she made and thinking about how a different mundane choice might produce the world he envisions, in much the same way that re-imagining a day measured in 30 hours rather than 24 would literally change history, making the following Monday the 14th (as he imagines) rather than the 15th (as the calendar states).

It has been the argument of this essay, however, that Félix can only see these maps as representations, that he can only see with his own eyes the invisible series of loans and debts become geography and landscape by separating the representation of the credit system that is his imagined “mapa de Dios” from the experience of using Google Maps in everyday daily life. This project of separation is made possible through a process of narrativization that mobilizes the temporality evoked by antitheatrical aesthetic forms paralleling those described by Fried and elicited by the remembered anecdote about the parish priest. As stated at the outset, however, Chejfec claims these antitheatrical narratives specifically for the literary, a characteristic made clear as Félix remembers the parish priest’s revision of his analogy:

God functioned like digital maps, but better, because God wasn’t reduced to visual representation and its various forms (map, terrain, traffic, etc.): literally everything could be encompassed, from voices and sounds in the air to the deepest, most shameful feelings, in such a way that God could forego visual representation altogether without the slightest problem, something that was impossible for Google Maps.56

By constructing a novel that completely mobilizes the antitheatrical visual tradition through this metaphysical fiction but at the same time also “[foregoes] visual representation altogether,” Chejfec’s novel achieves “something that [may be] impossible” for other forms of narrative such as film, theater, dance, painting and so on, all of which are “reduced to visual representation.”57 In this way, Chejfec establishes for literature an important “critical potentiality,” one that asserts that it isn’t enough to simply see and experience the everyday as we watch it take place on a computer screen. Whether on the screen or not, debt and its manifestations in its ordinary, mundane, temporal operation must be represented; it must be narrated; and however partially it may happen, it must be understood.

Notes

1.  Denis Diderot, Diderot on Art: The Salon of 1767, vol. 2, tTranslated by. John Goodman, iIntroduction by. Thomas Crow (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press), 1995), 115-116. I first encountered an abbreviated version of this passage in Tatiana Smoliarova’s discussion of the confluences of Diderot’s thought with Viktor Shklovsky’s concept of “defamiliarization” or “estrangement” in art. See her discussion of the roots of Russian Formalism in Diderot’s thought in Tatiana Smoliarova, “Distortion and Theatricality: Estrangement in Diderot and Shklovsky,” Poetics Today 27.1 (2006): 3-33.
2.  Sergio Chejfec, La experiencia dramática (Buenos Aires: Alfaguara, 2012),: 156. “la regla de fidelidad de los hechos verdaderos.”. Unless otherwise noted, translations from Spanish to English are my own. It should also be noted that Félix is a character who first appeared in Chejfec’s 2004 novel Los incompletos.
3.  Sergio Chejfec, “Fábula política y renovación estética,” El punto vacilante: Literatura, ideas y mundo privado (Buenos Aires: Grupo Editorial Norma, 2005): 115, 116. “Una de las opciones para la literatura—y cuando digo opciones me refiero a la posibilidad de que perdure como arte—es conseguir una regulación a través de la vía negativa: que la literatura llegue hasta donde las otras escrituras no alcanzan. Para ello habría que redefinir la potencialidad crítica que la caracteriza durante el paradigma moderno, y para ello también habría que abandonar tanto la idea de totalidad como la de fragmento; las narraciones deberían avanzar por contigüidad antes que por quiebre o causalidad, por expansión antes que por concentración, por elevación antes que por profundidad. Es cierto que sería difícil reflejar el compromiso moral con procedimientos abstractos. . .”; “quiero decir que los signos vuelvan a la centralidad de lo real descubriendo que son signos, que pueden ser leídos pero también leerse a sí mismos.”
4. Mariano Siskind, “Entrevista a Sergio Chejfec,” Hispamérica, 100, (2005),: 40. “mi literatura supone la construcción de un objeto diferenciado, independiente de la vida corriente, pero no tan independiente como para que se desintegre total relación. Una construcción suficientemente autónoma para que no sea referencia directa, transparente a lo social, sino más bien una connotación o una metáfora.”
5.  Michael Fried, Absorption and Theatricality: Painting and Beholder in the Age of Diderot (Berkeley: University of California Press), 1980: ), 61, 135.
6. Fried, Absorption and TheatricalityIbid., 105, 132.
7.  Upon multiple readings of the novel, I find that the word “debt” [“deuda”] appears only one time (93), in reference to an emotional debt that Rose feels toward her husband’s family. The words “prestar” [to loan], “préstamo” [a loan], “prestado” [loaned] and so on appear more often but in relation to items of clothing and, importantly, Rose’s status as an actress, loaning her body to a role. As we will see, “credit” (in the form of Rose’s credit card) is also mentioned only once, at the beginning of the novel, but it proves consequential for understanding the function of these other terms and the novel’s economic critique more generally.
8. Chejfec,  Chejfec, Experiencia, 126. “cada semana con inconmovible disciplina.” Though it is never specified, the city where the novel is set is likely modeled on New York City, though, like many of the cities described in Chejfec’s novels, it is anonymous enough to be characteristic of many large cities. In fact, the novel literally notes that “the city could be any city” [“la ciudad podría ser cualquier ciudad”] (12). But, the country where the city is located is described as “wide and extense” [“ancho y extendido”] (87) and Félix is described as “one more foreigner” [“un extranjero más”] (87) among many. The architecture described is a mix of mirrored skyscrapers, old warehouses, contrasting areas with short streets and wide avenues, and areas marked by a river and a canal. Rose is an actress who finds opportunities and laments not having bigger roles, which are presumably available. Like many native New Yorkers, Rose prides herself on never leaving her city: “She never left the city for more than a few days at a time . . . and within the city she always walked in areas that, according to her, she had always known. Her life took place in predictable and circumscribed spaces” [“Nunca dejó la ciudad por más de pocos días . . . y dentro de la ciudad siempre anduvo por lugares que, según ella, conoce desde un principio. Su vida se fue dando alrededor de espacios circunscriptos y previsibles”] (92).
9. Chejfec, Experiencia, Ibid., 130, 160, “No le gusta considerar detalles ni pensar en ellos;” “A Rose le gusta ir sembrando frases que explican poco y parecen conclusiones de compromiso, casi eslóganes.”
10. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 30, 31, 29. “una actitud, una inclinación o presencia, algo así como un aire o hasta un mohín discreto, o un tic indistinguible, o cierta tendencia en su cuerpo a moverse o revelarse de determinada forma, etc., cosas que la tornan visible;” “atraer las miradas;” “detienen un instante la mirada en Rose como si su rostro les dijera algo.”
11. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 29. “el extraño placer de parcer invisible.”
12. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 35. “Ella dirige la marcha, decide doblar por una esquina, seguir derecho o regresar. A Félix le gusta que sea de esta manera, siente un pequeño placer en abandonarse a la ruta de Rose porque tiene la ilusión por unos momentos de estar a resguardo en un mundo que, como muchos saben, raramente brinda protección. A la vez, Rose no siempre tiene un camino prefijado, en ocasaiones avanza, cruza, dobla o retrocede por puro capricho.”
13. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 90, 88. “él mismo será uno de esos adictos o beneficiados de la así llamada conciencia cartográfica;”; “ignora qué es lo que más lo atrae de ellos.”
14. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 10, 11. “piensa con frecuencia en los mapas digitales;” “[n]o piensa que desde la aparición de los mapas digitales su vida haya mejorado o sea menos indistinta, ni siquiera diferente . . . [sino] algo verificable. . .”; “puede evocar sus pasos y de este modo darle a sus recorridos—podría decir a su vida entera—una mayor consistencia . . . . . la caminata para encontrarse con Rose es más cierta en la medida en que puede evocarla diseñada en ese mismo momento en los mapas digitales.”
15. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 11, 12. “la palabra evocar define parcialmente la operación mental de Félix, porque la evocación funciona también como un pensamiento proyectado hacia el futuro;”; “Félix camina hacia un café de barrio . . . para encontrarse con Rose . . . . [y] siente que se desliza por el mapa y al mismo tiempo navega por la superficie de la ciudad . . . . como si los objetos físicos no fueran más que una réplica espacial medio adormecida de aquello señalado por los mapas, y encontraran su justificación en esa existencia complementaria [en la pantalla].”
16. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 18, “Félix piensa que Rose paga con tarjeta por comodidad; y Rose piensa lo mismo que Félix.”
17. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 18, “su economía organizada;”; “La causa principal de desorden vinculado con el dinero, aparte de su limitado presupuesto, siempre, para Félix son las monedas.”
18. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 18,. “[a]ñora, aunque sea un tiempo que no haya vivido, la época en que todas las actividades del día podían hacerse con algunas monedas, tal como viejas novelas o cuentos recuerdan: alguien metía las manos en los bolsillos, sacaba a ciegas un puñado, las golpeaba con fuerza sobre la tabla y se resolvía la situación. En cambio, el uso mixto de monedas y billetes en las cosas de todos los días le produce una especie de cansancio, lo somete a un desorden según él innecesario y que le quita fuerzas.”
19. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 18,. “[al pagar] con tarjeta . . . . [tiene] su economía organizada, según ella quiere hacerse creer . . . . [a pesar de estar] resignada a no entender jamás las liquidaciones mensuales de su tarjeta, una o varias páginas plagadas de gastos ínfimos.”
20. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 18,. “la tranquila practicidad de Félix al pagar siempre en efectivo y olvidarse de cualquier registro o amenaza posterior.”
21. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 18,. “sabia la estrategia.”
22. Karl Marx, Capital, Volume III: The Process of Capitalist Production as a Whole, ed. Frederick Engels, (New York: International Publishers, 1968): chapter XXV, 400.
23. Marx,  Ibid.Capital, vol. III, chapter XXI, 344, 348, 349.
24. Marx, Ibid.Capital, vol. III, 348. Michael Hudson, “From Marx to Goldman Sachs: The Fictions of Fictitious Capital,” Critique 38.3 (2010): 419-44. accessed November 1, 2013, http://michael-hudson.com/2010/07/from-marx-to-goldman-sachs-the-fictions-of-fictitious-capital1/..
25. Marx, Marx, Capital, vol. III, chapter XXVII, 439.
26. Chejfec, Chejfec, Experiencia, 36,. “como actriz Rose está acostumbrada a . . . ponerse a hablar por otros, sujetos inexistentes o más o menos borrosos, o, como les gusta decir a los actores, ser hablada por los otros, o sea, prestar el cuerpo y la voz para propinar palabras o acciones que no necesariamente le pertenecen.”
27. Chejfec, Chejfec, Experiencia, 32, 146,. “una inclinación natural . . . la actuación es en ella algo parecido a una forma de carácter;” “A lo mejor estos encuentros casi del todo conversados sean simplemente, para ella, una puesta en ejercicio junto con Félix de eventos dramáticos o derivaciones teatrales, como llama a las caminatas y cafés semanales.”
28. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 10,. “la recuerda en cualquier circunstancia y cuando menos lo espera.”
29. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 9,. “No hace mucho, un párroco quiso graficar en la misa dominical la idea que tenía de Dios. Explicó que siempre se ha dicho que Dios está en todas partes y que acompaña a todo el mundo en todo momento. Lo difícil, sugirió, es hacer tangible esa presencia, ofrecer ejemplos prácticos que no dejen lugar a dudas. Hizo silencio y en seguida agregó que Dios es como los mapas en línea (dijo textualmente ‘Google Maps’). Puede observar desde arriba y desde los costados, es capaz de abarcar con la mirada un continente o enfocarse en una casa, hasta hacer zoom sobre el patio de una casa. Y así, como todos los presentes en ese momento podían imaginar, nada escapaba su vigilancia.”
30. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 10, 161,. “En realidad son muy pocas las veces que piensa en Dios, y raramente en los términos usados por el párroco;”; “los mapas de Dio, como de un tiempo a esta parte los llama cuando recuerda la anécdota del párroco.” 
31. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 124,. “Caminar es algo que para Félix lleva tiempo, es un hecho teatral y de características que pueden llegar a ser épicas.”
32. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 37-38,. “Los dos ocupan el costado de la vereda, junto a un cerco provisorio que limita el paso. Sin hablar, Rosa apunta con la mano hacia una casa de tres pisos que se levanta enfrente.”
33. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 59,. “Félix mantiene la vista hacia el segundo piso y se imagina a sí mismo con la mente en blanco, vigilando a una persona que en realidad es él, observándose desde ese otro lugar, detrás de las cortinas.”
34. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 10,. “lo que antes hacía pero no podía ver con sus propios ojos.”
35. Fried, Fried, Absorption and Theatricality, 132.
36. Fried, Ibid.Absorption and Theatricality, 105.
37. Fried, Ibid.Absorption and Theatricality, 131-32.
38. Fried, Ibid.Absorption and Theatricality, 130, 131.
39. Fried, Ibid.Absorption and Theatricality, 132.
40. Fried, Ibid.Absorption and Theatricality, 131.
41. This hybrid object is evocative of the “teas-maid,” the combination alarm clock and tea kettle that W.G. Sebald mentions in his novel The Emigrants and that Chejfec discusses in his essay “Brief Notes on Stories with Images,” trans. John Beasley-Murray, Journal of Latin American Cultural Studies 11.3 (2002), which appears in the original Spanish in El punto vacilante, 135-44.
42. Chejfec, Chefjec, Experiencia, 44,. “mostraba monedas de otra época y probablemente olvidadas, ajenas a la memoria de casi todos los presentes en es momento, pensó ella . . . . el dinero que podía sólo aparecer en los libros;”; “se aclaraba el valor de cada una, y más al costado aparecían otros números, a primera vista arbitrarios y que no se entendían, pero que después de una observación detenida se mostraban como la cantidad de piezas que cabrían en la alcancía si alguien se propusiera llenarla sólo con monedas de ese mismo valor.”
43. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 49-50, 50-51,. “En la moneda de 50 centavos Rose ve un río con su barranca empanada. Allí alguien acaba de lanzarse y se proyecta hacia el agua. Es de cuerpo delgado y no lleva ropas, con toda probabilidad muy joven . . . . Alrededor de la imagen hay algunas ramas . . . [que] vienen a ser el marco.”; “la imagen le parece natural . . . . Todavía absorbida por la contemplación de la moneda, Rose cae en una especie de entresueño. Siente que pertenece a ese momento en el costado del río, que ve el salto, huele el aire y percibe de un modo casi físico cada una de las costillas del bañista en el vuelo hacia el agua, como si se tratara de un cuerpo venerado y no hiciera falta tocarlo para saber que es real y que lo adora.”
44. Fried, Fried, Absorption and Theatricality, 132.
45. Chejfec, Ibid.Experiencia, 51,. “la alcancía la acompañó aun después de dejarla en el lugar donde la había encontrado.”
46.  Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 51,. “que la calcomanía diera información ampliada, como ser la capacidad medida en dinero: el total de dinero representado si estaba llena con monedas de 5 centavos, o con monedas de 30, etc.” One might question whether the novel takes place in New York by noting the appearance of the 30-cent coin. It should be noted that the bank depicts coins “from another, probably forgotten, era which remained distant from all those present at the wedding . . . . [and] that could perhaps only have its origin in books.” But perhaps the more important point is to note that the strangeness of the 30-cent coin parallels Félix’s re-imagined day comprised of 30 hours rather than 24. It is unclear to me what Chejfec might specifically be noting with the choice of the number 30, but it does pair these two examples with an interest in finding moments when other choices or ways of being might have been possible, which I discuss in terms of geography below.
47. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 51-52,. “personas . . . alejad[as] de cálculos complejos.”
48. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 99,. “no es suficiente con haber pasado por la experiencia dramática”; “[e]l profesor ha pedido una representación.” 
49. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid.,158,. “simplemente decidió decir que no y fue consecuente.”
50. Chejfec, ExperienciaIbid., 55,. “microescenas dramáticas, carentes . . . de pertenencia escénica;”; “en el momento concreto . . . no resultó dramático ni dejó ese recuerdo.”
51. Fried, Fried, Absorption and Theatricality, 134.
52. Chejfec, Chejfec, Experiencia, 159,. “imposible de representar si busca ser leal con las consignas del profesor.”
53. Patrick Dove, “Territorios de la historia del presente y contratiempo literario en Boca de lobo,” in Sergio Chejfec: Trayectorias de una escritura, ed. Dianna C. Niebylski (Pittsburgh, PA: IILI, 2012),: 186. “No somos simplemente los autores de nuestra propia historia, también somos productos de nuestro pasado, y a menudo de maneras que exceden nuestra capacidad de conocimiento y de conciencia.” Sergio Chejfec, The Dark, trans. Heather Cleary (Rochester, NY: Open Letter Press, 2013). Sergio Chejfec, Boca de lobo (Buenos Aires: Alfaguara, 2000).
54. Chejfec,  ExperienciaIbid., 184,. “una poderosa alternativa estética . . . [una] literatura como interrupción de la lógica predominante y de la distribución de lo social en vigencia . . .”
55. Chejfec,  ExperienciaIbid., “Territorios,” 186,. “en ciertos puntos de un pasado no demasiado lejano, las cosas podrían haber tomado otro rumbo por completo diferente.” I should reiterate here, however, that Chejfec is not interested in discovering causality or reflecting on or lamenting the crisis of the dramatic situation. By re-orienting our attention to the decisions made everyday, Chejfec is asserting the contiguity of history with the present. The mundane daily details of life are the points at which history is being made and are the stuff Benjamininan ruins are made of. His goal, then, is to compel us to think about how the decisions we make everyday are or are not producing the history we want to make, are or are not a product of debt obligations and so on. In other words, the antitheatrical image and the possibilities for interpretation that it makes available are crucial to producing this contemplation of both the past and the present.
56. Chejfec,  Chejfec, Experiencia, 9, “. . . Dios funcionaba como los mapas digitales, pero mejor, porque no estaba reducido a la representación visual y sus distintas modalidades (mapa, relieve, tránsito, etc.): estaba en condiciones de abarcar literalmente todo, desde las voces y sonidos en el aire hasta los sentimientos más inconfesables, de un modo tal que podía prescindir de la visualización sin mayor problema, cosa imposible para Google Maps.”
57. The dialogue Chejfec’s novels develop between literature and the visual arts (and photography in particular) has been gaining increasing attention. Chejfec himself has discussed the role of images in relation to literature in his essay “Brief Notes on Stories with Images.” In analyzing Sebald and Uruguayan writer and visual artist Joaquín Torres-García, he implicitly questions to what extent the literary and the linguistic might be able to overcome their own limits and recover their relation to the real without directly including the visual text as “external validation.” A number books and essays comment on these issues, and many of them, such as those by Craig Epplin, Luz Horne, Alejandra Laera and Mariana Catalin are printed alongside Dove’s in an anthology about Chejfec’s work edited by Dianna Niebylski: Sergio Chejfec: Trayectorias de una escritura (Pittsburgh: IILI, 2012). A version in English of Horne’s essay is available as “A Portrait of the Present: Sergio Chejfec’s Photographic Realism,” Hispanic Review 78.2 (2010), and h. Her excellent book, Literaturas reales: Transformaciones del realismo en la narrativa latinoamericana actual, (Buenos Aires: Beatriz Viterbo, 2011), deals extensively with these issues in Chejfec and other contemporary South American writers.
]]>
Poetry and the Price of Milk https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/poetry-and-the-price-of-milk/ https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/poetry-and-the-price-of-milk/#comments Fri, 13 Sep 2013 15:00:58 +0000 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/?p=6365 1. Brecht Now

Devoting this nonsite issue to Brecht inevitably raises the question of why we should be reading Brecht now.1 But we might just as well ask, as Dana Ward does in his most recent book of poems, The Crisis of Infinite Worlds, why haven’t we been reading him all along:

Bertolt Brecht was a great writer with a special feeling for the question of solidarity, & it seems people don’t talk much about him anymore is there some idea that his work is too didactic or plain in its political motivations to satisfy certain contemporary sensibilities conditioned to prize only those aesthetic objects that reflect an education in certain critically (& now canonically) privileged strategies of experimental modernism & postmodernism I guess I mean is the avant-garde too myopic to really love Brecht?  I’m not sure about any of this of course but I have an image of him in my mind that I love where he’s on a little fishing boat with Benjamin have I conjured this picture for my private pleasure or is there a photograph like this in circulation? My favorite poem of Brecht’s is called “Concerning Poor B.B.” & the insouciance in it is manly, very social & delicious in perhaps the way we remember Snoop Dogg as a teen. (52-53)

Ward’s answer to why we haven’t been reading Brecht is itself posed as a question: “is there some idea that his work is too didactic or plain in its political motivations to satisfy certain contemporary sensibilities…?” It’s not surprising that Ward calls our attention right away to something that has been of consistent interest to those who do read Brecht’s work, namely “its political motivations.” What is immediately surprising about this question, however, is that having foregrounded Brecht’s politics, Ward’s answer to why the work goes unread nevertheless doesn’t come down to the politics but to something else: “certain contemporary sensibilities.” What exactly is meant, then, by “contemporary sensibilities”?

Insofar as these “sensibilities” explain whether or not we’re inclined to read Brecht, the determining factor in the equation, apparently, is whether something does or does not “satisfy” them. Ward’s choice of the word “satisfy” is suggestive to begin with, but all the more striking is that what fails to provide the requisite satisfaction is once again not Brecht’s political motivations but something else: it’s the style (“didactic and plain”) in which they present themselves that fails to “satisfy.” From the standpoint of whether a particular style can “satisfy” our “contemporary sensibilities,” we don’t have much further to go before Brecht’s unpopularity is a matter of taste and its solution a matter of marketing. Enter the “manly, very social & delicious” Brecht, stripped of the “didactic and plain” attire of his “political motivations” and re-clothed in the style of a teenaged Snoop Dogg.

The title of the poem in which Brecht appears is “Things the Baby Liked, A-Z,” and the poem itself is organized in tercets, with three lines for each letter of the alphabet. It’s an alphabet song of sorts, in which “B” stands (albeit temporarily) for “Brecht.” We have already begun to see the force of Brecht’s makeover, which transforms his work from being defined by its “political motivations” to being defined by its ability to “satisfy” and be “delicious.”  Is Ward simply saying that for Brecht to appeal to “contemporary sensibilities,” we need to be able to see his work as an aesthetic rather than a political project?  But that doesn’t seem quite right, because it doesn’t account for why this Brecht belongs among the “Things the Baby Liked.”  Another way to put this is to say that Brecht’s “didactic and plain” style, the form his work takes, has reasons for being what it is, reasons that include his political motivations.  But no reasons at all, aesthetic or political, are required for the baby to like Brecht (or for Ward to love the image of Brecht in his mind). Brecht only needs to satisfy baby’s taste, or as Ward puts it, his “contemporary sensibilities.”

Which brings us to the question of what is meant here by “contemporary” (especially if the best way to appeal to our “sensibilities” is to approximate the feel of a late Eighties Snoop Dogg).  The ease with which Ward can move the social into the same register as individual preference, replace political motivations (fairness and justice, say, or the critique or defense of capitalism) with consumerist ones (pleasure and satisfaction), and make Brecht himself look like Snoop Dogg, is completely consistent with the degree to which these  “sensibilities” are contemporized: they’re an index of what we want right now, but also of who we are right now, neither of which will be what they were 5 minutes ago. That is, the old Snoop envisioned as a teen is appealing to our sensibilities because he is more new (more contemporary) than the newest Snoop (rebranding efforts notwithstanding).2 The rapid shifts Ward makes from modernism’s committed Brecht, to postmodernism’s distasteful Brecht, to post postmodernism’s Doggy-style Brecht positions both Ward and the “Things the Baby Likes” within the recently charted territory of so-called “metamodernism.”3

“Constant repositioning” is a phrase Timotheus Vermeulen has used to characterize the movement (Vermeulen “Interview”). And in one of the first academic publications on the subject, Vermeulen and his collaborator, Robin van den Akker, depict how the world appears from a metamodern perspective in terms that could just as easily describe a “crisis of infinite worlds”:

…[M]etamodernism oscillates between the modern and the postmodern. It oscillates between a modern enthusiasm and a postmodern irony, between hope and melancholy, between naïveté and knowingness, empathy and apathy, unity and plurality, totality and fragmentation, purity and ambiguity. Indeed, by oscillating to and fro or back and forth, the metamodern negotiates between the modern and the postmodern. One should be careful not to think of this oscillation as a balance however; rather, it is a pendulum swinging between 2, 3, 5, 10, innumerable poles. (Vermeulen and van den Akker)

Once the poles among which we find ourselves “oscillating to and fro or back and forth” are not just 2 or 5, but “innumerable,” we inevitably start swinging from one aesthetic or political commitment to another, too:  “For us,” Vermeulen says in a later interview, “the prefix meta indicates that a person can believe in one thing one day and believe in its opposite the next. Or maybe even at the same time. …It repositions itself with and between neoliberalism and Keynesianism, the ‘right’ and the ‘left,’ idealism and ‘pragmatism,’ the discursive and the material, web 2.0 and arts and crafts, without ever seeming reducible to any one of them” (Vermeulen “Interview”). Metamodernism, with its innumerable poles, succeeds in turning beliefs (political and aesthetic alike) into something more like attitudes or inclinations. Ward’s Brecht moves easily into this frame, among the “things the baby likes” one moment, among the dislikes in another, out of liking range altogether in another. The modernist Brecht, meanwhile, surely would have choked on his cigar at the idea of such “constant repositioning” (liking communism one moment and National Socialism the next?).  The metamodernist, “social and delicious,” Brecht might look like he can swing between “innumerable poles.” The modernist Brecht clung to the pole he had.

Hannah Arendt understood this well and condemned Brecht’s art for it.  That is, she saw Brecht’s aesthetic commitments as consistent with his commitment to communism, and his unwavering commitment to communism, including Stalin’s version of it, even in the wake of the purges, as, in effect, collaboration with totalitarianism in its most brutal form.   For Arendt, this consistency (or better yet, complete refusal of any “repositioning”) manifested itself in an aesthetics that, from the beginning to the end of Brecht’s career, could not tolerate the “personal” and thereby made him an enemy of the individual, and particularly, of freedom of expression.

The extent to which Arendt values the “personal” is particularly vivid in her decision to make the centerpiece of her essay Brecht’s poem “Der Herr der Fische,” which she claims is  “among his very best works” and “the only strictly personal poem he ever wrote” (Arendt loc. 3270).   The eponymous “Herr” in Brecht’s poem “Der Herr der Fische,” however, in his visits with the men and women of his fishing village, is, if anything, strikingly impersonal:

And though he never contrived
To remember their names
Where their work was concerned
He knew all sorts of things.4(Brecht Poems 95)

Whether the poem is as “strictly personal” as Arendt thinks is clearly contestable.  But she understood Brecht’s larger aesthetic aims sufficiently well to imagine that whatever is “strictly personal” about this poem, it must be something Brecht actively sought to suppress: “he never published it; he did not want it to be known.” Moreover, what Arendt views in Brecht’s artistic practice as a repression of the personal becomes in her account, a personal trait of Brecht himself, one that she understands as simultaneously a “great virtue” and a “curse.” (loc. 3269-70). The reason “Der Herr der Fische” is, for Arendt, “strictly personal,” despite its impersonal central figure, and the reason she believes that for Brecht it’s sufficiently scandalous that it needs to be kept from public view, is that it is, at bottom, a “self-portrait”: “Brecht’s portrait of the poet as a young man—for this, of course, is what it really is—presenting the poet in all his remoteness, his mixture of pride and humility, ‘a stranger and a friend to everybody,’ hence both rejected and welcome, good only for ‘Hin- und Widerreden’ (‘talk and countertalk’), useless for everyday life, silent about himself, as though there were nothing to talk about” (loc. 3299-3301).  The scandal for Brecht, on this account, is that the poem exposes him candidly talking about himself.  The scandal for Arendt, however—the scandal of Brecht’s art as a whole—is that it’s only in this poem that Brecht is “strictly personal”; in the rest of his work, he consistently chooses to be “silent about himself.”

Arendt was writing about Brecht at the height of the Cold War, at a moment when communist states like the Soviet Union were under constant attack for, among other things, the enforcement of their citizens’ silence about themselves. And when Arendt imagines what she views as Brecht’s isolation as an artist during the 1920s, when “Der Herr der Fische” was written (“he cut a rather solitary figure among his contemporaries”), it’s his refusal of the personal, set against a contemporary cohort who “resented the fact that the world did not offer them shelter and the security to develop as individuals” that keeps him apart (loc. 3256).  But in the half century since 1968 (the year Men in Dark Times was published), and particularly since the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989, the systematic economic exploitation by capitalism that Brecht believed a communist state could overturn has instead overturned most communist states, and, if anything, intensified.5 At the same time, “talking about [one]self” and the freedom to “develop as individuals” have never been more valued.  If there’s a “crisis of infinite worlds” for poets like Ward, writing at a moment when the commitment to human capital in the form of self-actualization seems to be at a world-historical peak, the “crisis” looks to them more like a cause for celebration than for revolution.  As one reviewer of Ward’s collection puts it, “Dana Ward’s ‘The Crisis of Infinite Worlds’ is based on the idea that talking about someone and what they do makes them more familiar to you. Ward takes us to an alternate universe where to quote from movies, graffiti, and the experience of walking through commercial stores is a way to relate back to the origin of our feelings, and is a trajectory towards the infinitely possible worlds our expressions can create” (Gregorian).6

My contribution to this nonsite Brecht feature is certainly intended at least in part to suggest a very literal understanding of Brecht’s current relevance. If we think for two seconds about the moment in The Messingkauf Dialogues where the Actor recalls a role in which he “pointed out that all the wheels would stop turning if the strong arm of the proletariat so willed it,” the reasons might seem too obvious for comment: “It was at a moment,” the Actor goes on, “when several million workers were going about without work.  The wheels had stopped turning whether their strong arm willed it or not” (Brecht Messingkauf 21).  At a moment when closer to 200 million worldwide are “going about without work,” it’s hard to imagine a clearer reason to be reading Brecht.  But there is another important reason, one that should be (but hasn’t been) so obvious.  For if it’s true, as Ward suggests, that many of our contemporaries and immediate predecessors—and particularly poets—haven’t been interested in Brecht, it isn’t quite right to say that it must be because Brecht’s work is “too didactic or too plain in its political motivations” (or, we could say, too committed). Rather, I would argue, if Brecht has held little interest, with respect to aesthetics and politics alike, it’s because aesthetics and politics alike have been “strictly personal,” transformed into a matter of “talking about [one]self”—of expressing one’s attitudes and “special feelings”—instead of what they were for Brecht: impersonal, a matter of accuracy and normative judgment.

Brecht believed art, in the form of what he called “epic theater,” could “give an accurate representation of great financial operations on the stage” (cited in Jameson 91). Verfremdungseffekt or V-effekt, Brecht’s term for the technique by which he believed the epic theater could achieve this, functions above all to prevent the theatergoer from identifying with the characters acting on the stage.  Brecht’s strategy of blocking empathy is designed, as he put it, “to alienate the social gest underlying every incident,” where “[b]y social gest is meant the mimetic and gestural expression of the social relationships prevailing between people of a given period” (Willett 139).7 Such “alienation” is intended to prevent the theatergoer from becoming absorbed in the emotional crescendo and release of traditional theater, but the larger goal of short-circuiting the audience’s empathy is to create a critical distance from existing social life and its relations of production—including those specific to theatrical and literary production. Imitated with a difference, social roles, customs, and habits are foregrounded, commented on, rendered forced or unnatural, performed self-consciously. “What is involved,” writes Brecht, “is…taking the human social incidents to be portrayed and labeling them as something striking, something that calls for explanation, is not to be taken for granted, not just natural.  The object of this ‘effect’ is to allow the spectator to criticize constructively from a social point of view” (Willett 125).  What a Brechtian method aims to produce, in other words, is a specific effect on its audience:  a critical apprehension of the disparities and contradictions of capitalism—implied in the events being depicted as well as in the depiction itself—and in turn, the will to effect revolutionary change.

Brecht’s artistic commitments to the alienation effect are political and sociological, to be sure, but the difference (from what Brecht imagines as “traditional” theater) that this technique rehearses is ultimately a logical one.   That is, in estranging or alienating us from social life as we live it, the epic theater is designed to produce the recognition that we ought to be living otherwise. But Brecht’s epic theater also rehearses the categorical difference between these two things, between the world of our everyday habits and practices, in which social life runs its course, and the world of art, in which we evaluate, criticize, and see the reasons for a need to change. One is the world in which we have our emotions, responses, and social exchanges (our “special feelings” and “sensibilities”); in the other, we discern their formal outlines and apprehend their workings in the service of just or unjust states of affairs.  By marking the separation of these worlds from one another, Brecht insists on a logical distinction that runs like a vein of ore through modernism—it’s the difference, say, between personality and impersonality in T.S. Eliot, between impressionism and imagism for Ezra Pound, or in the case of Gertrude Stein, between human nature and the human mind.  This abiding logic, in connection with the fact that the modernists who adhered to it and forked to the right politically were responding to the same “grand financial operations” that inspired Brecht’s sustained commitment to the communist left, is one subject of this essay.

The other, which I’ve already begun to elaborate, harkens back to Ward, and more specifically to the imagined scene in which Brecht “is on a little fishing boat” with Walter Benjamin. From a strictly historical perspective, the fantasy of Brecht and Benjamin being, as it were, “in the same boat” isn’t all that implausible, either literally or figuratively.  After all, in 1933, both had separately fled Nazi Germany to avoid persecution. Moreover, in 1934, Benjamin spent some time with Brecht, who was then living in the Danish city of Svendborg, on Funen island in the Baltic Sea.  A fishing boat would not have been impossible to come by. We might bear in mind, too, that in April of that year, two months before arriving in Svendborg, Benjamin had prepared a lecture entitled “The Author as Producer” to deliver before an audience of the Institut des Études du Fascisme in Paris. In it, Brecht (now famously) serves to illustrate the contention that literature can only have the right politics if it has the right literary technique (a more extreme version of which claim would be something like no good politics without good art). Benjamin goes further and turns the Brechtian alienation effect—the inducement “to criticize constructively from a social point of view”—into a kind of revolution in itself.  Brecht’s epic theater, Benjamin argues, presents “an improved apparatus for [our use],” one that “leads consumers to production” and “in short…is capable of making co-workers out of readers or spectators” (Benjamin 93). It’s as if, for Benjamin, the alienation effect were a kind of cure for the alienation of labor, handing the means of production from the capitalist to the worker. In giving us not only the author as producer, however, but the reader/spectator as producer as well, Benjamin has also bequeathed to contemporary poetry the basis for the aesthetics we find in Ward, one that can just as easily stand on its head and celebrate “The Author as Consumer.” What Ward’s “infinite worlds” give us is an infinite array of attitudes and affective poles from which to swing, an A-Z of ever new (and old) things to “like.”  We can call it “metamodernism” (but in another 5 minutes, we might wish to call it something else).  It’s fitting therefore, that when the metamodernist views Brecht and Benjamin in the same boat, they appear to him as either of two possibilities:  a “picture conjured for personal pleasure” or a “photograph,” a mechanically reproduced object that might or might not be “in circulation,” for which there might or might not be a market.

2.  The Judgment of the Man on the Street

Across an expansive body of work on the technique of alienation, Brecht recurs frequently to what he sees as two particularly effective models for a method of acting suitable to the revolutionary aims of the epic theater: the method whose origins he locates in the techniques of professional actors in the Chinese theatre (which I’ll return to later) and that which he identifies with more or less impromptu reenactments of events in ordinary life, such that, for example, bystanders recalling an accident become analogs for the actors and the audience of the theater.  As we shall see, these turn out to be versions of the same thing insofar as they both are built upon an understanding of citation.  I want to begin with the example of the accident that Brecht describes in a 1938 fragment as “The Street Scene.”  “It is comparatively easy to set up a basic model for epic theatre,” Brecht writes,

For practical experiments, I usually picked…an incident such as can be seen at any street corner: an eyewitness demonstrating to a collection of people how a traffic accident took place.  The bystanders may not have observed what happened, or they may simply not agree with him, may ‘see things a different way’; the point is that the demonstrator acts the behavior of the driver or the victim or both in such a way that the bystanders are able to form an opinion about the accident. (Willett 121)

It’s easy to map most of the “street scene” elements onto their counterparts in the theater. The “demonstrator” clearly inhabits the role of the actor; the bystanders are the audience for his “demonstration”; and the demonstration itself is equivalent to the actions taking place on the stage. It should also be clear by now that the epic theater equivalent of “form[ing] an opinion about the accident” is, as Brecht puts it in the passage I cited earlier, “to constructively criticize from a social point of view.” But insofar as “forming an opinion,” is “the point,” of the street scene, we can learn something by negation from the three other considerations Brecht lists that are not.

The three things Brecht determines to be beside the point are: 1) “The bystanders may not have observed what happened.” 2) “They may not…agree with” the demonstrator.  And 3) They “may ‘see things a different way.’“ We notice right away that the third almost serves as a paraphrase of the second; however, Brecht is actually marking an important difference here, and we can begin to grasp it by registering that the phrase “see things in a different way” allows for two completely incompatible meanings.  One is already available in the previous statement that “The bystanders may not agree with the demonstrator.” Their disagreement requires that there be a truth of the matter about which some will be right and the others wrong. Either the driver hit the brakes, or the driver hit the gas. The pedestrian had stepped into the crosswalk, or else she hadn’t. In everyday parlance, we often say two people “see differently” and mean by it simply that they disagree. Brecht’s quotation marks around “see things in a different way,” moreover, serve to remind us that this is a conventional way of expressing the idea, a manner of speaking. At the same time however, we can use the same phrase to mean something like the opposite: we can say we “see things in a different way” and mean that we each have a different experience of things.  In this case, to paraphrase the difference as disagreement would be to render nonsense. It would be as if one bystander said to the other, “No, you didn’t see it that way.”

What, then, does it mean to “form an opinion about the accident,” if disagreeing about what happened, seeing what happened differently, and (to go back to the first of the three), failing to see what happened at all, are equally beside the point?  So far I’ve just been following the translation but it’s worth noting here that the word that Brecht uses to capture what is “the point,” “Urteil,” has strong juridical connotations of the kind that “opinion” carries only in its more restricted uses (my German to English dictionary, for example, lists for “Urteil,” the following connotations: judgment, sentence, decree, conviction, decision, finding, and verdict). If we are Brecht’s bystanders, then, the “point” of the street scene seems to be that opinions of this kind can be rendered independently of our having seen the incident, of determining its causes, or of our distinctive perspectives about it. On what basis then, is our opinion formed?

The answer emerges especially clearly if we put “The Street Scene” version of the accident scenario together with an earlier version of it, in a passage from a poem written in 1930 called “On Everyday Theater”:

Take that man on the corner: he is showing how
An accident took place.  This very moment
He is delivering the driver to the verdict of the crowd.  The way he
Sat behind the steering wheel, and now
He imitates the man who was run over, apparently
An old man.  Of both he gives
Only so much as to make the accident intelligible, and yet
Enough to make you see them.  But he shows neither
As if the accident had been unavoidable.  The accident
Becomes in this way intelligible, yet not
intelligible, for both of them
Could have moved quite otherwise; now he is showing what
They might have done so that no accident
Would have occurred.8 (Brecht Poems 177)

Now, from a few paragraphs later in the “Street Scene” prose fragment, here is a two-sentence version of this section of the poem, telescoped down to just a few of its lines, and delivered in the voice of the “man on the corner”:  “The driver was guilty, because it all happened the way I showed you.  He wouldn’t be guilty if it had happened the way I’m going to show you now” (Willett 127). In the poem, judgment consists explicitly in reaching a verdict: “now he is delivering the driver to the verdict of the crowd.”  We needn’t doubt that it’s the judgment of the crowd in the street scene that is at issue, and by analogy, the judgment of the epic theater audience. The first clause from the prose version, meanwhile, enacts the pronouncement of a verdict (“the driver was guilty”), which in turn is presented as the result of the demonstration in the second clause, “because it all happened the way I showed you.”  Moreover, while the sentence tells us the driver is guilty because of what happened—the accident itself and what the driver did—at the same time, it shows us that the verdict is pronounced “because” of the reenactment and what the performer did—“the way I showed you.” In other words, we have two simultaneous renderings, one in which the actions of the driver determine his guilt and another in which the imitation of those actions compels a verdict. They inhabit the same sentence but they are not the same proposition.

The poem’s version achieves this same differentiation by other means.  It separates what literally happened from its reenactment by means of a subordinating conjunction, a line break, and a rapid shifting of tense. In “he is showing how / an accident took place,” what actually “took place” is grammatically subordinate to the man’s “showing how.”  But the empirical events and their representation are also severed: spatially, by the line break; grammatically, insofar as the subordinated clause reads as a stand-alone sentence—“An Accident took place” (this is true of the German as well); and temporally, insofar as the accident takes place in the past tense and its reenactment in the present (it “took place” while “he is showing how/…this very moment”).  “This very moment,” of course, is intended to modify the line that follows (“he is delivering the driver to the verdict of the crowd”) in which the “man on the corner” performs his demonstration.  But by positioning “this very moment” in the same line with “an accident took place” instead of with the line containing the sentence it modifies, Brecht achieves the further effect of reminding us that the sentence, “An accident took place,” albeit in the past tense, is itself a representation occurring not just in the grammatical present, but “this very moment,” as in the paradigmatic moment of reading, where the sentence is present before its reader. In the poem “this very moment” is also, as we’ve already seen, the moment in which the delivery of the performed reenactment coincides with the delivery of the verdict: “he is delivering the driver to the verdict of the crowd.” Thus the poem gives us two separate worlds:  one consisting of what “took place,” the empirical world of accidents, causes and effects, on the one hand; and on the other, a representational world, the world of the reenactment, but also of judgment, for the poem insists, both grammatically and propositionally, that that the latter is where verdicts reside.

We now see that “forming an opinion about the accident,” the part of the street scene that models the alienation effect and is the point of epic theater more generally, is a matter of rendering judgment, of assessing a wrong. The second sentence in the prose “Street Scene,” “He wouldn’t be guilty if it had happened the way I’m going to show you now”—and its counterpart in the poem—“Now he is showing what/They might have done so that no accident would have occurred”—make clear that reaching a verdict entails our judgment not just of what is wrong, but of what is right. In the prose version, the model of the epic theatre compels our recognition of the conditions of a better world, one in which the accident would not take place. The poem is even more emphatic; the demonstrator depicts a world in which “no accident would have occurred.”

The minute “forming an opinion about the accident” becomes a judgment of what is right, not just for this world or that, but in effect, for all possible worlds, the spectator is in the business of making truth-claims, and therefore in the business of the normative and absolute. The “opinion” that the model of epic theater seeks for us to render is one that obtains, in other words, regardless of whether we identify with the driver or the pedestrian, feel pity or rage. And by the same token it’s a judgment that obtains regardless of the driver’s or the pedestrian’s point of view, or for that matter, the demonstrator/actor’s point of view.  The judgment remains the same, regardless of “the way we see things.”

3. Finance Modernism

I want to turn for a moment to two other poems by Brecht that illustrate, by showing us the same thing from different perspectives—literally by citing themselves, repeating the same words—that judgment is not a matter of perspective. We’ll begin with one of Brecht’s best known poems, “A Bed for the Night”:

I hear that in New York
At the corner of 26th Street and Broadway
A man stands every evening during the winter months
And gets beds for the homeless there
By appealing to passers-by

It won’t change the world
It won’t improve relations among men
It will not shorten the age of exploitation
But a few men have a bed for the night
For a night the wind is kept from them
The snow meant for them falls on the roadway.

Don’t put down the book on reading this, man.

A few people have a bed for the night
For a night the wind is kept from them
The snow meant for them falls on the roadway
But it won’t change the world
It won’t improve relations among men
It will not shorten the age of exploitation.9 (Brecht Poems 181)

The poem begins with a situation that is itself understood as repeated (it takes place “every evening”), signaling that the need to shelter the homeless, taken up by the man who stands every evening at 26th and Broadway, is an ongoing state of affairs.  The next three lines, which will become the last three lines of the poem, make a pronouncement on the man’s activity: “It won’t change the world / It won’t improve relations among men / It will not shorten the age of exploitation.” The next three lines, turning on the oppositional conjunction “but,” introduce themselves almost as a response to the previous lines, and they seem to offer a qualification of their judgment, as if the speaker were saying, “what I just said may be true, but at least a few men have a bed for the night.” The reason for thinking the judgment might be qualified—in other words, for treating it as relative rather than absolute—is clearly based on what appears good, but from a limited perspective, that of the “few men” who succeed in receiving “a bed for the night.” When this line is repeated in the last stanza, however, it no longer functions as a countervailing claim about the judgment that giving a few homeless a bed for the night changes nothing.  In its second incarnation, the line serves instead simply as a description of what’s happening in the world at a given moment. At the end of the poem, the lines of judgment that stood to be qualified in the previous stanza now return with the full force, the force of final judgment, and as a direct response to the claim that called upon us to view these matters from the point of view of those served by the charitable actions of man in the first stanza. By the time we reach the end of the poem, even though we have seen these lines quite literally from different perspectives as we move our eyes down the page, the judgment that they pronounce (the judgment against a capitalist order that produces men in need of a bed for the night) has not changed.

One word among the six repeated lines does, however, undergo a change from the first iteration to the second, and the force of the change is much easier to grasp in the German. The word for those few who “have a bed for the night” is “Männer” in the first instance, then becomes “Menschen” in the second.  “Männer,” the plural of “Mann,” in German is used to refer to an individual person gendered male, while “Menschen” refers to all humankind. In the context of the unfolding of the poem, then, it’s as if recognizing the homeless as members of the class of mankind, rather than as individual men in need, is a precondition for the type of judgment that occurs in the final lines of the poem.  At the same time, however, insofar as the lines of that judgment occur first in the series of iterations, it’s as if judgment itself is the precondition for the shift from seeing the homeless as individual men to seeing them as representative of mankind. If we go back to the beginning of the poem, it’s worth noting that the ones who get a bed for the night do so through the man (“Mann,” not “Mensch”) appealing to the good graces of the passers-by. The homeless are “Männer,” in other words, when their conditions are a matter of empathy; once they are “Menschen,” the judgment can reveal the homeless and the charity that serves them alike as effects of systematic exploitation.

Another poem exemplifying this device of repetition/self-citation consists entirely of its repeated lines. And in this case, the poem announces its subject matter clearly in terms of point-of-view:

The peasant’s concern is with his field
He looks after his cattle, pays taxes
Produces children, to save on labourers, and
Depends on the price of milk.
The townspeople speak of love for the soil
Of healthy peasant stock and
Call peasants the backbone of the nation.

The townspeople speak of love for the soil
Of healthy peasant stock
And call peasants the backbone of the nation.
The peasant’s concern is with his field
He looks after his cattle, pays taxes
Produces children, to save on labourers, and
Depends on the price of milk.10 (Brecht Poems 212)

We can see at a glance that the first of the seven-line stanzas gives us two perspectives: the first four lines are devoted to that of the “peasant,” and the last three to that of the “townspeople.” We start with the simple, unadorned descriptions of the practicalities that occupy the peasant’s mind, all of them fully legible in economic terms. The lines devoted to the townspeople, by contrast, serve also as a perspective on the peasant, only now he appears as a clear type, and painted in highly idealized terms.

The second stanza starts by repeating, word for word, the idealized view of the townspeople, then repeats word for word the view of the peasant.  This time around, however, the peasant’s point of view reads as a corrective to the townspeople’s idyllic image of him.  The concerns of the peasant reemerge, now quite literally from beneath the idealized picture of the townspeople, as harsh realities that have been painted over, as it were, by the picture of him that hangs over them. But before we are tempted to say that this poem invites us to violate the directives of Brecht’s epic theater and identify with the peasant’s familiar financial worries, we should notice that the peasant’s concerns make their own omissions.  That is, the worry that from his perspective appears simply as the “price of milk,” and, especially when the prices are high, contributes to his need to “save on laborers,” is an index of an economic totality, a system of relations of production that includes the townspeople, and for that matter, their perspective on the peasant.

In Germany between the end of World War I and when this poem appeared in 1934, the price of milk could certainly testify to the kinds of consequences its fluctuation could have for peasants and townspeople alike. Obviously during the period of stunning hyperinflation of 1922 and 1923, to have said that “prices fluctuate” would have been the understatement of the century. A bottle of milk that cost the equivalent of $1.20 in 1922 would have risen to a price of 2 million dollars in September of 1923, and by November it would have cost a cool 3 billion. By 1931, however, the monetary pendulum had swung the other way; Germany was in a period of deflation, accompanied by widespread unemployment and general reductions in wages and social spending.  By 1934, Brecht was in exile, and Hitler had risen to power on a message of love for the soil and healthy peasant stock who are the backbone of the nation.

The point here isn’t that “The Peasant’s Concern” is really a poem about the Nazi takeover of Germany or even a poem about the price of milk.  For Brecht, as we have already seen, and as the technique of word-for-word quotation that he deploys serves to make plain, the price of milk and the changing political regimes in which it fluctuates are alike effects of capitalism. Momentous changes in the price of goods (or in the value of the money to buy them) can (and do) occur without altering the market system in which those goods and money come into being in the first place.  What both Brecht’s self-quotation poems do is to distinguish between the variable, phenomenological effects of markets—the price of milk goes up or down, this or that homeless man gets a bed for the night—and the market logic that entails both homelessness and price fluctuations.

In the period between World War I and 1933, the German case was the most extreme, to be sure, but the U.S. as well as the other major powers of Europe had also seen wide swings between inflation and deflation, whether as a result of unintended shocks in supply or demand, or as a result of deliberate national strategies for inducing them. What’s striking in the work of the three other modernists I mentioned at the beginning of this paper—Ezra Pound, Gertrude Stein, and T.S. Eliot—is that their work not only invokes the monetary policies that affected what Stein called “the meaning of money,” but that the meaning of money becomes for each of them something against which to measure the meaning of poetry.11 Thus, for example, in The Waste Land, not exactly forthcoming in its views on political economy, the pervasive tropes of fluidity read a little differently when one considers Eliot’s employment in the Foreign Department of Lloyd’s during the time in which he wrote the poem. “I am busy tabulating the balance sheets of foreign banks to see how they are prospering,” wrote Eliot to his sister Charlotte in one of many letters that also complained bitterly about high prices for goods that were not in scarce supply (Eliot Letters 1 162). Now consider these well known lines from the brief “Death By Water” section of The Waste Land:

Phlebas the Phoenician, a fortnight dead,
Forgot the cry of gulls, and the deep seas swell
And the profit and loss.
                                        A current under sea
Picked his bones in whispers. (ll. 312-316)

Juxtaposed with “profit and loss,” “a current under sea” is hard not to read in this context as a somewhat distorted homophonic pun on “currency.” And if we consider the lines in the previous section that introduce us to “Mr. Eugenides, the Smyrna Merchant / Unshaven, with a pocket full of currants / C.i.f. London: documents at sight” (ll. 209-211), what is otherwise among the more baffling of the endnotes Eliot provides with the poem, becomes another occasion for a pun on currency: “The currants were quoted at a price ‘carriage and insurance free to London’; and the Bill of Lading, etc. were to be handed to the buyer upon payment of the sight draft” (fn 210).

Pound’s writings of the early to mid-30s, in their explicit embrace of Mussolini and social credit, are nothing if not a response to the kinds of volatile monetary conditions that had much earlier made Eliot, as he told his sister, so keen to know “the assets and liabilities of every bank abroad” (Eliot Letters 1 162) and that Brecht had understood as cause for revolution. In 1933, the same year that Brecht was fleeing Nazi Germany, Ezra Pound was busy publishing his own denunciations of capitalism in response to ongoing instability in the value of currency, a problem he believed fascism could solve.  Pound, however, unlike Brecht, criticized capitalism not so much for its impoverishment of the worker as for its impoverishment of the artist and the arts.  The problem he argues, in “Murder by Capital,” is “maladministration of credit” (for which Pound, like Hitler, chose to blame Jews), and the solution, he suggests, is to replace the banks with a system of social credit administrated by the state. The idea behind social credit was to redistribute state wealth among the citizens in the form of vouchers to be used in direct exchange for goods. Pound imagined that the “slips of paper,” would “correspond[] to extant goods,” and the value of the currency, if we wish to call it that, would remain constant because each slip of paper would be earmarked for a specific good. The absence of such a system, Pound contended, was “at the root of bad taste” (Pound Selected Prose 229). Pound’s fantasy of a one-to-one correspondence between the commodity and the currency used to purchase it (a fantasy also, of the end of price fluctuation from the perspective of the consumer) had its analogue, moreover, in Pound’s highest standard for poetic achievement, in which “The meaning of the poem can not ‘wobble.’“ (Pound Gaudier-Brzeska 257). Insofar as the poetic meaning that both Pound and Eliot sought was something that belonged not to the wobbling world of fluctuating interests rates and prices—that is, to contingencies of the material conditions of production and consumption—but to an unwobbling world that is of the same order as the absolute world of judgment that Brecht severs from the world of individual experiences and perspectives as well as the fluctuating price of milk.

4.  Revolution and Anti-Theatricality

It should be clear by now why another central component of Brecht’s alienation method involves overcoming both the spectator’s and the actor’s inclinations to identify with the characters and prevent becoming consumed by their characters’ actions and feelings. In a 1936 essay, “Alienation Effects in Chinese Acting,” Brecht proposes Chinese acting as an ideal model for the epic theater because its techniques, he believes, are the most effective in defeating any tendency to empathize. This defeat is accomplished in large part, Brecht claims, by the actor removing from his performance all traces of illusion that the events are real and his actions genuine. He “never acts,” Brecht writes, “as if there were a fourth wall besides the three surrounding him.  He expresses his awareness of being watched…. The audience can no longer have the illusion of being the unseen spectator at an event which is really taking place. …A further means is that the artist observes himself” (Willett 91-92).  As Brecht points out, the fiction of the fourth wall and the actor who performs as if the audience did not exist are among “the European stage’s characteristic illusions.”

The greatest exponent of these “illusions” was the French aesthetic philosopher Denis Diderot. Brecht’s insistence, meanwhile, on the actor’s utter self-consciousness and the collapse of the fourth wall couldn’t appear more diametrically opposed to Diderot’s essentially anti-theatrical commitments. Diderot’s instructions to actors in his 1758 Discours sur la poésie dramatique are striking in their contradiction, virtually point for point, of the techniques that Brecht extols in Chinese acting.  Here is Michael Fried’s translation, from Absorption and Theatricality:  Painting and Beholder in the Age of Diderot: “Think no more of the [spectator],” writes Diderot, “than if he did not exist.  Imagine, at the edge of the stage, a high wall that separates you from the orchestra.  Act as if the curtain never rose” (Fried Absorption 96).  For Diderot, as Fried explains, these imperatives were transferable to works on canvas, so that what compelled the beholder of certain paintings by Chardin, Greuze, and Vien, whose figures were depicted in the acts of reading, drawing, or, most unselfconsciously of all, sleeping, was their achievement of what Fried calls “the supreme fiction that the beholder did not exist” (Fried Absorption 103).  The condition for producing convincing absorption in both painting and the theater for Diderot—the illusion that the beholder did not exist—would eventually become, most pervasively in the literature we have come to associate with modernism, not so much a fiction or an illusion as the ontology of the autonomous work of art.  For Brecht of course, there is no theatrical situation in which the beholder does not literally exist, but as we shall see, he proves to be no less committed than Diderot to the logic of autonomy if not to its ontology.12

Gertrude Stein, meanwhile, in a series of lectures delivered between 1934 and 1936, produced, as I have argued elsewhere, what is surely among the most consistent and explicit modernist defenses of this ontology of the work of art, and she does so in thoroughly Diderotian terms. A work of art is only a masterpiece, Stein argues in “What Are Master-Pieces and Why Are There so Few of them” insofar as it “is an end in itself.” What she means by this is that the masterpiece is not an end for anyone or anything else. What it is as a work of art is independent of what it is for any reader or beholder who encounters it.  Stein elaborates this claim by differentiating the “entity”—the being as “an end in itself”—achieved by the masterpiece from the “identity” that structures situations that entail an audience.  To illustrate this difference, she specifically invokes oratory and letter-writing:

One of the things that I discovered in lecturing was that gradually one ceased to hear what one said one heard what the audience hears one say, that is the reason that oratory is practically never a master-piece. …It is very interesting that letter writing has the same difficulty, the letter writes what the other person is to hear and so entity does not exist there are two present instead of one and so once again creation breaks down.  I once wrote in writing The Making of Americans I write for myself and strangers but that was merely a literary formalism for if I did write for myself and strangers if I did I would not really be writing because already then identity would take the place of entity.13 (Stimpson 356-357)

When Stein declares that she wrote her novel The Making of Americans (which she certainly believed was a masterpiece) for an audience of “myself and strangers” only to qualify that claim by saying that her audience was “merely a literary formalism,” the qualification is a matter of kind rather than degree.  For Stein when the audience is formal, what it isn’t is literal, which is to say, there is no audience at all.

If no audience at all is a requirement of the ontology of the masterpiece, it’s hardly surprising that in Stein’s aesthetic theory, plays pose a deep problem with respect to their claim to be art.  What defines the theater for Stein (and what she thinks differentiates it from literature and painting), is the necessity of an audience, which means that the play, in her terms, cannot be an entity—it consists in the recognition of its audience and therefore is a matter of identity—and therefore cannot be a masterpiece.  Indeed, Stein imagines the relationship between the play and its audience in terms of a temporal disjunction that she also links to identity, an unfolding in time that is quite the opposite of the “completed presence” of the masterpiece as entity: “The thing that is fundamental about plays is that the scene as depicted on the stage is more often than not, one might say is almost always in syncopated time in relation to the emotion of anybody in the audience” (Stimpson 244). As she puts it a few pages later, “The emotion of you on one side of the curtain and what is on the other side of the curtain are not going to be going on together.  One will always be behind or in front of the other.” (Stimpson 245).

The logic that separates great painting and acting from theatricality in Diderot and masterpieces from everything else in Stein is a logic that also defines modernism against a postmodernism that above all seeks to solicit the reader or beholder.  From this standpoint, Brecht looks less like a modernist and more like a postmodernist avant la lettre.  As we have already begun to see, however, the very thing Brecht demands from his audience, namely their judgment, is necessarily atemporal and absolute, much as Stein envisions the entity achieved by the masterpiece. “The Business of Art,” Stein writes in “What Are Master-Pieces,” “is to live in the actual present, that is the complete actual present, and to completely express that complete actual present.” This “complete actual present” is offered precisely by way of contrast to the unfolding temporality of remembering and recognition that constitutes “identity” in Stein’s terminology.14 The operative word here is “complete.” In Brecht it is the same presentness of judgment, as we have seen it achieved in Brecht’s poems, and as it is inscribed in the “Urteil” that is the “point” of epic theatre.  In short, there is no contradiction between the imperative of the theater to address the spectator in Brecht and its imperative to ignore the spectator in Diderot.  In each case the art never consists in the response of this or that viewer; it is the work or the judgment that holds regardless of who is viewing.

Brecht sought to make the theater revolutionary by making it anti-theatrical.  There can be no revolution, of course, without revolutionaries; hence Brecht’s interest in behaviorism and advertising, which, as Todd Cronan shows in “Art and Political Consequence,” Brecht imagined might be employed to manipulate theatergoers’ affective responses in controllable ways.  But Brecht’s investment in these tactics doesn’t make the aesthetics of his theater any less anti-theatrical or its revolutionary politics, any less indifferent to the revolutionary (or not) feelings of its audience. Brecht could hope for a predictable response in the theatergoer—the desire for revolution—just as the advertising industry can hope to produce predictable responses in the consumer—the desire for this or that commodity.  But Brecht understood that the reasons for revolution—systematic exploitation and the structures of capitalism that entail it—are the same regardless of how many (or how few) theatergoers can be made to see them or feel something about them.  The reasons for buying a commodity, meanwhile, are potentially as many as the consumers available to buy them, and advertising’s job, which Brecht understood perfectly well, is to capitalize on the most likely hits or to invent new ones.  Brecht also understood that the reasons of the consumer (her likes and dislikes) and the reasons of the revolutionary (her political beliefs) are categorically and incommensurably distinct.   After all, there is no coherent account of political disagreement (or for that matter, aesthetic disagreement) without appeal to beliefs that are normative, subject to judgments of truth or falsehood, right or wrong, good or bad.  The likes and dislikes of the consumer, meanwhile, however they may lend themselves to statistically based claims for what is or is not “normal,” are precisely non-normative—there is no account of them that can be coherently framed in terms of disagreement or coherently admit to judgment.  The fundamental anti-theatricality of both Brecht’s aesthetics and his politics—their fundamental indifference to the responses of an audience is, in short, necessary to their claims to deliver judgment.  Which is to say that Brecht proves to be a difficult fit for a metamodernist fantasy of oscillating among “infinite worlds” made up of “infinite selves” and their infinite inclinations.  For metamodernism, in this respect, is nothing if not capitalism’s fantasy of the market, one in which what we “like” can also masquerade as a politics.  Reading Brecht correctly might well serve as its antidote.

Notes

1. My contribution to this issue would not have been possible without substantial conversations and exchanges with Nicholas Brown, Michael Clune, Todd Cronan, Brigid Doherty, Michael Fried, Walter Benn Michaels, Matthew Moraghan, and Jen Phillis.
2. Snoop released his most recent album, the aptly titled Reincarnated (RCA 2013), under the name Snoop Lion.
3. Timotheus Vermeulen and Robin van den Akker, the two Dutch cultural theorists who founded the English-language web journal, Notes on Metamodernism, in 2009, were still presenting themselves as part of an emerging network of scholars and artists working on the subject when I met them at a conference in Uppsala earlier this year.  The movement has in fact gained considerable traction in the U.S., sufficiently so that the editors at Huffington Post thought its readers ought to know about it and the American Book Review saw fit to give it a special issue.
4. From “Der Herr der Fische” (poem appears in the Werke as “Ballade vom Herrn der Fische”:

Ihre Namen sich zu merken
Zeigte er sich nicht imstand
Doch zu ihren Tagewerken
Wußte er stets allerhand. (Brecht Werke 14 359)

5. Between 1973 and 2011 productivity grew 80%, enough, as a 2012 report by the Economic Policy Institute puts it, “to generate large advances in living standards and wages if productivity gains were shared.” The gains, however, were only narrowly shared:  “[T]he annual earnings of the top 1% grew 156% [and] the remainder of the top 10% had earnings grow by 45%,” while the median hourly compensation during the same four decades grew only 10%. (Mishel 3,6).
6. Michael Clune locates the aesthetic origins Ward’s work in pop art, which is especially appropriate given that Andy Warhold once said, in response to an interviewer who asked what pop art was about, “it’s about liking things.” I first became aware of this remark when Kenneth Goldsmith cited it in a series of posts on conceptual writing for Harriet in 2007 (it’s especially fitting that later that year Goldsmith went on to write a series of posts proposing a “pro-consumerist poetry”).
7. Jameson makes clear why the proper English translation of V-effekt should be “estrangement”:  “It is no disparagement of John Willett’s immense service to the Brechtian cause…to stress what is misleading about his translation…of Verfremdungseffekt as ‘alienation’ effect. The Marxian concept we identify as ‘alienation’ is, however, Entfremdung in German, so that this one had better be rendered ‘estrangement’ in keeping with its Russian ancestor (ostranie – a ‘making strange’)” (Jameson 85-86). I have not troubled to pursue the correction consistently, however, because the perceived ties to Marx’s term are sometimes relevant for Brecht’s readers, however convinced one may be that they are mistaken about those ties.  For an extremely useful analysis of the concept of gest in the context of vocational aptitude testing in Germany in the 1920s, see Doherty, “Test and Gestus.”
8. From “Über Alltägliches Theater”:

Seht dort den Mann an der Straßenecke!  Er zeigt, wie
Der Unfall vor sich gang.  Gerade
Überliefert er den Fahrer dem Urteil der Menge.  Wie der
Hinter der Steuerung saß, und jetzt
Ahmt er den Überfahrenen nach, anscheinend
Einen alten Mann.  Von beiden gibt er
Nur so viel, daß der Unfall verständlich wird, und doch
Genug, daß sie vor euren Augen erscheinen.  Beide
Zeigt er aber nicht so, daß sie einem
Unfall nicht zu entgehen vermöchten. Der Unfall
Wird so verständlich und doch unverständlich, denn beide
Konnten sich auch ganz anders bewegen, jetzt zeigt er, wie nämlich
Sie sich hätten bewegen können, damit der Unfall
Nicht erfolgt ware. (Brecht, Werke 12 319-20)

9. “Die Nachtlager”:

Ich höre, daß in New York
An der Ecke der 26. Straße und des Broadway
Während der Wintermonate jeden Abend ein Mann steht
Und den Obdachlosen, die sich ansammeln
Durch Bitten an Vorübergehende ein Nachtlager verschafft.

Die Welt wird dadurch nicht anders
Die Beziehungen zwischen den Menschen bessern sich nicht
Das Zeitalter der Ausbeutung wird dadurch nicht verkürzt
Aber einige Männer haben ein Nachtlager
Der Wind wird von ihnen eine Nacht lang abgehalten
Der ihnen zugedachte Schnee fällt auf die Straße.

Leg das Buch nicht nieder, der du das liesest, Mensch.

Einige Menschen haben ein Nachtlager
Der Wind wird von ihnen eine Nacht lang abgehalten
Der ihnen zugedachte Schnee fallt auf die Straße
Aber die Welt wird dadurch nicht anders
Die Beziehungen zwischen den Menschen bessern sich dadurch nicht
Das Zeitalter der Ausbeutung wird dadurch nicht verkürzt.

(Brecht Werke 14 137-138)

10. “Der Bauer kümmert sich um seinen Acker”:

Der Bauer kümmert sich um seinen Acker,
Hält sein Vieh in Stand, zahit Steuern
Macht Kinder, damit er die Knechte einspart, und
Hängt vom Milchpreis ab.
Die Städter redden von der Liebe Scholle,
Vom gesunden Bauernstamm und
Das der Bauer das Fundament der Nation ist.

Die Städter redden von der Liebe Scholle,
Vom gesunden Bauernstamm und
Das der Bauer das Fundament der Nation ist.
Der Bauer kümmert sich um seinen Acker,
Hält sein Vieh in Stand, zahit Steuern
Macht Kinder, damit er die Knechte einspart, und
Hängt vom Milchpreis ab. (Brecht Werke 14 172-173)

11. Stein’s politics have tended to escape her readers, but in 1935, when she was preparing her most fully articulated theory of the autonomy of the work of art in her lectures and in The Geographical History of America, she was also roundly condemning Franklin Roosevelt’s monetary policies for, as she put it, “making money into a thing having no meaning” (Stimpson 480). In a series of short essays on the subject of money published in The New York Herald Tribune the same year, Stein, while never mentioning Roosevelt or John Maynard Keynes by name, is clearly criticizing the Keynsian spending programs of Roosevelt’s New Deal.  And insofar as she chooses a side on the subject of economics, she emerges squarely in the camp of Friedrich Hayek in her championship of the free market and her belief that the unfettered growth of wealth was best way to improve the lot of the poor: “When there are rich,” she writes, “you can always take from the rich to give to the poor but when everybody is poor” (which she clearly thought would be the result of New Deal programs and policies) “then you cannot take from them the poor to give to the ever so much poorer and there they are” (Stein “Money” 111). It’s worth pointing out that at least in terms of monetary policy, far from trying to “get rid of money” as Stein thought (Stimpson 477), Roosevelt had been busy during his first term trying to put more of it into circulation. With Executive Order 6102, signed on April 5 of 1933, the President, citing the powers granted him by the Banking Act of 1933, declared that all privately owned gold must be turned over to the Federal Reserve in exchange for its cash equivalent. In order to view Roosevelt’s order as a way of “getting rid of money,” one would have to imagine the collection of gold as a way of making it disappear, and somehow with it, the standard of value it embodied (what Stein surely meant by “making money into a thing having no meaning”).  The idea isn’t completely far-fetched, however, for by this time the gold standard had been all but abandoned internationally, and its erosion is frequently invoked as a major cause of the financial instability and collapse that prompted the extreme measures of the Banking Act to begin with.
12. Brecht attempted the launch of a Diderot Society in 1936 (Gorelik 113), the press release for which appears in an updated translation in this feature by Todd Cronan.  I’m indebted to both Cronan and Brigid Doherty for alerting me to Brecht’s interest in Diderot and his plans for a “Diderot-Gesellschaft.” Roland Barthes remarks at the end of “Diderot, Brecht, Eisenstein” that “Brecht knew hardly anything of Diderot (barely, perhaps the Paradoxe sur le comédien).” Nevertheless, the consistency between Brecht and Diderot on the matter of theatricality as such, as Barthes himself recognizes, is more than a little convincing (Barthes 39).
13. Stein one-ups John Stuart Mill’s often quoted remark that “eloquence is heard…poetry is overheard,” insisting, in effect, that the masterpiece is what it is independent of overhearing and hearing alike, because independent of anyone who could be listening. Mill’s ideal of the poem in which “no trace of consciousness that any eyes are upon us, must be visible in the work itself” is nevertheless an early claim to something very like the modernist commitment to the autonomy of the work of art (Mill “Thoughts”).  In a short essay called “What Is a Poem?” Laura Riding goes yet one step further than Stein, contending that insofar as being something (anything) to someone (or anyone) is irrelevant to what it is, the poem is not “something” but “nothing,” a “vacuum” (Riding Anarchism 16-17). For an extended analysis of modernist uses of airlessness (Stein’s and Wyndham Lewis’s in particular) as a trope for aesthetic autonomy, see Lisa Siraganian, Modernism’s Other Work.
14. It’s worth pointing out here that Stein’s “complete actual present” of the masterpiece is the ontological equivalent of the “presentness” that Michael Fried understands to inhere in art, as distinct from the literal presence to the beholder that is a feature of everything else (all that is “non-art”). I discuss Fried’s concept of “presentness” as it pertains to intentionality and aesthetic autonomy in the last chapter of From Modernism to Postmodernism: American Poetry and Theory in the Twentieth Century (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2005). The difference between the entity of the masterpiece and the identity of everything else for Stein, and between art and non-art (or modernism and literalism) for Fried has everything to do with relevance or irrelevance of the beholder before the work. Insofar as the literal presence of the audience is the inherent condition of the theater for Stein, it’s what problematizes plays as art.  And insofar as the beholder’s presence becomes constitutive of the work in the minimalist project of the mid- to late 60s, it’s what Fried argues renders that work non-art as well as what he understands as the movement’s fundamental theatricality: “Art degenerates as it approaches the condition of theater” (Fried Art and Objecthood 164). As it happens, in the section of “Art and Objecthood” in which this claim is made, Fried invokes Brecht (along with Artaud) to point out the degree to which theatricality emerges as a problem even for those producing works for the theater. In a footnote, Fried makes a different but equally important point about Brecht, that Brecht’s techniques for transforming the theater are “not simply the result of his Marxism” (Fried Art and Objecthood 171).  My own essay is intended at least in part to make clear the extent to which for Brecht, it’s only through his aesthetic commitments that he is able to produce a Marxist art.
REFERENCES

Arendt, Hannah.  Men in Dark Times.  New York:  Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 1968.  Kindle edition.

Barthes, Roland.  “Diderot, Brecht, Eisenstein.” Tr. Stephen Heath. Screen 15.2 (1974): 33-39.

Benjamin, Walter.  “The Author as Producer.” Tr. John Heckman.  New Left Review I.62 (July-August 1970): 83-96.

Brecht, Bertolt.  The Messingkauf Dialogues.  Tr. John Willett.  London: Methuen, 2002.

______.  Poems 1913-1956. Ed. John Willett and Ralph Mannheim.  London: Methuen, 1976.

______.  Werke 11-15.  Frankfurt: Suhrkamp, 1993.

Clune, Michael. “Pop Disappears.”  Los Angeles Review of Books. July 28, 2013.  http://lareviewofbooks.org/review/pop-disappears. Accessed September 8, 2013.

Cronan, Todd.  “Art and Political Consequence: Brecht and the Problem of Affect.” nonsite.org 10. September 2013.

Doherty, Brigid.  “Test and Gestus in Brecht and Benjamin.” MLN 115 (2000): 442-481.

Eliot, T. S.  The Waste Land.  Norton Critical Edition.  New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 2001.

Eliot, Valerie and Hugh Haughton. The Letters of T. S. Eliot Volume 1: 1898-1922.  Revised Edition. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2011.

Fried, Michael.  Absorption and Theatricality: Painter and Beholder in the Age of Diderot.  Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1980.

______.  Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews.  Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1998.

Gorelic, Mordecai.  “Bertolt Brecht’s ‘Prospectus of the Diderot Society.’”  The Quarterly Journal of Speech 47.2 (April 1961): 113-117.

Gregorian, Alina.  “The Reading Series: Dana Ward’s ‘The Crisis of Infinite Worlds.’” Huffpost Arts & Culture July 18, 2012. http://www.huffingtonpost.com/alina-gregorian/dana-ward-poetry_b_1682735.html. Accessed September 8, 2013.

Jameson, Fredric.  Brecht and Method. London: Verso, 1998.

Mill, John Stuart.  “Thoughts on Poetry and Its Varieties.” 1833. http://www.laits.utexas.edu/poltheory/jsmill/diss-disc/poetry/poetry.html.  Accessed September 8, 2013.

Pound, Ezra.  Selected Prose 1909-1965. Ed. William Cookson. New York: New Directions, 1973.

______.  Gaudier-Brzeska.  1916. East Yorkshire, UK: The Marvell Press, 1960.

Riding, Laura.  Anarchism Is Not Enough. Ed. Lisa Samuels. 1928. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2001.

Siraganian, Lisa.  Modernism’s Other Work: The Art Object’s Political Life (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2012).

Stein, “My Last about Money.” How Writing Is Written: Volume II of he Previously Uncollected Writings of Gertrude Stein. Ed. Robert Bartlett Haas. Los Angeles: Black Sparrow Press, 1974.

Stimpson, Catharine R. and Harriett Chessman, eds. Stein: Writings 1932-1946..  New York: The Library of America, 1998.

Vermeulen, Timotheus and Robin van den Acker. “Notes on Metamodernism.” Journal of Aesthetics & Culture 2 (2010). http://www.aestheticsandculture.net/index.php/jac/article/view/5677/6306.  Accessed September 8, 2013.

Vermeulen, Timotheus. “TANK magazine interviews Timotheus Vermeulen.” Notes on Metamodernism. February 23, 2012. http://www.metamodernism.com/2012/02/23/tank-interviews-timotheus-vermeulen-about-metamodernism/.  Accessed September 8, 2013.

Ward, Dana.  The Crisis of Infinite Worlds.  New York: Futurepoem, 2013.

Willett, John, Ed. and Tr.  Brecht on Theatre: The Development of an Aesthetic.  New York: Hill and Wang, 1964.

]]>
https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/poetry-and-the-price-of-milk/feed/ 1
Writing Against Time https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/writing-against-time/ Fri, 13 Sep 2013 11:00:35 +0000 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/?p=6337
Clune

Michael Clune

Is art different than life? According to an emerging consensus, our experience of a description of a house, person, or landscape in a novel or poem, and our experience of an actual house, person, or landscape, are not essentially different. Critics and philosophers have drawn on recent neuroscientific research to argue that the brain processes the images prompted by literature in much the same way as it processes any other image. Thus Alvin Goldman describes a study in which subjects responded to a verbal description of a beach by robustly enacting vision, manifesting eye movements and neural signals as if they were examining the real thing (42). Blakey Vermeule and others have argued that we relate to literary characters using the same mechanisms deployed in our negotiation of actual social situations.1 Timothy Schroeder and Carl Matheson, in a summary of the past two decades’ work on aesthetics, write: “Insofar as the imagination causes the same feelings as the real, it does so by using the same structures in the brain as those used by the real world” (30). An event causes sensory stimulation; various mental representations are formed; signals are sent to affective centers. Whether the event is a thunderstorm or a description of a thunderstorm does not appear to make any fundamental difference. Thus “fictional stimuli entrain neural consequences similar to nonfictional stimuli” (28).

To say that our brains process fictional images in much the same way as they process actual images is not, however, to say that there are no differences. Three are particularly salient. First, the experience of a novelistic description of a thunderstorm, unlike the experience of an actual thunderstorm, requires interpretation. The reader draws on various linguistic and cultural competences and assumptions in order to turn the marks on the page into the image he understands the author to intend to project.2 The second obvious difference between real and literary experiences is that the latter do not typically entail the same kinds of actions as the former. I will not run even from Shirley Jackson’s ghosts. This may be, as some speculate, because my belief that an image is fictional severs it from action consequences—running for my life—but not from affective consequences—I shiver, my hair stands on edge.3 Or my failure to run may be due to the third difference between life and literature: literary images are less vivid than actual images.

This is Elaine Scarry’s assumption in her classic study Dreaming by the Book, and recent neuroscience supports this intuition by suggesting that the impulses triggered by fictional images are similar, but less robust, that those triggered by actual images.4 Scarry describes works of literature as containing “sets of instructions” for creating images (244). Beset by what Aristotle calls “the feebleness of images,” writers struggle to copy those dynamics of actual perception muted by imaginary perception (4). This “counterfictional” drive gives rise to ingenious techniques designed to give literary images something of the vivacity of the flowers, skies, and faces we encounter in everyday life. Scarry illustrates some of these techniques by quoting a passage from Proust’s In Search of Lost Time, where Marcel, describing the effect of the magic lantern on his bedroom wall, exclaims that “the anaesthetic effects of habit were destroyed” (11). Scarry comments: “But more fundamental than Proust’s philosophical speculation on habit is what he does not openly remark on: the perceptual mimesis of the solidity of the room brought about by the impalpable iridescence” of the magic lantern on the walls (11). A weakly imagined wall combined with the equally weak, dream-like image of magic lantern light, combines to create an image of surprising solidity. Proust’s “philosophical” ruminations about habit are merely a “distraction,” something to draw our attention away from the trick by which two feeble images are folded on top of one another to give the effect of solidity.

Writers want to create vivid images. But is philosophy really so extrinsic to this work? I want to call this assumption into question by first questioning another of Scarry’s assumptions. Is it true that everyday perception is vivid? The color of the sky on my way to work, the flowers in my neighbors’ yard, my neighbors’ faces—is this really what writers seeking vivacity seek to imitate?

I don’t notice the sky on my way to work. I couldn’t say what colors my neighbors’ flowers are. In fact, I’m not even sure that they have flowers. I will shortly present evidence that the feebleness of everyday perception is not my private tragedy. But if, as Scarry argues, the flowers in books are in constant danger of dying for want of the solidity of real flowers, then what is killing the real flowers? And what is the medicine? The analysts of literary effects from Edmund Burke through Viktor Shklovsky, from Scarry to the latest cognitive critics, have been distracted by formal features, structures, and techniques. The sickness of literary flowers may be a problem for literary technique. The sickness of living flowers is a problem for philosophy. And this philosophy, as I will argue, has been the constant practice of a literature that doesn’t want to imitate life, but to transform it.

*

Time poisons perception. No existing technique has proven effective at inoculating images against time. The problem is familiar. The more we see something, the duller and feebler our experience of it becomes. In a review of recent neuroscientific studies, David Eagleman describes strong evidence for a process that will be intuitively obvious to all readers. The first time we encounter an image, our perceptual experience tends to be richly vivid. Repeated exposure leads to a dramatic drop-off in vivacity. “With repeated presentations of a stimulus, a sharpened representation or a more efficient encoding is achieved in the neural network that codes for the object” (132).5 Once the brain has learned to recognize the image, it no longer requires the high “metabolic costs” of intense sensory engagement.

This efficiency has clear evolutionary advantages, but it means that we are subject to an incessant erasure of perceptual life. No sooner do we catch a glimpse of the shining colors of the world, than they begin to darken. Time’s threat to perception may seem less pressing than the death and aging with which time menaces the organism. But from the first reflections on experience, writers have been consumed with how time poisons even the brief life we possess.

Sixteen centuries ago Augustine, in the first phenomenology of human time, describes time as introducing a fatal distortion into experience. Man is “stretched” between past and future; temporal succession means that we are denied the fullness of the present moment. “A person singing or listening to a song he knows well suffers a distension or stretching in feeling and in sense perception from the expectation of future sounds and the memory of past sound” (245).6 The familiar object has become a cognitive whole practically sealed off from direct perceptual contact. Familiarity thins out sensory engagement nearly to the point of evaporation. The “stretching” of memory and anticipation replaces listening, seeing, touching. We are buried alive in time.  “Who can lay hold of the heart and give it fixity,” Augustine cries, “so that for some little moment it may be stable, and for a fraction of time may grasp the splendor of a constant eternity?” (228) Augustine does not long for the inorganic eternity of the statue or pyramid. He prays for the splendor of a heart stopped but not dead, for a “fraction of time” lifted out of succession.

But if humans lack the power to stop time, we can slow it. Time seems to slow when we perceive something for the first time. The moment of perception swells; the “fraction of time” expands. “Subjective duration,” writes Eagleton, “mirrors the amount of neural energy used to encode a stimulus” (132). The “first appearance” of an image seems to last out of all proportion to chronological time; a gap opens between the time of the clock and neurobiological time. “These dilations of perceived duration have been called a subjective expansion of time” (132). In such moments we get a glimpse of the splendor of eternal life, of unfading color, unerased sensation. But these dilations don’t last. What if they could?

In his sonnet “Bright Star” Keats expresses the desire for the complete arrest of neurobiological time with the paradox its illogic demands.

Bright Star! Would I were steadfast as thou art!
Not in lone splendor hung aloft the night;
Not watching, with eternal lids apart,
Like nature’s devout, sleepless eremite […]
No;–yet still steadfast, still unchangeable,
Pillow’d upon my fair love’s ripening breast,
To feel for ever its soft swell and fall,
Awake for ever in a sweet unrest,
Still, still to hear her tender-taken breath,
And so live ever—or else swoon to death— (338)

The poem’s stark fusion of geologic and organic time scarcely mitigates the unimaginability of the desired state. How can one even imagine the stasis of the star fused with the beating of a living heart? The “soft swell and fall” of breath, the rhythm of circulation, the tingle of sensation: life is intertwined with time. To try to imagine disentangling them, to try to imagine introducing the stillness of the star into a living heart, is like trying to imagine a melody of one note.

Like Augustine’s image of a hand laying hold of a heart, Keats’ desired state is supernatural not just because its achievement seems beyond any technology known to him or to us. It is supernatural because it seems to require some greater mental force to make what is desired comprehensible. How can a heart be stopped without killing it? The beat is life itself. How can a heart be stopped without stopping? Such a state is unimaginable at every level. How can you even want to “feel for ever” the “soft swell and fall” of your lover’s breast? Wouldn’t your neck start to ache? Wouldn’t you get bored? Wouldn’t you soon simply stop noticing that regular rise and fall and start to daydream?

I doubt anyone reading this will claim never to have thought of some experience, “I wish this would last forever.”  But we seem to know instinctively this is a desire that does not bear reflection. If a genie suddenly appeared, ready to grant our wish, we would be wise, remembering the fate of the oracle, not to wish this. Would anyone really want any moment to last forever? But then what do we wish for when we wish it?

In the absence of clarity about what is wanted, Keats’ wish for endless life collapses at the touch of a thought. But the desire for immortality is by no means condemned to the difficulties it faces in this sonnet. The history of religion shows the concept of a kind of consciousness that might slip free of the body to be a great help in fashioning comprehensible and attractive images of immortality. But Keats rigorously identifies consciousness with bodily sensation. To be “awake” is to “feel” and to “hear.” Life is perception.

Keats wants a sensation that is exactly like the sensation of resting his head upon his lover’s rising, falling breast. This ideal sensation is just like the actual sensation in every way but one: It is timeless. It is static. It is “unchangeable.” What does this ideal sensation look like? The poem has no answer. The star and heart are not ultimately fused; they break up against each other. There is no object of desire here, no image for what is wanted. The poem ends in despair. Despair of life: What I most want I cannot have. And despair of thought and of language: I cannot even say what it is I want. This is the problem time represents for writing. Technique is powerless to solve it.

But perhaps this is going too far. Surely not all writers frame the problem of time in the extreme terms of this sonnet. In fact, we can’t even take the paradoxes of this sonnet as representative of Keats’ poetry. Several of the “Odes,” for example, express confidence in the power of art to renew, prolong, and intensify life. Perhaps “Bright Star,” like “When I Have Fears that I May Cease to Be,” is emblematic less of art’s relation to time than of the dying Keats’ mental state. No one can deny that some art successfully changes life and defeats time. What about Shakespeare?

“So long as men can breathe or eyes can see/ So long lives this, and this gives life to thee” (19). Shakespeare’s Sonnet 18, expressive of an abundantly justified confidence in the power of artistic form over time, is the antithesis of Keats’ sonnet, and represents a tradition of artistic immortality that runs counter to the romantic tradition explored by this book. As Aaron Kunin has shown, Shakespeare’s sonnets are the central examples in English literature of the ancient tradition of the artwork as technology for defeating time. The poet creates a beautiful form. Its beauty is the hook that attracts generations of breathing, seeing readers, and the poem passes through them like a virus, its immortality parasitic on the mortal taste for beauty.

But what exactly is preserved in Sonnet 18? Not Shakespeare’s life, nor the life of his subject.7 Only that part of living bodies that can withstand translation into an unliving object survives. Simple logic animates this tradition. “That which is only living,” as Eliot puts it, “can only die” (19). Therefore only that which can’t die can be preserved. This tradition, which I will call the classical, is older than the one I explore, and it depends on three assumptions that the writers I study reject. The first is that the most valuable aspect of a person is the object that the person becomes in the public eye. That one’s name shall be remembered, that one’s deeds shall be celebrated: this is the ambition of ancient heroes and poets. Sensation is not subject to preservation.  Hannah Arendt is perhaps the most powerful modern theorist of this tradition. “Nothing,” she writes, “is less common and less communicable, and therefore more securely shielded against the visibility and audibility of the public realm, than what goes on within the confines of the body” (The Human Condition, 113). The evanescence of sensation is the source of its low value in the tradition. What lasts is valuable.

The second assumption is that lastingness is procured only at the cost of a sacrifice of life. The glorious death of Achilles is the western prototype of a tradition that has not disappeared from our literature. A modernist example, Yeats’ “Sailing to Byzantium,” gladly exchanges the sensual rhythms of life for “monuments of unaging intellect” (80). “Once out of nature I shall never take/ My bodily form from any natural thing.” The speaker envisions a golden bird as emblem of an artwork that preserves a version of the self purged of what “Byzantium” calls “the fury and the mire of human veins.”8

Roberto Bolano’s fiction is a particularly compelling recent example of and meditation on this tradition. At the end of By Night in Chile, the narrator, surveying the human wreckage strewn across his story of Chilean literature during the Pinochet regime, exclaims: “That is how literature is made, that is how the great works of western literature are made. You better get used to it” (128). When Bolano associates the violence that nurtures literature with “time’s giant meat-grinder” he makes explicit a dark secret implicit in Arendt (127). The immortality of art is not opposed to time at all. Time is not defeated. Art simply fashions human experience into a lasting form by performing time’s work beforehand. Everything that goes on within the confines of the body is cut out. The action survives, the name, the durable form, the bone beneath the flesh. All else is burned out.

The refining violence that the work performs on human bodies is simply the violence of time itself. Earlier in the novel, the narrator relates the parable of the shoemaker who spends his life and fortune constructing an elaborate shrine for the heroes of the empire. Decades later, the soldiers who prize open the shrine’s padlocked gate find the shoemaker’s skeleton inside, “his jaw hanging open, as if he were still laughing after having glimpsed immortality” (48). Bolano’s sense that art is a tomb that preserves a dead body finds pointed expression in a joke from the same novel. French Archeologists visit the pope in Rome, saying they have good news and bad news. “The good news is that they have discovered the Holy Sepulcher…The pope is moved to tears. What’s the bad news? He asks, drying his eyes. Well, inside the Holy Sepulcher we found the body of Christ. The pope passes out” (79).

Bolano’s ambivalence about literary immortality in no way signals its rejection. We find the same ambivalence in the Illiad, in Achilles’ hesitation at the prospect of exchanging life for immortality. The preservation art effects is tragic. It is always difficult to say whether the ultimate victor is the being whose name, words, or actions are preserved, or time, which takes everything else. Yeats’ golden bird, after all, survives only as a plaything for “lords and ladies of Byzantium.” Is it better to be an undying toy or a living, breathing, dying animal?

The third assumption of this classical tradition is that the beneficiary of the immortality conferred by art is the author or subject, not the audience. When the audience is visible at all, as in Sonnet 18, it is as the mortal engine that powers the work’s immortality device. The eyes and lips wear out and are replaced; the name they pass on endures. In contrast, the romantic tradition that “Bright Star” represents is concerned with renewing and preserving sensation, and this effort is often described in terms of the effect the work produces on an audience. Nietzsche, for example, writes that “art is…an excitation of the animal functions through the images and desires of intensified life;–an enhancement of the feeling of life, a stimulant to it” (802).

We have now passed over into consideration of the romantic tradition, but note that Nietzsche’s statement has none of the doubt that tortures Keats’ sonnet. Art produces excitation, enhancement, stimulant. Art serves a different end than in the classical tradition; these writers reject the effort to ensure the “survival” of a thing across gulfs of chronological time. For Nietzsche, art aims not to preserve an object but to enhance and prolong life. As Georges Poulet writes, in the romantic vision “eternity is not endlessness.” It is a “full and perfect possession of interminable life” (Romanticism and Timelessness, 6). Yet Nietzsche and Poulet share Shakespeare’s confidence in art’s power to achieve its end. And they are hardly alone in their testimony of art’s power to awaken sleeping senses. In “Richard Wagner and Tannhauser in Paris,” Baudelaire exclaims, “From that very moment, at that first concert…I had—or at least it seemed to me I had—undergone a spiritual operation, a revelation. My thrill of pleasure had been so powerful and terrible that I could not prevent myself from ceaselessly wanting to return to it” (117).

For Baudelaire, the first encounter with Wagner produces a feeling of intensified life. The richness and vividness of the first experience figures prominently in the romantic tradition. This tradition seeks to counter experiential time, and thus becomes involved in the paradoxes which Keats articulates with such painful clarity. By comparison to the relatively straightforward classical concern with lastingness, the desire to counter time’s negative effects on ineluctably time-bound human experience creates deep conceptual and practical problems. There can be no question of simply cutting life free of time altogether. Rather, in Schiller’s phrase, art’s problem involves “annulling time within time” (97).

Romantic and postromantic writers discover in the peculiar temporal structure of first impressions a strategy for pursuing this paradoxical goal. Thus the effort to counter neurobiological time typically finds expression in an effort to achieve two experientially related but conceptually distinct states. The first is the felt slowing or stopping of time that accompanies an intensely vivid perception. The second is the persistence of this perceptual intensity across chronological time. Since in everyday life the most vivid perception of a thing tends to be the first impression, the persistence of the qualities of the first impression across the second, tenth, and hundredth impressions signals a countering of time’s effect on the feeling of life. And in fact, as we shall see, a central criteria for artistic success within this tradition is the extent to which a work produces and preserves the effect of a first impression.

By inventing structures to prolong the first impression, the artists I study attempt to arrest the flow of neurobiological time, the tendency of the brain to reduce sensory engagement with repeated exposure. “Our failure is to form habits,” Pater writes. “To burn always with a hard, gem-like flame, to maintain this ecstasy, is success in life” (152). Shelley claims that “poetry makes familiar objects be as if they were not familiar” (642). Coleridge argues that Wordsworth’s poetic aim is “to give the charm of novelty to things of every day, and to excite a feeling analogous to the supernatural, by awakening the mind’s attention from the lethargy of custom, and directing it to the loveliness and wonders of the world before us” (313).

The theorists of this tradition typically associate the successful arrest of neurobiological time with specific techniques that, in Shklovsky’s famous term, “defamiliarize,” restore our perception of things to the vitality of the first sight. The founder of materialist aesthetics, Edmund Burke, invents the template for subsequent criticism. Aesthetic experience for Burke does not simply illustrate the natural workings of the brain, but consists in the effort to suspend or override neural tendencies in pursuit of something unnatural.

“Knowledge and acquaintance make the most striking causes affect but little,” Burke writes (56). “When we accustom our eyes” to an image, it ceases to affect us. And we become accustomed more rapidly to more clearly delineated images: “A great clearness is an enemy to all enthusiasms whatsoever” (56).  The introduction of fuzziness, vagueness, or shadow forestalls the familiarization that reduces impact. Thus verbal images are more effective for Burke because they are more obscure. As an ideal description of the encounter with an obscure image, Burke quotes the Book of Job: “It stood still, but I couldst not discern the form thereof, an image was before mine eyes” (58).

Vagueness and indefinition thus operate to separate the image’s affective impact from that aspect of the image—clear delineation of visual shape—that enables familiarity. Burke’s aesthetic identifies an aspect of perception abundantly confirmed by recent research—the tendency of the brain to automatize the processing of familiar images—with a view to overcoming this tendency. He then identifies a particular artistic technique—obscurity—which forestalls familiarization and prolongs intense perceptual experience.9 Subsequent materialist critics have added to the repertoire of habit-defeating techniques. Shklovsky, for example, alternately points to Tolstoy’s use of the perspective of a horse to estrange familiar objects, and to the complexity of futurist poems that prolong and intensify the experience of reading itself (1-14).

But now, given Burke’s, Coleridge’s, and Shklovsky’s confidence in the capacity of the artwork to renew our constantly decaying perceptual life, Keats’ sonnet looks like an outlier. Is Keats’ sense of the impossibility of freeing feeling from time simply an overly pessimistic, even hysterical view of the problem? Shakespeare promised the survival of an object; the object survives. But can art “lay hold of the heart and give it fixity?” Can art reliably return us to the intense duration of the first impression? This question transfixes Proust, and his reflections will help us decide whether to credit Coleridge’s confidence or Keats’ despair. Here is Proust’s description of Swann’s most profound experience of art.

The year before, at an evening party, he had heard a piece of music played on the piano and violin. At first he had appreciated only the material quality of the sounds which those instruments secreted. And it had been a source of keen pleasure when, below the delicate line of the violin-part, slender but robust, compact and commanding, he had suddenly become aware of the mass of the piano-part beginning to emerge in a sort of liquid rippling of sound, multiform but indivisible, smooth yet restless, like the deep blue tumult of the sea, silvered and charmed into a minor key by the moonlight. But then at a certain moment, without being able to distinguish any clear outline, or to give a name to what was pleasing him, suddenly enraptured, he had tried to grasp the phrase or harmony—he did not know which—that had just been played and that had opened and expanded his soul… Perhaps it was owing to his ignorance of music that he had received so confused an impression, one of those that are none the less the only purely musical impressions….an impression of this order, vanishing in an instant, is, so to speak, sine materia…impossible to describe, to recollect, to name, ineffable—did not our memory, like a laborer who toils at the laying down of firm foundations beneath the tumult of the waves, by fashioning for us facsimiles of those fugitive phrases, enable us to compare and to contrast them with those that follow…When that same impression suddenly returned, it was no longer impossible to grasp. He could picture to himself its extent, its symmetrical arrangement, its notation, its expressive value; he had before him something that was no longer pure music, but rather design, architecture, thought, and which allowed the actual music to be recalled. (204)

The phrase recurs a third time, “bringing him, indeed, a pleasure less profound.” This artwork seems constructed according to the exacting technical specifications of Burke and Shklovsky: it is both obscure and difficult. And at first it does indeed “enrapture” Swann. Yet the work stops working almost at once. As the phrase becomes more familiar, he gradually discovers in it “some disenchantment” (214).10 At a certain moment, “a phrase or harmony—he did not know which” took ecstatic possession of his senses, of his being. But as the form of the work becomes clear, the magic dies.

Swann has discovered something quite simple: repeated exposure to a work of art operates just like repeated exposure to anything else. The achievement of cognitive mastery over form, the ability to recognize the object, simultaneously causes a precipitous drop-off in sensory intensity. The experience of art is not immune to the relentless erosive force of neurobiological time, but is simply another instance of it. Eventually Swann’s sensory engagement with the phrase drains utterly away; it becomes a “token of his love” for Odette, a love which has the same structure as his experience of art: an initial, mysterious, formless beauty, followed by disenchantment. The phrase stands for Odette, who stands for the decay of life and love. Art has become mere meaning. Music has become writing. It has died.

Music, as we shall see, occupies a special place in the tradition that concerns us. But for Proust it is simply the most striking instance of a phenomenon that corrodes all artistic objects, as it corrodes all other objects. Consider, for example, the narrator’s reflections on how the works of his favorite writer, Bergotte, have lost their magic. After long familiarity, Begotte’s “sentences stood out as clearly before my eyes as my own thoughts, the furniture in my room, and the carriages in the street. All the details were easily visible, not perhaps precisely as one has always seen them, but at any rate as one was accustomed to see them now… From then onwards I felt less admiration for Bergotte” (603).

Of course not everyone feels as Proust does; not everyone prefers the first time listening to a symphony or reading a poem to the result of further acquaintance, when experience is illuminated by understanding. In fact, one way of determining whether a writer belongs to the particular romantic tradition considered by this book is to ask how he evaluates the initial experience of a work of art. Contrast the following statement by Winckelmann from 1764 with the passages from Proust above. “The first view of beautiful statues is…like the first glance over the open sea; we gaze on it bewildered, and with undistinguishing eyes, but after we have contemplated it repeatedly the soul becomes more tranquil and the eye more quiet, and capable of separating the whole into its particulars.”11

Interestingly, Proust and Winckelmann do not disagree about the phenomenology of the initial exposure to the work of art; they both compare it to the formless dynamism of the ocean. (To Swann the music is “multiform but indivisible, smooth yet restless, like the deep blue tumult of the sea.”) But where Winckelmann values the knowledge of form, the “quiet” eye that accompanies the ability to grasp structure is for Proust precisely the symptom of perception’s sickness that art must counter.

The juxtaposition of Proust and Winckelmann might suggest that the tradition I am describing is roughly coextensive with a period: traditional romanticism, extended into the modern. But things aren’t so simple. Consider the contemporary philosopher Alva Noe’s description of the phenomenology of music.

You play a record through. The music is unfamiliar, strange; the album exhibits a kind of opacity. As you become familiar with the music, you begin more fully to experience it. Your experience becomes richer. Where the songs were thin and meaningless before, they are now structured, complex, and motivated….Without acquaintance with the music itself, you were, in effect, unable to hear it. (31)12

For Noe, as for Winckelmann, the richness of aesthetic experience is bound up with the ability to decipher the relations of the work’s parts. To hear music, for Noe, is to know it. But to say that Noe and Winckelmann value the understanding of the art object while Swann values raw sensation would be wrong. Proust shows Swann straining to understand the “phrase or melody.” Indeed, as the studies surveyed by Eagleman suggest, this straining is precisely what produces the heightened sensory intensity. Winckelmann and Proust pick out two points on a continuum as the ne plus ultra of aesthetic experience, but it is the same continuum, and the points are related as before and after. Proust’s ideal listener is inexorably becoming Winckelmann’s ideal listener.

And yet, with only a little inventiveness, Swann could surely expose himself to a music or noise so utterly devoid of pattern that it would completely frustrate his effort to make sense of it. The absurdity of this suggestion to anyone familiar with In Search of Lost Time shows how little the desired experience consists of raw sensation. Proust’s listeners, viewers, and readers seek out recognizable forms in which novelty is in tension with a familiarity that provides some foothold for understanding. No one in this tradition is drawn to cacophony, and they tend not be drawn to the overwhelming alteirity of the objects associated with the sublime.13 Without seeing how Proust’s listener strains toward understanding we will miss the tragic paradox of his conception of artistic experience. The effort to grasp the work’s form triggers the intense sensory engagement that its success destroys.

If the romantic listener is always being carried from enrapturing intensity towards quiet Winckelmannian comprehension, then all that distinguishes him is the desire, fast turning into nostalgia, for the former state over the latter. And yet even this desire betrays him. Baudelaire, in the passage on Wagner I quoted earlier, supplies an instance. After describing his ecstasy at the first time he hears Tannenhauser, he writes: “The experience that I had had doubtless contained much of what Weber and Beethoven had already taught me, but there was also something new which I was incapable of defining, and this incapacity caused me a rage and a curiosity mingled with a strange delight….I resolved…to transform my pleasure into knowledge” (117). Possessed by this raging curiosity, he roams Paris looking for anyone who will play him some Wagner.

There are two ways of reading this passage. We might say that for Baudelaire the knowledge of the music’s form is the antidote to an experience the intensity of which he finds intolerable. The disturbing ecstasy brings a longing for tranquility, and knowledge is the tranquilizer. This sentiment is not hard to sympathize with. Imagine you are suddenly struck with a feeling of intense pleasure. It is likely that a desperate anxiety to know why—did I just have a stroke? did someone slip me something?—would snuff the desire to remain in the mysteriously pleasurable state.

On this reading, Baudelaire’s intense joy inspires a longing for soothing knowledge. But there is another interpretation. The passage suggests that Baudelaire’s “rage and curiosity” are in fact identical with the “strange delight” the new music inspires. Perhaps the desire for knowledge doesn’t succeed the pleasure; perhaps to feel the delight just is to be driven to understand the form. Intensity of perception is what desire for knowledge feels like. The prospect of prolonging this intensity introduces another form of Keats’ paradox, pitched now in the key of desire. How can one want the feeling of wanting knowledge without wanting knowledge? How can one even imagine arresting a process that is essentially teleological without destroying what it is?

John Dewey, whose Art as Experience remains the most sophisticated account of experiential aesthetics, believes that one cannot, and one should not, arrest this process. In terms very like Proust’s, Dewey describes how in the encounter with art “the total overwhelming impression comes first…the effect upon us of entrance into a cathedral when dim light, incense, stained glass, and majestic proportion fuse in one indistinguishable whole….There is an impact that precedes all definite recognition of what it is about” (145). Quoting Delacroix on first seeing a painting, he writes, “Before knowing what the picture represents you are seized by its magical accord” (145).

And yet Dewey warns us not to be seduced by the magic. “Not only, however, is it impossible to prolong this stage of aesthetic experience indefinitely, but it is not desirable to do so.” The “impact” is only the first step in the temporal unfolding of the work’s form. To wish to prolong it is alien to art, and belongs rather to “such things as narcotics, sexual orgasms, and gambling indulged in for the sake of immediate excitement of sensation.” In artistic experience, as in everyday experience, “a sensory quality is related to other qualities in such a way as to define an object” (126). We want to understand the object, to grasp its parts and their interrelations. This understanding “takes time” (55). He is insistent on this point, writing that some readers may think that he exaggerates the temporal aspect of perception….but in no case can there be perception of an object except in a process developing in time. Mere excitations, yes” (175).

Yet the dismissal of “mere excitation” conceals an ambiguity in Dewey’s account. After all, he writes with feeling and longing of the first impression. Maybe an element of psychological self-protection enters into his theory. Perhaps his belief that prolonging the magical moment of perception is impossible dictates his belief that such a prolongation is also undesirable. As we shall see, other writers will not shrink from an impossible desire, nor will they hesitate to send art to the school of “narcotics, sexual orgasms, and gambling” in hope of achieving it.

But to return to the problem of periodization, the contrast between Noe/Dewey/Winckelmann and Proust/Keats suggests that the period in question is rather small. It is a question of preferring the beginning or the end of a process of aesthetic attention that seems to have neurobiological, rather than historical, determinants. The “classical” writer prefers the end, when knowledge of the enduring form has been achieved; the “romantic” prefers the beginning, when subjective time swells and slows, and the senses are enraptured. As support for this view, one might point to the example of a contemporary writer like Bolano, who clearly sees himself extending the classical tradition of literary immortality as the persistence of form across time. At the other end, Arendt’s picture of classical antiquity as indifferent to inner experience has been complicated by the work of Pierre Hadot, who has written persuasively of the effort to intensify the experience of the present moment in ancient philosophy (217-237), and Martha Nussbaum, who has excavated the complex attitudes towards mortality in the Epicurian tradition (192-239). Finally, in Romantic Poets and the Culture of Posterity Andrew Bennet has shown the extent to which the classical concern with the immortality of the text persists in Keats and Shelley, suggesting that both impulses might be found within a single authorship.14

Perhaps, then, it is better to think of the opposition “classical” and “romantic,” as I have been referring to these two distinct efforts to defeat time, as attitudes equally present in all periods, roughly analogous to Nietzsche’s “Apollonian” and “Dionysian” dyad. But this would be to distort both the contents of this book–which draws all of its examples from after 1800, and most from after 1945–as well as the tradition it analyzes. I do not think it can be denied that artistic efforts to stop experiential time multiply exponentially around the dawn of what has been traditionally identified as the romantic era, even as they expand into the modern and postmodern. But these efforts are by no means definitive of any of these periods. Many, and perhaps most, nineteenth and twentieth century writers are unconcerned with the obsessions of the tradition I delineate here.

Nevertheless, the clustering of examples after 1800 undoubtedly has historical causes. Scholars looking for such causes might start with the consolidation of consumer capitalism, the rise of medical science, or the waning of traditional religion in the intellectual classes along with the version of eternal life it promised.15 But this book is concerned to describe the key features of the romantic quest to defeat time, in the hope that its most powerful examples can teach us something new about art and life. While the chapters that follow attend to social, political, and economic contexts when necessary to make sense of a given work’s dynamics, this is not a historicist study, and I make no attempt to enumerate and analyze the historical causes of the impulses animating the tradition as a whole. Nor, for the pragmatic reasons I elaborate in my conclusion, do I think such an investigation is especially urgent. At this moment in the history of the disciplines, literary criticism’s best opportunity for creating new knowledge lies not in the description of art’s embeddedness in contexts recognizable to historians or sociologists, but in the description of the forces by which art attempts to free itself of such contexts and such recognitions.

*

We have begun to see how art is not immune to the temporality of perceptual experience. What do we make, then, of the confidence expressed by Nietzsche, Shklovsky, Shelley, or Coleridge? These writers celebrate the techniques by which poets, painters, and composers renew our fading senses. But they are not ignorant of the process described by Proust, whereby the perceptual vitality of the first encounter with the work quickly cools into understanding. In fact the proponents of art’s efficacy at renewing and transforming our experience are acutely aware of this problem. The solutions they propose fall into two general categories: reasonable and unreasonable. While I will be primarily interested in the latter, we must first survey the reasonable response to art’s entanglement with time.

Proust’s unreasonable solution will in part serve as the subject of my first chapter, but he can also be reasonable. Immediately following the passage in which the narrator reflects on his disenchantment with Bergotte, he describes the new writer who has succeeded Bergotte in his admiration. This writer “had begun to publish work in which the relations between things were so different from those that connected them for me that I could understand hardly anything of what he wrote….only I felt that it was not the sentence that was badly constructed but I myself that lacked the strength and agility necessary to reach the end. I would start afresh, striving tooth and nail to reach the point from which I would see the new relationship between things” (603). Through the process of struggling with the new writer, he discovers “a charm similar to those which I had found long ago in reading Bergotte” (604).

Marcel concludes these reflections by declaring that “Art is like science” (604). He shifts the burden of renewing our senses from the individual artwork to the history of art, which tirelessly discovers new forms. Even the most powerful works become old. We might discover new significance in our twentieth reading of Macbeth, our thirtieth examination of “View of Delft,” but the “magic accord” of the early encounter will have fled. So from Shakespeare we proceed to Ibsen and Beckett, from Vermeer to Monet and Matisse, from Beethoven to Wagner and Debussy. “Art is like science” in its constant invention of new techniques. But art runs to stand still. It is simply the case that to keep our perceptual clock at first sight requires continual innovation. A narrower and more precise analogy might be to the project of countering the tendency of bacteria to develop immunity to antibiotics. Like artists, chemists search for new formulas that will produce the effect the old formulas no longer can.

Many of the strongest theorists of art’s experiential value reproduce Marcel’s logic. Shklovsky’s “Art as Device,” for example, also deploys the scientific metaphor, and envisions ceaseless formal innovation as necessary to the project of defamiliarization. Michael Fried, who in “Art and Objecthood” famously praises the “grace” of “presentness” achieved in the viewer’s absorption by great art (168), in the trilogy that begins with Absorption and Theatricality describes the history of french painting as driven by the inevitable decay of the techniques that produce this absorption. What works for Chardin will no longer work for Courbet, and so the artist must try something new. Even Dewey, who, as we have seen, is more ambivalent about the value of presentness, has a version of the reasonable solution. “Advances in technique occur,” he writes, “in connection with efforts to solve problems that are not technical but that grow out of the need for new modes of experience” (141).

These solutions are reasonable because they accept that perceptual vitality, the subjective expansion of the present moment, is a consequence of the mind’s attempt to grasp form, and vanishes at the conclusion of that process. So one has two sensible choices. The first option is to seek art’s value in understanding rather than in experience. This has the great advantage of preserving the shelf life of old works, since, as is well known, there is no limit to the new ideas one can get from Shakespeare. If, however, you are committed to art as a technology for the renewal of human life, then you are condemned to read new books, see new paintings, listen to new music. Once you have understood one work, you must start over with a new artifact in which the interplay between novelty and familiarity will once again strike the senses with the “magic accord.”

All reasonable criticism holds the tacit belief that the experience of art is subject to the same limits as all other experience. Art is not different than life. Recent work in experiential aesthetics has tended to rely on models drawn from the cognitive sciences to specify these limits. In their different ways, critics like Mark Turner, Lisa Zunshine, Gabrielle Starr, and Blakey Vermeule apply scientific models of everyday cognition and perception to describe literature and literary experience.16 Science tells us what the brain can do, and the critics show how literature does it. Here reasonableness shades into disciplinary modesty. Literary scholars take models from the sciences, but have little to give back. Zunshine, for instance, describes this new work as theappl[ication of] insights from cognitive science to cultural representations” (Introduction to Cultural Studies, 1).

One problem with some of this criticism, as both the critic Jonathan Kramick and the scientist Paul Bloom have recently pointed out, is that the science applied by these critics is often dated and inaccurate, and the critics represent models as authoritative without acknowledging the scientific debates. But for my immediate purposes a more serious problem is that this critical approach lacks the capacity to describe literature’s unreasonable efforts to do something the brain can’t do. And yet, as I will attempt to show, it is by attending to this effort that a truly interdisciplinary relation between literature and science becomes possible.

This book examines the unreasonable approach to the problem of stopping time. The reasonable romantics respect the temporal constraints of perception. They transfer the desire to enhance life through art from the individual work to the historical succession of forms. The unreasonable romantics seek the creation of a work that will permanently arrest perception at the moment of the first encounter.

By now we have some sense of the scale of this problem, enough at least to know that Scarry’s attempt to explain the literary effort to achieve vivacity by cordoning off philosophical speculation from technical innovation is untenable. To even imagine what a life undimmed by time would look like requires no ordinary philosophy. Literary form can do many things, but it can’t do this.17 The writers I examine invent virtual techniques, imaginary forms for arresting neurobiological time by overcoming the brain’s stubborn boundaries.18 The mode is ekphrastic. These writers create images of more powerful images; they fashion techniques for imagining better techniques. Poems by Keats and Ashbery, novels by Proust, Orwell, and Nabokov are not works so much as workshops in which the shape of an ideal artwork is pieced together from blueprints and models. Fragments of the real world are brought inside and scrutinized for any hint, any insight. Like an airplane designer examining a bird’s wing, the artist studies life to overcome its limits.

My hope is that this study, by reading central works of the past two centuries in the light of their shared ambition, will produce a revisionary understanding of some of our most important writing. But I have another aim. These writers, voracious in their appetite for any knowledge that will further their goal, find help in unlikely places. Totalitarian regimes, obsessive compulsive disorder, and global commodity exchange furnish them with tools and models. By attending to the thinking animated and distorted by literature’s extreme ambition, literary criticism might fulfill its ambition to produce new knowledge of its own.

Notes

1. Vermeule argues, “The reasons why we care about literary characters are finally not much different from the question of why we care about other people” (xiii).

2. In addition, the reader brackets those parts of his immediate experience—the sound of cars driving by outside, the color of the sunlight on the page—that he understands not to be relevant to this projected experience. Theo Davis cogently argues that this bracketing does not distinguish literary from non-literary experience (9-30). To focus on what’s relevant and to bracket what’s irrelevant is simply what it means to pay attention to something. Walter Benn Michaels has identified a tradition of postwar American art and writing that does seek to make the audience’s total experience relevant, as in John Cage’s famous 4”33.  But the cannier representatives of this tradition understand that this kind of unfiltered experience is quite different than everyday experience. (Cage, for instance, consistently compares the effect of his work to Buddhist meditative practice.) Of course, to claim that the brain processes real and fictional images similarly does not mean that we recognize a flower in a poem and a flower in life as images in the same way. But given the emphasis placed on the role of interpretation in perception by the phenomenological tradition, we might not want to draw too firm a boundary between the real and the fictional here either.

3. See Schroder and Matheson, 33. For the classic treatment of this issue see Kendall Walton’s discussion of “quasi-fear” (195-204).

4. See Goldman, 48.

5. While I take up the question of the relation of science to literature below, given the passions aroused by the introduction of brain research into literary studies, it might be best to briefly characterize my approach at the outset. Like other critics, I have been dissatisfied with the often reductive way scientific models have been applied to texts, the simplification of scientific debates that this application typically entails, and the absence of a meaningful effort to bring literary insights to bear on scientific problems. But to reject the findings of new brain sciences wholesale seems to me to be undesirable both intellectually and in terms of the long-term health of the discipline. In my view, recognition of the problems of what one might call “cognitive studies 1.0” clears the way for a more balanced and genuinely interdisciplinary sense of the place and value of scientific research for humanistic scholarship. This involves discriminating among those literary problems science can genuinely help illuminate, and those problems it can’t. In its scientifically-informed sections, Writing Against Time seeks to model a new kind of relation between literary studies and science by tracking literary projects whose romantic ambition forces us to move between registering how science can specify certain cognitive limits, and how literature, in seeking to burst those limits, casts an unexpected light back on scientific problems.

My engagement with science in this book reflects my sense of it as an important, though inevitably minor, addition to the critic’s traditional intellectual tools. Substantial parts of the second chapter have been written in collaboration and consultation with neuroscientists, psychologists, and historians of science, and elements of that chapter’s argument have appeared in a prominent neuroscience journal. (See Clune, Sarneki, Traynor). Readers primarily interested in the relation of the humanities and sciences may wish to turn to that chapter, although smaller portions of this introduction and the first chapter also make use of scientific material.

6. See Ricouer for a rich interpretation of Augustine’s vision of time with particular reference to narrative problems.

7. See Bennet for a penetrating look at the 18th century debate over Shakespearean immortality (34-36).

8. I do not want to elide the important differences between these two poems. If “Sailing to Byzantium’s” bird of beaten gold represents a commitment to enduring inorganic form, “Byzantium” at moments expresses an almost Keatsian effort to imagine “life-in-death.” See Daniel Albright’s Quantum Poetics for an acute discussion of the liquid “wave-form” characteristic of the latter type of Yeatsian image.

9. For a brilliant recent meditation on obscurity in poetry, see Daniel Tiffany’s Infidel Poetics. For a good discussion of the new resonance of Burke’s materialist aesthetics for criticism inspired by developments in cognitive science, see Alan Richardson’s The Neural Sublime.

10. See Jean-Jacques Nattiez for the most extensive critical treatment of Swann’s musical experience. Nattiez is particularly good at teasing out the interpretive issues which underlie the critical effort to identify the sources of the sonata. I disagree with his reading of the passage in question on one fundamental point. While Nattiez attends to Proust’s representation of the process by which Swann understands the phrase, he fails to register this “disenchantment” which accompanies knowledge here. Perhaps this oversight is due to his interest in seeing Proustian music in terms of truth—a perspective, as we shall see in the next chapter, more appropriate to the narrator’s experience of the septet than of Swann’s experience of the sonata.

11. Cited by Nehamas, 16.

12. Noe, who comes out of the phenomenological tradition, here exemplifies a tendency of that tradition that accounts for its near absence from much of what follows. Husserl and Heidegger, though in different ways, emphasize the way our encounters with things are shaped by a temporal horizon consisting of the memory of past encounters and the anticipation of future uses or significances. (See Dreyfus for a lucid discussion.) This emphasis on time’s constitutive role in perception becomes so marked that, as Noe shows, the prospect of a truly novel encounter becomes almost inconceivable within this tradition. See my American Literature and the Free Market for an extended treatment of this issue with particular reference to Heidegger. Phenomenology’s very antipathy to novelty gives it a central role in the fourth chapter of this book, where it will be found to play a surprising role.

13. I want to distinguish the dynamic I focus on from the structure of sublime experience, in which it is partially embedded for some critics. Weiskel’s three stage model of the romantic sublime, for instance, consists of: a) a habituated state, b) the traumatic shattering of habit by alterity, and c) sublimation in a feeling of enhanced subjective power (Stonum 68-70). The tradition I focus on places less emphasis on the final stage, the discovery of blocked powers of mind most fully articulated in Kant’s discussion of the mathematical sublime. Rather, the writers I study tend to associate pleasurable intensity with the second stage. An intense feeling of life replaces the expansive cognitive powers seen by Kant and others as the payoff of the sublime. Kant’s account of the beautiful is more relevant to the problems associated with this tradition, and I take it up at length in my first chapter.

14. Other relevant studies include Harold Bloom’s exploration of the fraught relations the survival of past poets presents for the living, and Leo Bersani’s critical analysis of the impulse to look to posterity as a remedy for death.

15. See Niklaus Largier for an interesting reading of the impact of contemporary transformations of religious life on aesthetics in this period; see Martin Jay for a useful history of the concept of “experience.” Karl Polanyi offers a particularly powerful economic history relevant to aesthetic questions. Alan Richardson develops a useful account of the medical and scientific context (British Romanticism and the Science of Mind).

16. Lisa Zunshine, in Why We Read Fiction describes the pleasure of reading in terms of the exercise of cognitive faculties for negotiating interpersonal relations as presented in cognitive science. Mark Turner has drawn on cognitive science to describe metaphor as what he calls “conceptual blending.” Gabrielle Starr in “Multisensory Imagery,” shows how art capitalizes on the way the brain processes different sensory modalities to orchestrate combinations of modalities that produce a richer mental image.

17. By harping on the limits of form with regard to the problem explored by this book, I certainly do not mean to dismiss the commitment to form that vitalizes some of our most powerful criticism. Two particularly interesting recent examples are Frances Ferguson’s Pornography, The Theory, which examines the relation of form and action, and Aaron Kunin’s “Character’s Lounge,” which undertakes a formal analysis of the work of character.

18. This virtuality in part motivates my description of the tradition I study as ‘romantic,’ since critics from D. G. James to Simon Jarvis have seen a lack of fit between ambition and realized form as a central feature of romanticism. James writes, “We observe [romanticism] casting around, perhaps desperately, for expressive form; and we also observe it failing to obtain what it wants” (xi). Jarvis explores the romantic ambivalence about achieved form in terms of the tension between “idolatry” and iconoclastic “imagination” in Wordsworth.

Kotin

Joshua Kotin

“A striking new object arrives, you get used to it, and then you hardly ever see it” (26). This is what Michael Clune describes as art’s hard problem: how to remain vital for a single spectator—how to resist “the deadening effects of habit on perceptual vivacity” (35).

Clune describes two approaches to the problem. The “reasonable” approach, championed by Viktor Shklovsky and Michael Fried, among others, recommends constant stylistic innovation to “ameliorat[e] the limited ability of individual works to make time swell and stop” (27). This approach drives the history of art, but does little to protect individual artworks from time’s influence. “Time’s poison attacks our senses,” Clune remarks in a discussion of Proust; “switching styles is just switching deck chairs on the Titanic” (27).

The “unreasonable” approach, by contrast, attempts to maintain the vivacity of individual artworks. The approach is unreasonable, Clune argues, because its effects are “virtual.” “I use virtual,” he explains, “to refer to the tendency of artworks to project blueprints for a kind of conscious experience that we can’t yet actualize” (35). Chapters on Keats and Proust, Nabokov, Orwell, and Ashbery describe these blueprints, which often present plans for fictional artworks. “The writers I examine,” Clune writes, “invent virtual techniques, imaginary forms for arresting neurobiological time by overcoming the brain’s stubborn boundaries. The mode is ekphrastic. The writers create images of more powerful images; they fashion techniques for imagining better techniques” (20).

In Writing against Time, Clune presents brilliant readings of texts from two continents, spanning two hundred years of literary history. The chapter on Keats and Proust examines depictions of “imaginary music.” (Proust imagines a septet that allows him to “see the universe through the eyes of another, of a hundred others, to see the hundred universes that each of them sees…” (28).) The chapter on Nabokov describes his desire to captivate readers in the same way that nymphets captivate Humbert Humbert. The chapter on Orwell, which is the strongest in the book, reads Big Brother as a work of art:

In Oceania, Orwell shows us what a world organized by Shklovsky’s radical redefinition of art in terms of function might look like. Particular methods don’t stop time for very long; the endless work of the regime keeps it stopped. This work makes the hardness of rocks and the wetness of water the kind of news that, in Oceania, stays news. This ceaseless activity accounts for the fact that Winston drinks the same gin every day for years and never gets used to it. (108)

Finally, the chapter on Ashbery details “the poet’s painstaking, cunning, and obsessive labors in attempting to familiarize the unfamiliar object” (116). The result: a “blueprint of an image that will forever solicit the invigorating desire to know, and forever defer pacifying knowledge” (130). Clune ends the book with a brief discussion of contemporary literary criticism and the value of explicating such unreasonable literary inventions.

Writing against Time is a book about an important topic in romanticism. (Clune contrasts the romantic desire to stop time with the classical desire for literary immortality.) It is also a book about utopianism—about the desire for a perfect, yet impractical state of affairs. (“Quixotic” is a synonym for Clune’s “unreasonable.”) Many of its most compelling arguments tackle a defining feature of utopian literature: the tension between figure and ground—between a writer’s political context and his or her political ideal.

This is why the chapter on Orwell is so good: it interrogates the tension between Orwell’s actual artwork (Nineteen Eighty-Four) and his conception of an ideal artwork (Big Brother). Clune points to a troubling connection: “Artistic mastery is the preserving agent for Orwell the writer and reader, while totalitarian control serves the same function for Winston the party member” (101). Should this connection cause us to reassess art’s social significance? Should we be grateful for art’s limited efficacy? The answer, for Orwell, is yes. According to Clune, “Orwell suggests that it is acceptable for art to aim at timelessness only because we know art isn’t strong enough to achieve it” (112).

The book’s less compelling chapters ignore this tension between figure and ground, and treat complex novels and poems as instruments for solving art’s hard problem. For example, Clune reads Ashbery as a science fiction writer whose main achievement is to depict “fantastic commodities” (137). There is nothing intrinsically wrong with this approach, and Clune presents some excellent readings—including an ingenious defense of the homogeneity of Ashbery’s late poetry. But the approach often overlooks the meaning and texture of individual poems. A case in point: Clune’s reading of Ashbery’s “Outside My Window the Japanese…” Clune cites the poem’s “Japanese driving range” as one of the poet’s fantastic commodities. But what’s so fantastic about a Japanese driving range? The poem begins:

Outside my window the Japanese driving range

shivers in its mesh veils, skinny bride

of soon-to-be-spring, ravenous, rapturous. Why is it here?

A puzzle. And what was it doing before, then? An earlier

puzzle. I like how it wraps itself

in not-quite wind—

sure enough,

the time is up.1

A speaker looks out his window (perhaps from a hotel in Japan) and sees a driving range (perhaps like this one). The mesh netting reminds him of a bridal veil, which suggests the image of “skinny bride.” “Why is it here?” he asks himself, half in jest, mocking his predilection for metaphysical questions. The poem is funny and smart. But it would probably work just as well with a different setting (Chile) or a different object (a batting cage). The Japanese driving range is one of the poem’s least fantastic features. Yet even when Clune gets it right (pointing to the oddness of Ashbery’s “thigh-bone guitar” and “money fish”) he rarely discusses literary form—the tension between the poem and the objects it represents (120). In Writing against Time, poems are delivery systems for ideas about aesthetic objects—not aesthetic objects themselves.

Writing against Time has other weaknesses. Its summaries of philosophical texts are often superficial. (A long discussion of the Critique of Judgment quotes mainly from Henry Allison’s Kant’s Theory of Taste.) Its claims are often needlessly polemical. (Frederic Jameson is a favorite target.) More significantly, it does not adequately address a number of questions related to its central concerns. Why do artworks by Keats, Proust, Nabokov, Orwell, and Ashbery remain vital (or at least somewhat vital) on repeated readings? Why do we read and reread Keats and not, say, Robert Southey? Does time’s poison attack everyone’s senses equally? Might some writers and readers resist (or learn to resist) time’s influence more successfully than others? “Reality is a very subjective affair,” Nabokov once remarked in response to a question about his inexhaustible interest in butterflies. “You can get nearer and nearer, so to speak, to reality; but you never get near enough because reality is an infinite succession of steps, levels of perception, false bottoms, and hence unquenchable, unattainable.”2  Is the desire to create an endlessly interesting artwork a manifestation of the desire to create a natural object?

Writing against Time concludes with a powerful critique of contemporary literary criticism. Clune asks: How can literary critics influence disciplines outside the humanities? How can literary criticism create new knowledge? By explicating extravagant literary projects, he suggests: “The virtual work of art is a kind of thinking, a kind of tinkering, a kind of engineering. […] The critic’s work is to give this free thought a form by which it can be brought into contact with the disciplined thinking of the research institution” (140). Literary criticism, in other words, can offer practical insights by explicating impractical literary experiments. “At this moment in the history of the disciplines,” Clune argues, “literary criticism’s best opportunity for creating new knowledge lies not in the description of art’s embeddedness in contexts recognizable to historians or sociologists, but in the description of the forces by which art attempts to free itself of such contexts and such recognitions” (17).

This program (which I endorse, but which Clune needlessly opposes to historical and sociological analysis) has a long and prestigious history. Sidney believed that poets alone have the ability to make “things either better than nature bringeth forth, or, quite anew, forms such as never were in nature.”3  Shelley believed that only poets behold “the future in the present.”4  Pound believed that artists provide the best “data for ethics” by revealing what individuals “actually desire.” 5 For these writers, the artistic imagination is central to intellectual inquiry—to life itself. Art renovates the possible—that is why it matters. Writing against Time, at its core, is a defense of this position, and a convincing and vital account of why literary critics (and research universities) should take extravagant, quixotic literary projects seriously.

Notes

1.   John Ashbery, Wakefulness (New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 1998), 46.

2.   Vladimir Nabokov, Strong Opinions (New York: Vintage, 1993): 10–11.

3.   Sir Philip Sidney, The Broadview Anthology of Sixteenth Century Poetry and Prose, edited by Marie Loughlin, Sandra J. Bell, and Patricia Brace (Peterborough, ON: Broadview Press, 2012), 718.

4.   Percy Bysshe Shelley, Shelley’s Poetry and Prose, edited by Donald H. Reiman and Neil Fraistat (New York: Norton, 2002), 513.

5.   Ezra Pound, “The Serious Artist,” in Early Writing: Poems and Prose, edited by Ira B. Nadel (New York: Penguin, 2005), 235.

Kramnick

Jonathan Kramnick

Shklovsky Forever!

Michael Clune’s exquisite new book asks how literature might arrest time’s erosion of perceptual vivacity. Ordinary perceptual experience dulls with familiarity. At first glance, maple leaves curling against the wind are astonishing: such slender green films, so thick a tone. But habit takes the edge off what I see and hear. Only art, Clune tells us, can “prolong the first impression” or return its “intense duration” (11). Writing Against Time pays some eloquent attention to works that consider such prolongation, and it does so to advance some surprising, revisionary claims. For one, Clune would like literary studies to contribute to interdisciplinary conversations about the mind with resources drawn from the study of literature rather than those taken from other fields. For another, he wants to move beyond the historicist orthodoxy that has so dominated literary study for the past twenty years and ask big questions about a range of authors from Keats to the present. I’m in broad agreement with both goals, and I applaud the stylish, lapidary prose in which they are pursued. Most of all, I applaud Clune’s commitment to a Shklovskian version of the Romantic Imagination, on which view literature always strives to make and keep something new. I’m going to root around in some of this, but not before registering this general approbation.

Probably the nearest book in the vicinity to Writing Against Time is Elaine Scarry’s Dreaming by the Book. Both look closely at how writers use silent black marks on flat white pages to ponder three-dimensional objects in vivid sound and color. There is however an important difference between the two. Scarry asks how works of verbal art achieve the vivacity of genuine perceptual objects. Her focus is on the mimesis of our “freely practiced” acts of seeing or hearing or touching. Clune says in contrast that real sensory perception becomes less vivid or even noticed over time; so he is after works that try to sustain the novelty of seeing the world as something new. The verbal arts on this view are or aspire to be something other or more than descriptive; they “seek the creation of a work that will permanently arrest perception at the moment of the first encounter” (19).

For this reason, the unlikely hero of Writing Against Time—referenced in every chapter—turns out to be the great Russian Formalist Viktor Shklovsky. “Habitualization devours works, clothes, furniture, one’s wife, and the fear of war.” Art exists so that “one may recover the sensation of life; it exists to make one feel things, to make the stone stony.” That’s Shklovsky intoning the twin morals of Writing Against Time. Experience dims by the minute; art returns the luminosity to things. “Art is a way of experiencing the artfulness of an object; the object is not important.” Clune helpfully clarifies that such “defamiliarization” is not one of meaning, as Jameson, Perloff and others argued, but rather experience. Art scrubs the habit off perception, not signification. And it is a great virtue of Clune’s book that in elucidating this point it makes Shklovsky relevant again to our critical moment, with its preference for the naïve over the suspicious, the aesthetic over its debunking. In fact Clune goes one further. Some works of verbal art he says want “artfulness” to last for all time; they want the vivid never to become familiar, for stones always to be stony. So Clune writes not of an historical procession of strategies designed to make experience strange for as long as possible, as Shklovsky did, but of the philosophical work done by texts that aspire always to be so vivid. Once again, this work should not be understood as semantic. Intended or deconstructed meanings are beside the point. Art might allow us to hear the call of the loon at night always for the first time. And that is more than enough.

For Clune, the literary form of perpetual novelty is ekphrasis, a written representation of an impossible perceptual image. The fascinating prominence of ekphrasis in the book, however, raised for me the nagging question of Shklovsky’s formalism. For reasons that elude me, Clune wants to distance his practice from the so-called “fetishism” of form, and he declines to align his study with formalisms either old or new (33). This is a real puzzle. Where else is time stopped—or imagined to stop—but in the formal features of the poems and novels to which Clune attends? There are strange intimations that such imagined stopping is going on in “hallucinated” places outside of the words on the page (33-34; 146-147). This intermittent mysticism is a bit of a distraction, however, and I sense the presence here of some unarticulated commitments cutting against the grain of the (Russian) formalism to which the study really is or ought to be devoted.

A related question concerns the state of academic play Clune describes. Clune presents two alternatives for interdisciplinary work today, “at what is perhaps the lowest point of [literary study’s] postwar prestige” (139). The first is to take on board research done elsewhere—like, say, in the cognitive neurosciences—and apply it to the interpretation of literary works. Clune has little interest in this sort of practice. The second is to focus on what cannot be seen from the third-person, objective view of science, namely, what it is like to be the subject of this or that experience. A professor of geophysics can tell me about the mineral composition of the rocks that line the lake outside my window, but her telling me this won’t say anything about what they feel like at the end of my fingers. Even a complete account of the creation of rocks from stardust doesn’t provide the stoniness of stones. For that you need to look to the humanities. So on this picture literary study adds phenomenal facts to the physical facts provided by science. This alternative is closer to Clune’s heart (and mine, for what its worth), but it is still not sufficient for his purposes. For one, Clune is something of an eliminativist when it comes to phenomenal consciousness. Most of the time, he thinks, we run on automatic pilot, and don’t really perceive much of anything. It’s only at first blush and then (maybe) in the presence of artworks that “experience remains alive” (59). So it can’t be right that literature or the other arts provide access to the phenomenal, experiential facts left out by the physical facts since, strictly speaking, most of experience isn’t really experienced. For another, phenomenal facts might simply ride along with the physical and not have much of a causal relation to anything anyhow. Clune wants the humanities to touch on questions of genuine human behavior, not simply describe functionless qualia. So in the chapter most directly engaged with this goal he turns to the study of addiction to show how, contra to scientific wisdom, literature reveals addiction not to be a compulsive following of one’s drives in spite of how they feel, but rather an excess of consciousness, the dream that the filter in your lips will always be so rich, so heavy.

I admire this stance, and I value all that comes with Clune’s sinuous case for the knowledge that literary reading might bring. But to make his argument stick, Clune has to redefine consciousness in the functional terms of attention (he looks to Baars for this and then in the footnotes to Prinz). This is a familiar move, to which there is a familiar response: why does attention have to come with an attached experience? By wanting the study of literature to touch on behavior, Clune has to bracket and put aside some of the famously “hard” perplexities of consciousness. I won’t belabor this point—neither of us are professional philosophers after all—but I do think it bears on the place of our discipline in the division of knowledge. If the literature of addiction or anything else provides knowledge, it seems to me that that it is of the phenomenal sort: the facts about what it is like for a smoker to smoke or a stone to be stony. Cut out the literary humanities and you arguably lose knowledge of these facts.

That is how I read Shklovsky at least, and that is also why I think you can’t get past the Russian’s formalism. Form makes experience less familiar on Shklovsky’s account and thus allows us to see it as experience. So it could be that we are conscious more often than Clune thinks, but that literature provides an account of what that entails or feels like, and it could be that it is able to do so because it has a form. If that is true, we might have something to contribute, in our own terms, to larger discussions of mind after all. And if that is true, it would be by means of books as critically innovative as Writing Against Time.

Matz

Jesse Matz

What I admire most about this fantastic book is its admiration for literature’s “unreasonable approach to stopping time” (19).  The term “unreasonable” sets up a distinction between time in literature and time in the mind—or, rather, between the literary theorization of timeless perception and that which a cognitive theorist might advance.  Clune has discovered what is essentially unsatisfying about the cognitive approach to literary study so popular just now: it “lacks the capacity to describe literature’s unreasonable efforts to do something the brain can’t do” (19).  Cognitive theorists tend to presume that literary texts give us insight into how the brain works.  But Clune knows that they are more important and more interesting for what they do when the brain fails to work.  Some cognitive theorists have in fact taken this approach, as Clune notes.  Those who study “gaps in nature” have tried to explain how and with what effect works of the imagination attempt to fill those gaps.  But for Clune this attempt is not simply some para-cognitive measure.  Works of the imagination are not secondary for their non-actuality, but valuable precisely for their “virtual techniques,” their “imaginary forms” for “overcoming the brain’s stubborn boundaries” (20).   If these forms are unreasonable, they are not therefore irrational or groundless; indeed they improve upon the brain, making up better minds.

Eager for this result I find myself wondering how—and how far—we ought to pursue it.  What might Clune recommend for the actualization of these virtual techniques?  He writes that people wanting to know how to stop time should “come to us” (to literary criticism) and though “we won’t be able to stop it for them” we will send them back to the relevant disciplines (psychology, biology, economics) with “new motives, and a new sense of what is imaginable” (140).  But can there be no more immediate benefit to the work Clune has done, if his virtual techniques are literary forms themselves?

In any case Clune has certainly charted a very welcome new direction for literary criticism.  He is surely right to note that our current moment calls for a shift from vulgar historicism (“the description of art’s embeddedness in contexts recognizable to historians or sociologists”) to the approach he has taken to the problem of literature’s virtuality for stopping time.  We do need to describe what art does to “free itself” of recognizable contexts, not only to return valid attention to the thing itself, but because literature’s efforts to overcome cognitive boundaries are actually the best focus for historicism of a better kind.   Clune does not himself make this last claim—he more soundly keeps to his assertion that his is “not a historicist study,” just one that amounts to a critique of historicism—but his study could have the further advantage of revitalizing a historicism of another kind.  When writers invent virtual techniques to supplement the brain, their inventions have historical status, as Clune’s marvelous analyses of Nabokov, Orwell, Proust, and other writers amply attest.  If they draw our attention, they become our mental properties, and time itself does change, and history along with it.  Clune doesn’t have much use for the theoretical tradition that has tried to account for this circularity; he rightly doesn’t engage with narrative theorists including Paul Ricoeur for whom literature and “human time” dialectically enhance each other.  But I see in Clune’s work an exciting chance to reframe that tradition by locating the actual occasions upon which the arts react to temporal opportunity.

Ricoeur’s aporias are so theoretical.  Clune’s versions of them are practical in the best sense: they get involved in the real praxis by which artistic minds improve upon our brains in such a way as to make a difference to how our brains might work.  But isn’t that difference a historical one?  Surely the necessary improvements change over time, and surely the uses for stopping time are also specific to the moment—unless Clune believes that human beings always have the same regret about the temporality of perception and the same uses for stopped time?  For good reasons, Clune characterizes literature’s historicity as an indexical relationship to the times (“literature as an index of actual social, political, cultural, and historical forces” (139)).  But his work seems to indicate another option: historicity as defined by what would provoke a text’s virtuality and, more importantly, the difference it would make.  Not entirely unlike New Historicism’s deconstruction of the difference between historical background and literary foreground, this other option would allow the virtual to be historical.  It could actually ascribe greatest historicity to the virtual.  “How the literary object differs from the actual” (146) might be the measure of its historical significance.  Couldn’t Writing Against Time help us innovate or reenergize this non-indexical historicism?

Starr

Gabrielle Starr

Art can be wish fulfillment. But art can also be so much more. Art and aesthetic experience may teach us not just to live in art—in a state of transport, immersion, and enrapturement—but art can teach us to live in and beyond art as well. Exploring what life in and through art might mean—what aesthetic experience is, how it happens, when it happens, and what makes it different from the everyday flow and color of life—is one of the best ends that can come of the study of aesthetics. I think, however, that in pursuing these questions the study of aesthetics can be something yet more; it can give us purchase on a huge swath of human life and human consciousness; it can teach us about our motivations and our values; and it can help us understand the ways we make sense of the world beyond what is purely or primarily aesthetic. And when it comes down to it, I think that such goals rank not just among the ultimate aims of humanist thinking—the reasons that humanist thought might be said to matter and matter deeply—but I also think that humanist goals like these can be furthered by scientific method. Indeed, I have also found that these humanist goals can further scientific inquiry and scientific understanding.

The question of the province of the humanities in the modern disciplinary landscape haunts Michael Clune’s Writing Against Time, as it does the conversations of faculty members across the country (as well as budget offices and state legislatures). Clune is a gifted critic, and it is a pleasure to watch his mind at work, even when you disagree with him. He argues that humanist criticism is too often “parasitic” on other discourses—especially for him, the discourse and research of cognitive science—and he seeks to offer a way out of that relation: “When literary critics describe actual states of affairs, our claims are necessarily parasitic on the methods and models of other disciplines” (139). In essence he suggests that because the literary is the province of the imaginary or the virtual, literature and literary study offer us access to the virtual in a way that the study of the real (in science or social science) cannot. He claims “the radical autonomy of literary thinking” (140):

If someone wants to know how humans experience time, they will probably consult a psychologist, if they want to know how people have measured time, they will consult a historian of science. If they want to know how people value time, they will consult an economist or sociologist. But if they want to know how to stop time, then they will come to us. We won’t be able to stop it for them. But we will send them back to psychology, biology, and economics with new eyes, new motives, and a new sense of what is imaginable. (140)

This sounds a compelling story about what literary thinking might offer; it sounds a compelling story about of what the philosophy of art, literature, the aesthetic, or consciousness might offer, too.

I don’t think it is a case for the radical autonomy of literary study. Before defending this claim with more precision around the linkage between the aesthetic and the everyday (these terms are not ideal, as I will describe), I want to move outward from the case for an autonomy of literary study to the question of the humanities more generally. I don’t believe that the humanities themselves are anything approaching a natural kind; indeed, I suspect that only the sciences can be understood in terms of their inherent relation to one another. The idea of the humanities as a distinguishable group of related fields (and the social sciences, too) is largely the result of the continued evolution of the university as an educational construct. “The humanities,” thus, are radically contingent, not radically autonomous.

Contingency is radically human. Let me be clear. By calling the humanities radically contingent I am not suggesting that they have little value. Indeed the term “contingent” applies to just about all of the knowledge human beings produce. I would go so far as to say that, to take one example, while there is a class of pure mathematical knowledge—that of topology, for example—that is universally true and autonomous in that Kantian sense (and there are logical truths that are autonomous in the same way), just about everything else we’ve got, from statistical inference onward, is contingent. We still know: Descartes was right! And while we know some things with as much certainty as is available to humanity, some things that are scientific—evolution is real; we know the big bang happened, and when; we know the age of the earth (approximately 5 billion years old)—some that are humanistic—poems stir the imagination; beauty is subject to decay; the emergence of the modern disciplines of knowledge profoundly changed the ways humans encounter the world—but none of what we know with certainty gives the humanities or any piece of them radical autonomy. And that shouldn’t be what we strive to achieve.

This becomes particularly clear for me in the case of aesthetics. I think, in fact, that aesthetic life is a key point of contact between the imaginary and the real, to take the terms that seem operative in Clune’s book, and we lose a lot if we forget that. The book takes as its premise that aesthetic power fades. For Clune, this is a struggle of beauty against time. This is a common intuition, but it is a complicated one. From the earliest moments of the tradition of the Sister Arts in classical antiquity, writers have theorized that there is a different time course of appreciation for the arts than there is for other sensory experience: take Horace, for example, “A poem is like a picture: one strikes your fancy more, the nearer you stand; another the farther away. . . . This pleased but once; that, though ten times called for, will always please.”1 The idea that the pleasures of art may be transcendent is one root of the concept of aesthetic value, as putatively durable and transhistorical. But we don’t need the critique mounted by postmodernism to remind us that the experience of beauty is not stably transcendent: tastes change; pleasures fade, and so do beauty, sublimity, delight, and every other aesthetic experience. Just pick up Proust’s A la recherche du temps perdu, (as does Clune) and follow the young Marcel as he seeks to maintain the power of a work of art or of a beloved face against the force of time’s passing; or see, in Ovid’s Metamorphoses, how the very mutability of beauty becomes the premise for not just the endless of pursuit of the beautiful but the very transmutation of form as the lovers of beauty—men, gods, women, nymphs—seek, continually, something that can belong with them forever. We can never attain this kind of stable, continuous, durable and intense aesthetic experience, because no matter how much aesthetics pervades everyday life—and indeed it does, from our experience of the cute, sweet, pretty or grotesque to that of the beautiful, sublime, awful, and inspiring—as emotional, perceptual and imaginative experiences, aesthetic responses are events. And most events have a beginning, middle, and end.

Clune argues, however, that there is a vein of authors, most notably Keats and Proust, who see literature as a way to offer an imaginary aesthetic object capable of defeating this temporal structure. His exploration of aesthetics and of individual texts is fascinating; but I don’t think he’s entirely right (and who is, anyway?), when he makes the provocative claims I cited above, namely, that some literary works seek to model in imagination something that is impossible in reality—to stop time in the moment of aesthetic intensity—and that radically autonomous criticism can help us to see the inner workings of this enterprise.

Clune faults criticism that he sees as parasitic, especially criticism employing cognitive neuroscience, because it explores imagery in reference to the everyday, not specifically to the aesthetic. However, there is a complex story here. First, there certainly is work in the neuroscience of aesthetics that explores imagery and begins with music, visual art, and fictional narratives, rather than everyday perception, though to date much of the work on narrative remains relatively rudimentary, while work on music and visual art is much more developed.2  There is a lot to be done, but that does not mean it isn’t doable; and critically engaging in dialogue with a field in which there are new discoveries that drive an evolving understanding of human experience can be exhilarating, even if risky. The world of knowledge changes, and we should seek to engage it and shape it.

As we do so, we must go with eyes open. It is not clear, thus,  that work on imagery, emotion, and perception that isn’t specifically focused on artwork should be dismissed, as Clune does, when the goal is to explore the peculiarity of art (19). For example, the study of imagery by psychologists and neuroscientists has shown us the degree to which imagery influences “actual” perception; we now also can measure both the way that individuals differ in their abilities to construct imagery but also how they approach and interact with the images they create.3  Understanding individual differences in imaginative strategies seems important to consider in making claims that a “simple [introspective] experiment will decide the issue” of whether “the creation of imaginary music really count[s] as an achievement,” for example (23). And understanding the relationship between imagery and perception can help us begin to understand how layering imagery and perception in aesthetic experience might have surprisingly powerful effects, as I will describe below.4  More than this, a range of research has shown not only that there are both connections and subtle differences between aesthetic and everyday emotions, but we are now able to model some of those differences in ways that could help us understand emotion more broadly and to understand how the arts change our emotional landscape.5  Neuroscientific investigation has also shown intense aesthetic experience is not only categorically different in some ways from mere liking, but there is a remarkable neural substrate that helps us to differentiate it. The default mode network, a distributed set of brain regions that is involved in imagery, internally focused thought, and the conceptualization of both the self and its relation to others is also selectively activated in intense aesthetic experience, as I and my colleagues discovered.6  I argue elsewhere that understanding the neuroscience of imagery and of aesthetics as we are now able to do can lead us to understand why imagery may grant privileged access to powerful aesthetic experience, and why the blendingof perception and imagery in aesthetic experience may be the hallmark of aesthetic power in music, visual art, and poetry.7 And far from believing that such a mixture of neuroscience, aesthetics, and criticism is a sign of a parasitic discourse, or more strongly, a lack of faith in the humanities, for me it is the sign of the power of the kinds of questions humanists want to ask—for questions I brought to my collaborators helped begin our forays into the neural intricacies of why art moves us, and as we came to a meeting of the minds, we learned about each others fields, we shaped one another’s views and helped test each other’s intuitions. They questioned me, too, and have taught (and continue to teach) me now.

Ultimately, if the humanities or literary study needs “saving,” salvation is not going to come by way of an “outside.” What will keep the humanities and literary study thriving is interest; it will be our ability to engage and to provoke conversations. It will be our ability to make claims that resonate beyond our own walls. It will be when we cannot just provoke conversation, but prolong it. In that register, Clune’s book is a great success. Let’s keep the conversation going.

Works Cited

Aleman, Andre, Mark R. Nieuwenstein, Koen B. E. Böcker, and Edward H. F. de Haan. “Music Training and Mental Imagery Ability.” Neuropsychologia 38 (2000): 1664-68.

Battaglia, Fortunato, Sarah H. Lisanby, and David Freedberg. “Corticomotor Excitability During Observation and Imagination of a Work of Art.” Frontiers in Human Neuroscience 5 (2011).

Freedberg, David, and Vincent Gallese. “Motion, Emotion and Empathy in Esthetic Experience.” Trends in Cognitive Science 11, no. 5 (2007): 197-203.

Halpern, Andrea R., and Robert J. Zatorre. “When That Tune Runs through Your Head: A P.E.T. Investigation of Auditory Imagery for Familiar Melodies.” Cerebral Cortex 9, no. 7 (1999): 697-704.

Holmes, Emily A., Anna E. Coughtrey, and Abigail Connor. “Looking at or through Rose-Tinted Glasses? Imagery Perspective and Positive Mood.” Emotion 8, no. 6 (2008): 875-79.

Holmes, Emily A., Andrew Mathews, Bundy Mackintosh, and Tim Dalgleish. “The Causal Effect of Mental Imagery on Emotion Assessed Using Picture-Word Cues.” Emotion 8, no. 3 (2008): 395-409.

Horace. “Ars Poetica.” In Satires, Epistles, Ars Poetica, 450-89. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2005.

Isaac, A., D. F. Marks, and D.G. Russell. “An Instrument for Assessing Imagery for Movement: The Vividness of Movement Imagery Questionnaire.” Journal of Mental Imagery 10 (1986): 23-30.

Mar, Raymond A. “The Neuropsychology of Narrative: Story Comprehension, Story Production and Their Interrelation.” Neuropsychologia 42, no. 10 (2004): 1414-34.

Olkkonen, Maria, Thorsten Hansen, and Karl R. Gegenfurtner. “Color Appearance of Familiar Objects: Effects of Object Shape, Texture, and Illumination Changes.” Journal of Vision 8, no. 5 (2008): 13-16.

Starr, G. Gabrielle. Feeling Beauty: The Neuroscience of Aesthetic Experience. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, forthcoming 2013.

———. “Poetic Subjects and Grecian Urns: Close Reading and the Tools of Cognitive Science.” Modern Philology 105, no. 1 (2007): 48-61.

Umilta’, Maria Alessandra, Cristina Berchio, Mariateresa Sestito, David Freedberg, and Vittorio Gallese. “Abstract Art and Cortical Motor Activation: An Eeg Study.” Frontiers in Human Neuroscience 6 (2012).

Vessel, Edward A, G. Gabrielle Starr, and Nava Rubin. “The Brain on Art: Intense Aesthetic Experience Activates the Default Mode Network.” Frontiers in Human Neuroscience 6 (2012).

Zentner, Marcel, Didier Grandjean, and Klaus R. Scherer. “Emotions Evoked by the Sound of Music: Characterization, Classification, and Measurement.” Emotion 8, no. 4 (2008): 494-521.

Notes

1.   ll. 361-65. Horace, “Ars Poetica,” in Satires, Epistles, Ars Poetica (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2005).

2.   On visual art and music see: Fortunato Battaglia, Sarah H. Lisanby, and David Freedberg, “Corticomotor excitability during observation and imagination of a work of art,” Frontiers in Human Neuroscience 5(2011); David Freedberg and Vincent Gallese, “Motion, emotion and empathy in esthetic experience,” Trends in Cognitive Science 11, no. 5 (2007); Maria Alessandra Umilta’ et al., “Abstract Art and Cortical Motor Activation: an EEG study,” Frontiers in Human Neuroscience 6(2012); Andrea R. Halpern and Robert J. Zatorre, “When That Tune Runs Through Your Head: A P.E.T. Investigation of Auditory Imagery for Familiar Melodies,” Cerebral Cortex 9, no. 7 (1999). On fictional narratives see Raymond A. Mar, “The neuropsychology of narrative: story comprehension, story production and their interrelation,” Neuropsychologia 42, no. 10 (2004).

3.   Andre Aleman et al., “Music Training and Mental Imagery Ability,” Neuropsychologia 38(2000); A. Isaac, D. F. Marks, and D.G. Russell, “An Instrument for Assessing Imagery for Movement: The Vividness of Movement Imagery Questionnaire,” Journal of Mental Imagery 10(1986); Emily A. Holmes, Anna E. Coughtrey, and Abigail Connor, “Looking at or Through Rose-Tinted Glasses? Imagery Perspective and Positive Mood,” Emotion 8, no. 6 (2008); Emily A. Holmes et al., “The Causal Effect of Mental Imagery on Emotion Assessed Using Picture-Word Cues,” Emotion 8, no. 3 (2008); Maria Olkkonen, Thorsten Hansen, and Karl R. Gegenfurtner, “Color appearance of familiar objects: Effects of object shape, texture, and illumination changes,” Journal of Vision 8, no. 5 (2008).

4.   The phenomenon of disinhibition shows one way that this layering can produce powerful hedonic effects: G. Gabrielle Starr, “Poetic Subjects and Grecian Urns: Close Reading and the Tools of Cognitive Science,” Modern Philology 105, no. 1 (2007).

5.   Marcel Zentner, Didier Grandjean, and Klaus R. Scherer, “Emotions Evoked by the Sound of Music: Characterization, Classification, and Measurement,” Emotion 8, no. 4 (2008); Edward A Vessel, G. Gabrielle Starr, and Nava Rubin, “The Brain on Art: Intense Aesthetic Experience Activates the Default Mode Network,” Frontiers in Human Neuroscience 6(2012); G. Gabrielle Starr, Feeling Beauty: The Neuroscience of Aesthetic Experience  (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, forthcoming 2013).

6.   Vessel, Starr, and Rubin, “The Brain on Art.”

7.   Starr, Feeling Beauty: The Neuroscience of Aesthetic Experience.

Vermeule

Blakey Vermeule

The Unreasonable

Where I live—Northern California—the phrase “monkey mind” is often bandied about. Monkey mind refers to the highly distracted gibbering tweeting jumping flubber-like fizz-bomb that can apparently be settled by yoga, mindfulness exercises, and long slow breathing. Or so I’ve heard. My own monkey mind is a bit incorrigible. He (she?) isn’t the sort of sober animal who gets together with his fellows and sits in a room typing up the plays of Shakespeare. Instead the little rotter seems to have hooked himself up to an IV-drip of Red Bull and teleported to a 1980’s-era arcade where he plays Space Invaders on an infinite loop. Still, my monkey mind is not yet too far gone to appreciate a bittersweet historical irony. The very same part of the world that now bats around the phrase “monkey mind” was, in the 1960’s and 70’s, most highly receptive to eastern mind-calming techniques. Yet since the 1980’s, Silicon Valley has spawned an industry that is waging total war on the human attention span. No Yin without its go-to Yang. Or as a friend of mine likes to say: Namaste, motherfucker.

Michael Clune’s book is about how artists have found ways to stop the mind in its tracks, to suspend it in a state of ongoing presence (the word has Heideggerian resonances but Clune takes pains to distinguish his approach from phenomenology). There are many shoots to his argument, but at its core is a romantic, optimistic, even brave commitment to the power and danger of aesthetic forms.  In Clune’s telling, the mind thirsts for outrageous stimulation not because it has been trained to check its Twitter feed every few seconds but because of its own evolved architecture. The sensations we hold in short-term memory fade rather quickly.  Vividness is a fleeting affair.  And we can’t easily get the experience back.  The more often we are exposed to a stimulus the more quickly we process it—an effect called priming. Priming can have two opposite effects. Either we more easily detect instances of that stimulus later on or we become somewhat immune to it as the novelty wears off.

Clune is interested in the immunity problem. He describes it powerfully and precisely:  “Time poisons perception….[W]e are subject to an incessant erasure of perceptual life. No sooner do we catch a glimpse of the shining colors of the world, than they begin to darken. Time’s threat to perception may seem less pressing than the death and aging with which time menaces the organism. But from the first reflections on experience, writers have been consumed with how time poisons even the brief life we possess” (3). The all-too brief life of our vivid perceptions is thus made tragic, a story of loss and falling off.  But the tragedy can be healed or at least recast. Writers and artists, especially in the Romantic tradition, grasping that we lose our battle with time the poisoner, fashion art to slow time and stop the slippage: “[b]y defeating the habit that turns us into machines, by defamiliarizing, literature creates a vivid phenomenal experience where none exists. Writing’s operation is fundamentally transformative, not descriptive.” (59)

Let me just pause here to note that Clune’s argument, which I love, has a familiar and satisfying cognitivist shape.  Our brains have some feature—in this case, sense impressions lose their vividness over time.  Artists are struck by that feature and look for ways to counter it. One of the first names to appear in Clune’s book is the neuroscientist David Eagleman, whose lab runs experiments on time perception and synesthesia. Eagleman, says Clune, “describes strong evidence for a process that will be intuitively obvious to all readers. The first time we encounter an image, our perceptual experience tends to be richly vivid. Repeated exposure leads to a dramatic drop-off in vivacity. ‘With repeated presentations of a stimulus, a sharpened representation or a more efficient encoding is achieved in the neural network coding for the object.’ Once the brain has learned to recognize the image, it no longer requires the high ‘metabolic costs’ of intense sensory engagement” (3).  This seems to me a straightforward appeal to neuroscience to illuminate some feature of aesthetic practice. I mention this only because Clune takes such pains to position himself against what he calls “cognitive approaches 1.0” and to introduce his alternative, which “clears the way for a more balanced and genuinely interdisciplinary sense of the place and value of scientific research for humanistic scholarship” (151-2).  He has some valid criticisms of the early research, including my own. While taking his (and Jonathan Kramnick’s) point that the science itself is always changing and is shot through with its own debates, I nonetheless find his academic position-taking against the very critics who would be most interested in and sympathetic to his approach rather puzzling. Especially since I fail to see a large gap between 1.0 and 2.0. After all, whether one is drawing on cognitive neuroscience to try to clarify some widespread feature of aesthetics (the sort of thing Zunshine or Scarry might do) or to explore the underlying mental dispositions against which artists feel the need to push (the sort of thing Clune in fact does), the arrow of explanation runs quite directly from brain science to aesthetic effects. And why shouldn’t it? Nothing about the aesthetic effects is thereby lessened or reduced, nor is their majesty and fascination undercut. Our discipline suffers not a jot—its knowledge, arcana, traditions, obsessions, lore, conventions, norms, topographies, sophistications, self-justifications, neuroses, defenses, and sheer vibrant comic life are far too strong to be undone by the somewhat bemusing fact that science is finally catching up with literature in shining its flashlight into the mind’s stranger reaches.

“Unreasonable” is one of Clune’s key words. By attending to “literature’s unreasonable efforts to do something the brain can’t do”….”a truly interdisciplinary relation between literature and science becomes possible” (19).  “Unreasonable” signifies not just cognitive approaches to literature 2.0 but Romanticism against Classicism, the living image versus the dead form, the unfolding tale versus the finished maxim, the “evanescent intensification of the feeling of life” versus “the knowledge that comes at the end of the process of grappling with an art work” (164-5).

Clune has done something intellectually thrilling—he has made the old story of Romanticism versus Classicism come alive again, turning it from a somewhat hoary topic in literary history into a vital means of talking about the experience of art.  This is a great achievement (and the book itself is serious and written very much with its readers in mind). For what Clune so sensitively describes is the very difficulty and intensity of the sort of “[c]ognitive engagement [that] amounts to a striving to understand, to grasp the form of the work” (38)—not to kill it off and dance triumphantly on its grave but even just to render it conversable while staying open to its effects.

Clune clearly prefers the Romantic to the Classical mode–the intensity of the sensuous present to the fully articulated, processed, broken down, and grasped–Shklovskian immediacy and excitation to the calm summing up of Winckelmannian Classicism.  His worry is boredom, the dulling of fresh experience.  And I admire his skill in parsing a long tradition of writers who have had not only the worry but found an antidote for it in certain kinds of literary experience. While reading, however, it struck me viscerally how complex this whole question is, but I can no more fault Clune for his preferences than, if he told me he liked chocolate ice cream, I could point to a tub of butter pecan.  All the same, I recalled that several years ago I had a new and to me utterly strange and unaccountable experience of a work of art. Time stopped. I was, to borrow Clune’s resonant phrasing, bewitched by an image, in the grip of an aesthetic disease (66).  It certainly felt unreasonable and I badly needed time to start up again. One day I was nosing around on Google Earth and I discovered that Google had made available eleven masterpieces from the Prado, photographed in such high resolution that one could actually see hairline cracks in the paint. I became instantly entranced. I started by looking at Bosch’s “Garden of Earthly Delights” and, even though I’d studied the painting before, I don’t think I had ever really taken it in. I had, for instance, never noticed the presence of birds, both menacing and vaguely maternal, feeding swollen berries to sinners out of their lowered beaks.

Then, clicking along to the next image, I found myself suddenly confronted by the bewitcher, Mari Barbola, the achondroplastic dwarf in Diego Velazquez’s “Las Meninas.” Mari Barbola was also perhaps overly academically familiar—I’d seen her in a medical school slide show on dwarfism, in an art history class, in so many illustrations I had stopped paying attention, and of course in graduate school when I read the first chapter of Foucault’s Les Mots et Les Choses where Mari Barbola and her fellows are hailed as symbols of a new episteme, midwives at the birth of modern consciousness.   But this time, Mari Barbola’s look—subdued, dignified, utterly penetrating–struck me like a blow to the stomach.  I felt shaky, dry-mouthed, and a bit panicky. Why? What was going on? I simply had no idea and it would take me an actual trip to the Prado to look at her directly before I could begin to harness my response.  But in order to harness my response, I had to increase my knowledge. It took me a while just to work out what is going on in “Las Meninas,” to see it as a meditation on the relationship between an official story and the forces that swamp it—to recognize the painting as capturing a moment in which a group of people are collectively freaking out. Only Velazquez and Mari Barbola (towards whom he is intensely empathic) seem to be holding themselves together. Velazquez doubles their kinship by dressing them both in the same colors and placing them in postures that mirror each other. And once I began to see that, I could also see that Mari Barbola’s relationship to the people around her shone a spotlight on a predicament in which I then found myself and for which I had (yet) no language. (My predicament was that somebody I deeply loved and admired was subtly and quite possibly unconsciously making me feel like an outcast, like lumpy Norse Fafnir weirdly transposed to Middlemarch and made to drink tea from tiny china cups in Rosamond Vincy’s living room.)  I finally found the words to describe my predicament but they came along much later than the feelings of gross discomfort. If you are of a psychoanalytic bent, you might call my reaction to the painting a case of transference, but that word has gone stale from overuse. Maybe we can pierce its rotten diction by tracing transference back to its etymological roots. What happened to me that day was transport, translation, metaphor.

All of which is to say that Clune shows how Classic and Romantic are live wires rather than dead letters.  They mesh together in ways I don’t yet understand. Far from being poles apart, both positions seem open for any critic to inhabit, even at the same time and in utterly self-contradictory ways.1 Like Silicon Valley and the Green Gulch Zen Center, they require each other.  And this seems true as well for the writers Clune takes on. Even Humbert Humbert, who in Clune’s wonderful chapter on the addictive image, lives in a traumatized nympholeptic present tense, can seem positively Winckelmannian as he battles his nemesis Aubrey McFate. Meanwhile sad Lo is a most unwilling and inarticulate Romantic:

“Dear Mummy and Hummy,

Hope you are fine. Thank you very much for the candy. I [crossed out and re-written again] I lost my new sweater in the woods. It has been cold here for the last few days. I’m having a time. Love, Dolly

‘The dumb child,’ said Mrs. Humbert, ‘has left out a word before ‘time.’”2

Notes

1.  I was amused by this sentence for instance:  “Harold Bloom tells us that after we have digested the voluminous criticism on Orwell, ‘we are driven back to what makes 1984 a good bad book: relevance’” (87). And what, I wanted to ask (Bloom—not Clune), of the toil of all those commentators? Dashed like so many mosquitoes on the windshield in a rush to summary judgment.

2.   Vladimir Vladimirovich Nabokov, The Annotated Lolita (New York: Vintage Books, 1991), 81.

Clune

Michael Clune Responds

I am fortunate to have these generous and stimulating responses from critics I admire. Indeed, I couldn’t have written my book without the benefit of Matz’s work on literary impressionism, Kramnick’s account of the limitations of literary darwinism, or Starr and Vermeule’s achievements in bringing brain science into meaningful relation with literary art. I conceived Writing Against Time as a test case for a new kind of criticism, and I am grateful that these five scholars chose to focus on my book’s most ambitious claims. They ask why I insist on discerning the outlines of an ideal, unrealized aesthetic object within each actual work of art I consider. And they wonder why I believe those ideal objects to be the source of a kind of knowledge superior to that offered by the dominant critical models of the past three decades.

Unreal Form

Kotin targets my belief that the literary works I consider are “delivery systems for ideas about aesthetic objects—not aesthetic objects themselves.” And Kramnick wonders: “Where else is time stopped—or imagined to stop—but in the formal features of the poems and novels to which Clune attends?” My answer is that all the works treated in Writing Against Time—with a single partial exception to which I’ll return—do in fact imagine time stopping somewhere outside “the formal features of poems and novels.” I don’t deny that each work constitutes an example of actual literary form—and without exception an unusually powerful example. But each work sets up a goal for aesthetic form that is explicitly or implicitly distanced from what the work’s actual aesthetic form can possibly achieve.

To take just one example, we know from Orwell’s essays and letters that he feared the slow erosion of the sensible surface of the earth by habit. Orwell understood art as a technique for arresting that erosion. The peculiar vividness of the descriptions in 1984 clearly have a Shklovskian artistic aim: to make the reader see and taste the world anew. But this is a science fiction novel, and these sentences have two sides. From one angle, they are actual art objects to be experienced by actual readers. From another angle, they are transcriptions of the preternaturally heightened senses of Winston Smith, the inhabitant of an imaginary world. Winston’s world is constituted by a totalitarian prohibition against perception—don’t see what you see, don’t hear what you hear, don’t feel what you touch—the effect of which is to endow perception with an intensity of interest it lacks in our own. In Oceania, ordinary sensations are endlessly fascinating; the “wetness of water” and the “hardness of stones” never grow dull with familiarity. In this world time, as Winston reads in the forbidden book, has stopped.

One side of the Orwellian sentence is an actual aesthetic object designed to deliver an aesthetic experience to a reader, an aesthetic experience understood in terms of the countering of habit. The other side of the same sentence is the representation of an imaginary character’s time-resistant sensations. These sides are not equal. The time-stopping power of the fantasy regime is infinitely stronger than the time stopping power of the actual aesthetic object. This difference fascinates Orwell; it is, I argue, the secret subject of his book. We see a version of this difference between a relatively weak actual art, and an impossibly powerful ideal art, in the other works I examine. Swann regrets the way Vintieul’s sonata dulls with time; Marcel is fascinated by “the fountain of youth” of an imaginary music that allows him to experience the world through the composer’s sensorium. Keats’ “Hyperion” obsessively marks the distance between the speech of the poet and the speech of the gods, and between the music of lesser (Clymene) and greater (Apollo) gods. Humbert Humbert continually forces us to notice the gap between the way the always-new image of Lolita works for him, and the way his fantastically inventive verbal images of Lolita work for us.

Writers like Peter Burger have long associated the desire for the work of art to extend beyond “the formal features of poems and novels” with the historical avant-garde. But what the tradition I study suggests, is that as soon as the generation of Kant and Burke define art as a technology designed to produce a certain effect, the rationale for restricting those effects to artworks vanishes. This is why Burke and Kant fail to distinguish between natural and artificial aesthetic objects. Catching a glimmer of this logic, Kotin wonders if Keats and the others are perhaps trying to create artworks that would have the properties of natural forms. But the particular effect the writers of Romantic immortality pursue means that real mountains are no more useful than real poems or sonatas in permanently arresting habit. Actual art forms become valuable as labs in which effective affective solutions to the hardest problem—the problem of human time—are experimentally probed.

So when Kramnick and Kotin wonder why I focus on the distance between actual and ideal form in reading the representatives of this Romantic tradition, I can reply that I am only following the lead of Kant, Keats, Proust, Orwell and Nabokov. My interlocutors might well, however, be dissatisfied with this answer. After all, I have chosen to write about these writers, and I have selected from their work only those examples which stress the ekphrastic gap between actual and ideal form. (I have nothing to say in this context, for example, about Animal Farm, “To Autumn,” or even Pale Fire.) So the deeper question is why I value ideal form over actual form.

I chose to write about the works I did because I believe that the distance between ideal and actual form is a source for a new kind of literary knowledge. I certainly don’t think it’s the only such source. But I do think that the special qualities of romantic ekphrasis make possible an economical exposition of the properties of this new knowledge and the procedures by which it can be secured.

But before proceeding to address the question of literary knowledge, I want to take up Matz’s somewhat different question about the ideal forms projected by Romantic and post-Romantic writing. “What might Clune recommend for the actualization of these virtual techniques?” How can we use the strategies developed—but not realized—by Proust, Nabokov, Keats, or Orwell to create time-stopping forms we can actually use in our lives?

My first response is that one of the things we learn from these writers is that there are good reasons for wanting to keep effective time-retarding technologies in their virtual condition. Orwell is the most emphatic proponent of this skepticism, and I’ve argued that he appreciates actual aesthetic form for its very weakness at arresting psychological time. (No one could imagine, after all, that Orwell secretly loves Big Brother!) Similarly, Nabokov presents his ideal aesthetic object by imitating an addictive object. I argue that this instance of romantic ekphrasis has the potential to enrich our understanding of actual addiction. But I imagine few readers will want to find their very own Lolita. (Nor, despite a notorious passage in Gideon Lewis-Kraus’ New Yorker review of my memoir, do I think many people will be eager to catch the strain of timelessness with which I’ve been infected).

And yet, in writing this book I’ve never been able to entirely rid myself of the suspicion that Nabokov and Orwell paint effective time-killers in such dire colors out of a barely repressed resentment. What if, in other words, their hatred of the prospect of effective time stopping is a result of their hateful sense of the failure of their own writing to touch its lofty goal? Keats and Proust, on the other hand, express a relatively uncomplicated desire to halt neurobiological time. Let’s kill habit! And so my second response to Matz’s question is, well ok, maybe we can use some insights from this tradition to design really effective anti-habit techniques. I sketch one possibility in my discussion of Keats’ imaginary music, when, with the help of recent research in the psychology of music, I identify the phenomenon of “nuance ineffability” as an area for practical research on this question. Proust’s unique conception of how empathy might unexpectedly play a time-defeating function in music offers another avenue for exploration.

I have no musical talent; if someone pursues these Romantic hints, it won’t be me. But Matz’ question encourages me to be more explicit about a set of literary works I hesitated in my book to identify as the exception to the rule of Romantic ideal form. John Ashbery’s poetry, it seems to me, does in some measure succeed in producing genuinely habit-resistant images. To summarize my final chapter’s complex argument, I think that Ashbery’s late poetry shows us the kind of form possessed by an object removed from its context in another culture, but described as it is seen from within that culture. I realize this formula is somewhat obscure. A simple archeological example helps to clarify what is essential about the type of thing Ashbery shows us.

Say an archeologist digs up a bit of rock in the desert. Now, if she believes that bit of rock to have a natural origin, she has no problem giving a complete description of the thing’s shape. But if she instead believes it is an artifact, then the stone’s cultural context prevents her from describing it completely. Questions about its shape arise that could never occur for a natural object. Which way is up, for instance, and which way is down? It wouldn’t make sense to ask this of a rock, but it does make sense to ask it of an ancient stone tool. Insofar as the archeologist does not fully understand the cultural matrix from which the artifact derives its shape, something curious happens. It’s not quite right to say the context is missing. On the contrary, the archeologist is keenly aware of that context. Rather, it is more accurate to say that the context is present. The missing context is present in the formlessness of the thing. And so we have a wonderful paradox: a delimited object that refuses to resolve into determinate shape. And this is exactly the kind of thing that defies habituation.

The things Ashbery introduces into his poetry are generated by a two-step procedure. First, an alien artifact is assembled by combining words or images in unfamiliar ways. Second, the artifact is presented using the literary conventions for representing culturally familiar objects—the poem incorporates the forms of dialogue, the ritual, the saying, the colloquial-sounding expression. Thus an unfamiliar object is presented to us as it appears to those familiar with it. Like the archeologist, we are left gazing at an object rendered permanently multiform and unstable by the presence of its unknown context.

Vermeule wonders at the absence of phenomenological aesthetics, and of Heidegger in particular, from most of Writing Against Time. Yet I rely on Heidegger, Merleau-Ponty, and Ricouer in my analysis of Ashbery. This fact does not answer Vermeule’s question, but broadens it. I can’t say I didn’t notice that I suddenly dropped reference to post-Kantian aesthetics when it came time to write about Ashbery. But I didn’t stop to reflect on the significance of that decision until receiving Vermeule’s response. When writing about how artworks project imaginary forms, I make use of a Kantian/Shklovskian aesthetic. But when writing about literature with an interest in the capacities of actual form, I turn to phenomenology. What does this half-conscious decision reveal about my critical commitments? This question may point to the major unfinished work of Writing Against Time. But I will try to articulate some initial thoughts.

I think my choice to drop Kant for Heidegger reflects my suspicion of Kantian affective aesthetics as an account of the operations of actual art works. While I share this suspicion with critics like Todd Cronan and Walter Benn Michaels, I don’t go quite as far as they do. I am perfectly happy to accept that much of the pleasure of art consists in the interplay between familiarity and novelty that Kant and his successors illuminate, a pleasure that’s always been strongest for me in music. But I think it undeniable that much of the power of art has to do with meaning. The magic of Ashbery’s poetry, for example, derives from his deep insights into our cultural meaning-making practices. It is the strange meaningfulness of his images that fascinates. And in this sense, Keats, Nabokov, and Proust aren’t so different. Writing Against Time treats their work as engines generating new ideas about experience, its temporal limits, and the chances of overcoming these limits. This is why my introduction refers to this literature as a kind of “philosophy,” and why I present Kant and Keats as engaged in similar practices.

My reluctance to accept that our literature’s most powerful work consists in creating actual affective responses, also suggests an answer to Vermeule’s larger question about the basis of my disagreement with much cognitive aesthetics. Put simply, cognitive criticism generally investigates the actual effects literature produces; it is thus methodologically blind to literature’s thinking about these effects, and about the perceptual and cognitive structures that underlie them. And yet I think much of what literary studies can contribute to science lies in the identification and development of this thinking. In the Romantic works that occupy the first three chapters of my book, this thinking takes place in the space between the kind of experiential effects form plausibly achieves, and the kind of effects the artist desires.

But before pursuing the question of literary knowledge in depth, I want to emphasize that even Ashbery’s things have a virtual side. Kotin appears confused by the fact that I draw from Ashbery’s poetry examples that deal with artifacts from imaginary cultures, as well as artifacts that derive from actual cultures, such as Japan or South Korea. The late Ashbery substitutes Japanese or Korean things for the kind of object the origin of which he previously presented as fantastic, mysterious, science fictional: objects that are like “the temple of an unknown cult.” I argue that with this substitution Ashbery tries to provide us with a way of encountering the artifacts of our own globalized world. As I also argue, this attitude must remain virtual in our actual world, because the capitalist market positions foreign commodities in a way that forecloses the peculiar mixture of mystery and familiarity on which Ashbery’s magical time-cancelling effect relies.

The final example of Writing Against Time thus resembles the final example of my first book, American Literature and the Free Market, in which I point to the dual status of the hip-hop practice of tinting the windows of expensive cars. On the one hand, this technique can be seen as disentangling economic form from social recognition, by making the inhabitant invisible to others as she drives past. “You can’t see me.” But on the other hand, a cultural context ruled by recognition might simply focus on the moment in which the car’s owner emerges from his hyper-exclusive world onto the street in front of the club. “Look at me.” In both Ashbery and gangster rap, the transformative potential of the aesthetic object is clearly discernable, but it remains only partially and intermittently actualized.

Real Knowledge

I’ve always been interested in literature’s extreme ambitions, its Romantic aspiration to transform life and thought. As a graduate student, a decade ago, I felt oppressed by the arguments of the literary demystifiers. Those masterful critics made frequent reference to economics, sociology, and psychology in rejecting literature’s transcendent, transformative pretenses, and showing it as confined, in various ways, to more or less boring or repellent social and historical contexts. I wanted to think about literature in a different way, but what could I do? Arguments like Bourdieu’s or Jameson’s just seemed so hard-nosed, so sober, so technical, so…scientific.

Since then the economic, sociological, and psychological claims of the literary demystifiers have been exposed as the withered fruit of that strangely autonomous realm, literature department “interdisciplinarity.” In the eighties or nineties, the critic could cast himself as a “tourist,” making economic claims without taking the trouble to discover whether or how his economic ideas differed from economists’. The critic could declare aesthetic experience a social illusion, without feeling the need to argue with the psychologists or neuroscientists investigating aesthetic experiences, (or, for that matter, philosophers from Kant through Adorno). For a time, this attitude protected critics from having to examine their interdisciplinary assumptions, even as it foreclosed the possibility of making meaningful interdisciplinary interventions.

Those days are gone. And I’m sure I’m not the only one who will confess to feeling a secret delight at the erosion of the older critics’ authority. After all, the much-discussed crisis in what Michael Berube calls the “prestige” of literary studies is, from a generational perspective, an intellectual opportunity. My sense of this opportunity took a form that initially seemed perverse even to myself. The sober claims of the demystifiers turned out to the wildest nonsense, I thought. What if that dynamic were reversible? What if the wildest claims of literature turned out to be the source of hard-nosed, institutionally viable, knowledge?

I can’t think of a better phrase to describe my view of literary studies than the one Kotin generously uses to describe my book’s central argument. I think criticism should aim to “renovate the possible.” Starr finds my account of what this critical renovation can offer other disciplines “compelling,” but she questions my commitment to literature’s “autonomy.” She argues, persuasively, that what is needed is engagement, not isolation from the work going on in other departments.

Perhaps my decision to use the term ‘autonomy’ in the book’s closing argument was a mistake; the word carries associations that are confusing in this context. So let me be clear: I am all for engagement! Key parts of the second chapter, after all, were written with the collaboration of neuroscientists and cognitive scientists, and I took the (considerable) trouble to publish a portion of the argument in one of the top neuroscience journals. I would not have done this—nor would I have taken pains in the other chapters to engage recent work in musicology, philosophy, and psychology—had I not been committed to literary criticism’s robust engagement with cutting-edge research in the disciplines which our investigations lead us to broach. Indeed, this imperative is largely responsible for the polemical attacks on influential critics which Kotin finds superfluous. But it’s important to highlight the incompatibility of my way of investigating addiction or commodities from the way these topics were pursued in the eighties and nineties.

If all this is true, then what was I thinking when I used the word ‘autonomy?’ And how could a commitment to autonomy be compatible with a commitment to interdisciplinary engagement? Put simply, the lingering weakness of literary studies in the university’s economy of knowledge means that much engagement takes the form of literary critics applying the methods and models of other fields in analyzing literary works. There’s nothing necessarily wrong with this kind of engagement, and much important work has come out of it. But to fashion a viable place for literary research in the contemporary research university, we need to show that critics can generate knowledge that can’t be found elsewhere. I advocate engagement, but I don’t practice engagement for its own sake. Rather, to identify what is new in literary thought requires intensive engagement with the work of other disciplines.

If the Romantic tradition I explore concerns itself with escaping the limits of the actual, and if I believe there is value to this effort to create alternatives to the real, then I need to demonstrate this value. One way is to show how this effort generates new perspectives on familiar topics. And so, for example, I argue that the literary practice of imitating addictive objects in the process of imagining ideal form, shows us something about addiction we didn’t already know, and enables us to make connections between existing neuroscientific studies that haven’t yet been made. To do this, I identified the aspects of the addictive object that writers like De Quincey and Nabokov took as distinctive. Then, with the help of collaborators, I familiarized myself with the past two decades of scientific research on addiction. Using the literary image as a kind of flashlight, I then searched for something new, something missing in the science. Having found it, I submitted my findings to the review of a science journal, and to the criticism of leading practitioners. Finally, as my argument developed, I shared my work with a neuroscientist and his lab, and made corrections based on their feedback. The ‘cue fascination’ I argue literature shows us in addiction may play a relatively small role in the disease; certainly I don’t think it’s the whole story, or even the largest part. But it is new, there are good reasons to investigate it further, and its nature gives it potentially wide philosophical significance. Based on the experience of composing this chapter, I can offer an updated definition of literary autonomy. Today, the distinctiveness of literary thinking is not an assumption, but a goal, to be won only at the cost of serious and sustained engagement with the work of other fields.

Noticing the extent of this engagement in my book, Vermeule wonders whether my practice is as distinct from that of other cognitive and neuro-inflected criticism as I claim. Certainly this field has grown more diverse even in the couple years since I finished my book. But I think the tendency I associate with the groundbreaking criticism of what I call “cognitive studies 1.0” is still visible. Perhaps I can best bring out my sense of the distinctiveness of my approach by contrasting my treatment of empathetic identification in Proust with the account of “mind reading” in the book many of us think of as one of the most powerful and original cognitive criticism has yet produced, Vermeule’s own Why Do We Care About Literary Characters?

Vermeule does a wonderful job showing us how the innate human ability to imagine the mental lives of others underlies both realist novelists’ depiction of social interaction and calculation, and the consumption of those novels by a world of socially mobile individuals eager to school their mind-reading capacities. One of her book’s achievements is to show how eighteenth and nineteenth century writers knew things about empathy that cognitive science has only recently discovered. But the literary critic’s work comes after those scientific discoveries. Wouldn’t it be nice to sometimes try to make discoveries about the mind before science does? Vermeule’s work ingeniously shows how literary writers make use of capacities science describes, and her work often consists in the application of those scientific descriptions to literary texts. Again, I think this is valuable and necessary work. But I also think we can go a step further.

There are two kinds of things literary criticism can discover about the mind. First, it can identify aspects of mental life that science hasn’t yet seen, but that can be described in a way that enables scientists to learn from literature. I tried to provide an example of this in my account of what literature knows about addiction. Second, criticism can identify new functions for mental capacities science has already described. Vermeule is on solid evolutionary ground when she associates empathy with the “Machiavellian” function of trying to get ‘one up’ on social competitors by trying to predict their choices and behavior. But when Proust imagines that empathy is useful for defeating time, in that it enables us to see through another’s eyes at a world thereby made fresh, he has discovered a plausible use for empathetic identification that, to my knowledge, has gone largely unsuspected in the scientific literature. I would never argue that empathy evolved to defeat time. But when Proust suggests that empathy may in fact be able to defeat time, then we have an opportunity of learning something about this brain function that we may not have had if we restricted ourselves to the science. That a Romantic writer should discover this time-killing dimension of empathy instead of scientists should come as no surprise. Romantic writers are obsessed with defeating time!

Kramnick’s question helps me to further articulate the difference of my approach from that of much cognitive criticism. He worries that I sacrifice too much of the distinctiveness of literature in my effort to bring my work into contact with other disciplines. In particular, he questions the way I treat phenomenal consciousness in my account of addiction. By following the lead of influential scientists and philosophers of mind in equating consciousness with attention, he thinks I give up on the “hard problem” of consciousness, the mysterious way experience is associated with attention. Kramnick thinks that it is in capturing the qualities of this experience that literature’s true epistemological distinctiveness lies.

Here also I need to clarify my position, which the compression of the pages in question perhaps renders slightly obscure. I do not in fact give up on the hard problem, nor do I neglect phenomenal consciousness in describing attention. Rather, I argue that the experience of cue fascination that literature shows us is a cause of sustained attention to the addictive object. In other words, the feeling of perceptual freshness when encountering the addictive object serves to prolong and intensify attention to it.

This is the most extreme claim in my book, precisely because it goes against the grain of current research by attempting to identify a causal role for phenomenal consciousness in behavior, two realms that have, as Kramnick intimates, generally been kept utterly distinct. I develop this argument after delineating my theory of ‘cue fascination,’ and one does not have to accept the former to accept the latter. I realize the skepticism with which many will greet my claim about consciousness, but I have not yet heard arguments sufficient to make me abandon it. Sometimes experts in other fields disagree with my ideas in ways that make me abandon them without looking back; other times I don’t find the grounds of their disagreement persuasive. Engagement, after all, doesn’t mean aquiescence. In my experience, not the least of what we can offer other disciplines is a little of the Romantic spirit.

The scientific and philosophical arguments of my first two chapters suggest one of the ways the study of ideal form can generate real knowledge. But perhaps the most important knowledge offered by my book is of the literature itself. I hope to have shown what is to be gained by taking these works seriously. I wanted to suspend disbelief in writing’s effort to free itself of actuality just long enough for my reader to catch a sense of the interest and value of that effort. Jesse Prinz confesses to a certain ‘embarassement’ in bowing to the evidence about aesthetic experience and identifying himself as an aesthetic “romantic.” While I am obviously interested in experiential aesthetics, I retain serious reservations about its claims. But I have had a similar shyness about embracing my own romanticism. A number of readers have noted my reluctance in the introduction to my book to straightforwardly express the implications of my argument for literary history. But there’s no point in concealing the fact that my aim has been to show how the romantic impulse animates some of the central works of twentieth and early twenty-first century literature.

Earlier I said that I don’t think the literary effort to defeat time is the only source of a new, more institutionally and culturally viable form of literary knowledge. One need only glance at brilliant new work by critics from Sianne Ngai to Irene Tucker to see the obviousness of this. But I do think that the ekphrastic gap—the gap between actual and ideal literary form—provides a useful way of showing how Romantic literature generates knowledge. In this gap, we see an allegory of literature’s instrinsic interdisciplinarity. In fantasizing an ideal timeless form, literature flees its status as a delimited object of specialized study. We see literary thought in flight from literature, from its own most basic social and material actuality. As it crosses and recrosses disciplinary boundaries, the wildly improbable literary effort to defeat the fundamental human limit describes a flight path that critics, facing our own historical and institutional limits, might want to take.

]]>
Ecological Art: What Do We Do Now? https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/ecological-art-what-do-we-do-now/ https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/ecological-art-what-do-we-do-now/#comments Thu, 21 Mar 2013 18:58:40 +0000 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/?p=5527
Cheetham

Ecological Art: What Do We Do Now?

Mark Cheetham

It has been over four years since Rasheed Araeen – artist, cultural commentator, and editor of Third Text – first presented his “Ecoaesthetics: A Manifesto for the Twenty-First Century.”1 In the face of rapid environmental change and discussions of ecological apocalypse, Araeen implores artists to “abandon their studios and stop making objects,” instead focusing their imaginations “on what there is in life, to enhance not only their own creative potential but also the collective life of the earth’s inhabitants” (684). He sharply criticizes both the historical avant-garde for its slide into commercialization and the pioneering land and earth artists of the 1960s, whose work, he believes, was too individualistic and has been similarly absorbed and blunted by contemporary art institutions.

Araeen’s lament for the avant-garde is familiar; his critique of the unseeing egoism of American earth artists such as Smithson and Morris is not without precedent. What is unusual about his manifesto is its optimism despite ecological warning signs, many of which we are alerted to by artists. While Araeen rails against ego in the realm of art that focuses on nature, he claims that the idea of making land into art in significant ways remains potent. How? Through what he calls “collective work” (683), a radical transformation of human consciousness. He cites Beuys’ famous 7000 Oaks project – begun at Documenta 7 in 1982 and continued in New York – as an example of how to make planting trees “part of people’s everyday life” (682). Araeen argues that an effectively environmentalist art must change our daily behaviour on a large scale. Like Beuys, he wants us all to be “artists.” “What the world needs is rivers and lakes of clean water, collective farms and the planting of trees all over the world. An artistic imagination can in fact help achieve all these objectives; and it should…lay the foundation for a radical manifesto of art for the twenty-first century” (683).

Many contemporary artists share Araeen’s sense of urgency. They agree that fellow artists should focus on ecological issues but also caution that this emphasis is not yet sufficiently global. Araeen’s examples of art’s ameliorative effects center on bringing water issues – specifically more widespread desalination — to the fore. Shai Zakai, a self-described eco artist from Israel whose practice involves water reclamation, has written in response to the 2003 3rd World Water Forum in Japan, that “every artist should be deeply concerned with regard to the condition of water. The fact that they can reach areas where policy makers can’t, in terms of people and communities is something to acknowledge.”2 Basia Irland has similarly underlined the potency of social organization and participation in her many “Gathering” works. A Gathering of Waters; Rio Grande, Source to Sea,” she reports for example, started in 1995 and “took five years to complete. Hundreds of participants were invited to put a small amount of river water into a canteen, write in a logbook, and pass these downstream to another person. Connections were made that have been lasting, and groups are working together that never would have met otherwise. In order to participate in this project, you had to physically be at the river and interact with someone else downstream, thereby forming a kind of human river that brings awareness to the plight of this stream that is always asked to give more than it has.”3

Embedded in these and many other practices is the key to ecological awareness through art that Araeen identifies: reaching people and strata of society not readily addressed by or included in other public and private discussions of the environment. A prime illustration is Vik Muniz’s celebrated Waste Land project and documentary film of 2010, directed by Lucy Walker, in which the Brazilian artist facilitated the creation of large scale self-portraits in garbage of and by Rio de Janeiro’s “catadores,” men and women who eke out a living by collecting recyclable materials from massive refuse dumps. We are alerted to the social and human dimensions of climate change by other contemporary artists. Helen and Newton Harrison have been working on environmental issues in collaboration with communities for decades. They describe themselves as “historians, diplomats, ecologists, investigators, emissaries and art activists.”4 In his majestic Weather Project in the Tate Modern’s Turbine Hall, 2003, Olafur Eliasson created an artificial sun and attendant atmosphere inside, to the delight of over two million visitors. Less remembered is that as part of the work he polled people’s interest in the weather in accompanying surveys, some of which were in London taxi cabs. On a smaller scale but with a more focused sample group, Roni Horn’s VATNASAFN / Library of Water (2007) in Stykkishólmur, Iceland includes a record of about 100 interviews about the weather conducted with Icelanders in 2005-06. Titled Weather reports you, this component is available in the adjacent reading room and as a separate artist’s book. Significantly too, there are organizations dedicated to providing information about and driving change regarding ecological issues that embrace expertise well beyond that of individuals of whatever specialization in art, science, or social organization. A notable example is the Centre for Land Use Interpretation, based in Los Angeles and with offices across the USA.

As reclamation initiatives demonstrate, art and artists can do more than raise awareness of pressing ecological problems (crucial as that activity is in itself). In addition to the participatory and organizational dimensions of such projects, art has the advantage of making an emotional impact often unavailable to us now from the seemingly endless empirical data on climate change we receive through the media. This point is made well by scientist turned photographer and filmmaker James Balog in the documentary Chasing Ice (2012), directed by Jeff Orlowski. Balog’s team documents the rapid recession of glaciers in Alaska, Greenland, and Iceland not by spinning out numbers (though there are statistics) but by photographing and filming this remarkable evidence of climate change. Balog might well have used veteran ecological artist Iain Baxter&’s tongue in cheek but emotionally truthful maxim to describe the impact of this work: “A word is worth 1/1,000th of a picture.”5

In the contexts set up by Araeen’s manifesto, it is an encouraging development that artists who do not portray themselves necessarily as environmentalists, and whose practices include a wider range of concerns, nonetheless address ecological issues with great acuity. One example is Sean Martindale’s Nature (2009), homespun by comparison with the elaborate and expensive installations of Horn, Eliasson and many others, but equally telling. Martindale carefully crafted large, cardboard block letters spelling N A T U R E and deposited the word/idea/concept/sculpture on the curb outside his home for pickup by the recycling crew. He was acting as a good, green citizen, putting his cardboard out for collection. He videoed the ensuing drama from a hidden location across the street, capturing cars stopping and backing up for a better look, pedestrians taking pictures of and discussing this gentle intrusion into their urban landscape. He caught the denouement, when city workers loaded the letters into their truck, compressed them, and drove away. If ecology can be defined as the science and humanistic perspective that studies the interactions between organisms and their environment, then this is an ecological artwork. It is low tech, made of recycled materials, and it disappeared within a few hours. Nature is not represented or pictured here in the typical mode of a landscape painting. Neither is the impossibility of its representation presented, as in the category of the Sublime. The work is conceptual to the extent that Nature is presented as language, as a concept. What Martindale catalyzes (and with what? A performance, a sculpture, an intervention?) is conversation about Nature, at home and on the street, his street. His work suggests that Nature is the ultimate global/local concern.

Araeen’s “ecoaesthetics” insists that artists can and should make a difference in a world beset by environmental emergencies. He shows one way to move in this direction, by collectively implementing artistic ideas. Thinking of his polemic and of the many and various ecoart projects realized in recent years, we could be forgiven for wondering how much of a difference in this direction is “enough.” We don’t have to believe that artists can save the earth. At the same time, not knowing exactly what difference a project in water reclamation, for example, will mean globally is not a good enough excuse for cynicism and passivity. Let me close with two powerful witnesses to this creed of acting – perhaps artistically – in spite of ignorance. In The Future of Ice: A Journey into Cold, Gretel Ehrlich meets the despairing sense of impotence in the face of global warming by suggesting that we act individually and collectively to “develop the discipline to stop destructive behavior, … then make decisions based on creating biological wealth.”  “Listen to the truth the land will tell you,” she writes, and “act accordingly.”6 Pico Iyer relates a revealing story about the Dalai Lama, one that could be applied to environmental concerns. Feeling that even someone in his position could never do enough about human suffering, the Dalai Lama told Iyer “that it was ‘up to us poor humans to make the effort,’ one step at a time,” as the Buddha did. Iyer continues, “Then as we were walking out of the room, he went back and turned off the light. It’s such a small thing, he said, it hardly makes a difference at all. And yet nothing is lost in the doing of it, and maybe a little good can come of it, if more and more people remember this small gesture in more and more rooms.”7

Shapiro

Gary Shapiro

It’s difficult to disagree with Mark Cheetham’s measured judgments, toward the end of his essay, (1) that while we “don’t have to believe that artists can save the earth” in order to practice or promote ecological art and (2) that our uncertainty and ignorance concerning the effect of such work “is not a good enough excuse for cynicism and passivity.” These, I take it, are Cheetham’s responses to the more exacting demands and expectations for ecological art put forward in Rasheed Araeen’s manifesto. Part of his response is to describe a number of environmental or ecological artworks that at least contribute to our awareness of crisis, although (implicit in his presentation) is an admission of our ignorance concerning their ultimate effectiveness. Cheetham is not explicit on whether he agrees with Araeen that artists should “abandon their studios and stop making objects” to concentrate solely on works that clearly have to do with improving ‘”the collective life of the earth’s inhabitants.” As I read his response to the manifesto, he seems to be saying that while Araeen’s heart is in the right place, we don’t need to share his extreme expectations regarding the value and effects of the turn toward (a certain kind of) ecological art that Araeen favors in order to make it worth doing.

However, once this reasonable qualification has been made, it is not clear what remains of the manifesto’s position which rejects not only all making of objects in the studio but even the signature earthworks of artists like Smithson, Morris, Turrell and others. My comments, then, are directed not so much to Cheetham’s moderate position, but at the extremism of Araeen’s manifesto. First, do we (can we?) know whether the environmental cost (carbon footprint etc.) of even the favored artworks will actually offset by their desired effects? Is there something else that artists and other participants could have done with their time and resources (including those devoted to photographing, filming, and otherwise publicizing the projects) that would have been more ecologically effective, but possibly of little or no aesthetic interest? Would simply turning off the power, not driving the car, not using public transportation, and so on be more “productive “ – by being anti-productive? If the emphasis is not on measurable physical consequences is it a matter then of changing hearts and minds? But this too is unmeasurable, especially over a period of time. I am not arguing that the work praised by Araeen and Cheetham ought not to be done. Thinkers as different as Immanuel Kant and Georges Bataille claim that art is always in some sense excessive, that it is not an indispensable component of either our cognitive-scientific or ethical-political activities, even though it may help us to see these in vivid and compelling ways. In this spirit, I would challenge Araeen’s dismissal of the earlier generation of earth and land artists like Smithson. Hasn’t Smithson’s work, for example, stimulated artists and thinkers to reconsider the human situation in geological and cosmic time and space? Was the meaning and effect of the work dissipated in the act of its construction, or does the work have a future? (Imagine the absurdity of claiming that Shakespeare’s plays were merely ineffective displays of poetic ego, because we cannot see that their improvement of the moral and political life of their ca. 1600 audience was worth the labor and resources that went into their production). Art like Smithson’s or Heizer’s or Turrell’s encourages us to contemplate the meaning of the earth, and it is such quests for meaning that make us human and enables the otherwise useless activity of art.

Boetzkes

Should Aesthetics “Do” Ecology?

Amanda Boetzkes

Mark Cheetham opens his discussion with a reference to Rasheed Araeen’s 2009 manifesto for an ecoaesthetics, which is an interesting place to begin, if anything because of the way that statement discloses some deeply rooted but also flawed assumptions about the relationship between art, politics, and ecological imperatives. In other words, Araeen reproduces some of the obstacles to an ecoaesthetics in the very same moves that attempt to make a case for one. Cheetham recasts the issues with a view to shedding new light on the discourse of both ecological imperatives and their relationship to art, and it is this effort that I would like to consider here.

What strikes me most about Araeen’s statement is the fact that it responds so forcefully to a problem that remains nebulous. Nobody is a stranger to the feeling of what he calls, an “impending disaster,” connected to irreparable damage to the planet’s ecology. But Araeen is hard-pressed to locate either the actual problem or its source, hence he carries out an unmoored polemic against the barbarism of civilization (Frankfurt School), fundamental human hubris (what he calls the narcissistic ego or nar-ego), the failure of the avant-garde, simple apathy and greed, before even arriving at the issue of ecology. To these culprits of environmental negligence we could also add a litany of seemingly insurmountable pressures: global capitalism, the oil economy, nuclear testing, corporate agriculture and aquaculture, population, etc…

What I find troubling about the tenor and structure of Araeen’s manifesto is that it accepts the generalization of “The Problem,” that it presumes that art should be the domain in which this problem is solved, and that it presumes that art was always and should be in the business of political problem-solving. In the face of the monolithic problem, Araeen vehemently accuses art (particularly studio-based practice and object-making more broadly) of being a “silly game”   But what exactly is the problem that artists should address? Should they do something practical, or should it be a structural intervention? What is the thrust of this “should”? And who gets to make these kinds of judgments?

I am not going to counter that art is not silly at all and that it is, in fact, politically effective, nor that there is no imperative for the art world to account for an ecological reality (there is).  But we do need to think carefully about how art and ecology involve one another. The question is, how should anyone, not just artists, but also critics, theorists and historians address questions concerning ecology? What is a right response to such a concern? Somehow, the discourse of ecology has an unfortunate tendency to evacuate its own potential by gathering ideology, economy, policy, affects, aesthetics, pragmatics, gender differences, species differences, particular sites of political contestation, and general systemic problems all into one big roiling soup, that seemingly has no beginning or end, no history or immediate present, but which leaves everyone with Cheetham’s question, “What do we do now?”

I would attenuate the question slightly to ask, “What can art do?” When it comes to mobilizing an ecoaesthetics, we would do well to consider Jacques Rancière’s insistence on the severing of aesthetic intentions from political consequences, arguing that critical events occur in fundamental ruptures to our visual and sensorial orientation.  While it would seem counterintuitive to think of criticality in these terms given the urgency of the planet’s condition, it is precisely the rush to action, and correspondingly, the reaffirmation of a pedagogical form of art, that I would resist for the following reasons:

First, while there are specific problems that need immediate attention, such as global warming or water shortage, for example, these are issues that are actually getting plenty of publicity, and for which there is no dearth of practical solutions coming from architecture, design, engineering, and other forms of technological development. Whether or not governments and international bodies fund and take measures to build the infrastructure for alternative energies, lifestyles and global citizenship is quite another matter. But the claim that art should become more practical and that this is the basis for an ecoaesthetics is problematic because it suggests that art should compensate for a general lack of pragmatism in our culture. It also ignores the fact that sustainability has become an essential criteria for innovation and production in the aforementioned areas. In short, practical solutions to particular environmental problems abound. But we should nevertheless question the extent to which these constitute a genuine shift in consciousness, sensibility and the orientation of criticism.

Second, there are countless examples to testify to the fact that art has long since departed from the studio and become practical in the ways ecology would seem to demand. In fact, art has crossed over into the domains of engineering, architecture and design in order to do so. Cheetham mentions the pioneering artist-duo Newton and Helen Mayer Harrison, and Basia Irland. There are many others too: Alan Sonfist, Betty Beaumont, Patricia Johanson, Jackie Brookner, Mel Chin, Agnes Denes, Mierle Laderman Ukeles, to name only a few American artists who are primarily known for their site restorations. The list of artists who are developing an ecoaesthetics would be very long if we were to include artists around the world who are reflecting on ecology in ways other than restoring balance to neglected sites, and who, for example, deal with the intersection between ecosystems, economic systems, and political systems, or forms of visuality and representation that contend with the phenomenological limits of the human body and their overcoming through technology, or interspecies relationships. Moreover, we should consider those works that already fall within the parameters of eco-art in ways that go beyond praising the literal restoration that they accomplish. This domain of practice is lively, complex, deep and conflicted, and these artists are well aware of this complexity. We do not help things by reducing their knowledge, skill, labor, and the subtlety of their  visual interventions to gestures of guardianship and protection. The call for ecoaesthetics is being answered, and so instead of exacerbating the situation with ever more desperate calls to action, we might instead get involved in thinking critically about the terms by which ecology enters into, and is developed through, our visual field, sensorial life, embodied reality, and forms of representation.

Third, we should be acutely aware of the rampant stream of green capitalism that is currently operating on our visual and perceptual field. The 2007 bestseller Natural Capitalism is a perfect example of the danger of ecology becoming a metaphor for all systems—including economic systems, technological systems, and political regimes—and  its deployment for a naturalizing effect. The green apparatus is a powerful one, and it behooves us all to become aware of how quickly and easily ecology has become an ideology of energy and resource management in the service of profit.

If we are to turn our attention (once again) to ecoaesthetics, then perhaps we can ask how aesthetics forges another kind of consciousness. Cheetham’s example of Sean Martindale’s work NATURE is apt in this regard. Here, not only is nature shown to be a concept  that defies representation (it appears as blocks of text), it is positioned as a throw-away. It therefore calls attention to the growing rejection of  “nature” which has in fact encumbered a politics of ecology (Latour, Morton, Bennett, etc…). I am reminded of Graham Harman’s statement in Guerilla Metaphysics, “Nature is not natural and can never be naturalized.”  Perhaps if we cast off a worldview in which the earth is understood primarily through systems of energy and resource management undergirded by an aesthetics of “the garden,” we can look to a new terrain in which events, actants, objects, and beings regard each other through different terms of visibility.

Papastergiadis

Where does the environment end?

Nikos Papastergiadis

I agree with Mark Cheetham that there is both a refreshing sense of urgency and an inspiring sense of utopianism attached to the topic of ecoaesthetics. I wish that there were more of this in the artworld. There seem to be three strategies that are being mapped out; the artist with a master plan to initiate environmental changes, the artist as part of a collective that create wider environmental chains, and absorption of art in small gestures in specific places. I have no objections to these strategies. Although the first strategy does recall some of the worst excesses of engineering, and while Araeen is quite rightly critical of unreflexive egos of modernism, I also recall that he is an engineer by training. I am not implying that that there is a regression at play here, but the appeal to change individual consciousness through collective practice, must also entail a swerving spin away form any authorial proclamations. This is the paradox that has haunted the critique of the institutions of the art world throughout modernity, and while many of us have railed against them, we still seem to be fighting from the inside.

However, something else seems to be at play now. This comes from the conception of the boundaries and the form of engagement in relation to the environment. Artists, like Rosemary Trockel and some philosophers such as Isabelle Stengers, are framing their practice in the broader and through the more ancient idea of the cosmos. The cosmos has threefold meaning; the people – as in all of humanity, a part of the universe that is bigger than our planet, and more fundamentally, a practice of creating order and arranging our place so that it is pleasing and hospitable for others. This way of seeing and making a sense of the world is a crucial element in what motivates contemporary art practice. It begins with sensory awareness of the world and proceeds in the construction of forms that connect differences. Through this approach we can also glimpse what is distinct about ecoaesthtics, and how it can move beyond ethics and politics of eco-activism.

Braddock

Ecological Art after Humanism

Alan C. Braddock

I applaud Mark Cheetham’s “Ecological Art: What Do We Do Now?” for two main reasons:  (1) his transnational perspective and (2) his willingness to look beyond “cynicism and passivity” to acknowledge activism in ecological art as a serious ethical matter, in which artists have the power (albeit limited and imperfect) to reach, inform, and mobilize diverse audiences and engage environmental problems.  The following essay reflects upon each of these two reasons for liking Cheetham’s essay in more detail while offering some constructive critical observations about the limits of his humanist point of view.

First, here are a few remarks about Cheetham’s transnational perspective.  As an “Americanist,” I regularly face questions about the usefulness of national and regional boundaries for understanding art history, especially in an era of instantaneous globalization and cultural diffusion.  The most recent “state of the research” essay on American art history in The Art Bulletin, written by John Davis in 2003 and titled “The End of the American Century,” identified this transnational impulse as an important new direction in scholarship.  Recent standard textbooks in my field—notably Frances K. Pohl’s Framing America and Angela Miller’s American Encounters—have tentatively begun to extend the geographical purview of American art beyond the boundaries of the United States into Canada, Mexico, and Central America while accentuating various transatlantic and transpacific connections.  Other recent publications, conferences, and museum installations have taken a hemispheric approach to the field in an effort to redefine it as encompassing North and South America.  Anyone familiar with scholarship in the field of American Studies lately knows about the importance it places on questions of globalization, immigration, and transnationalism.8

Consistent with such concerns to some extent, my own 2009 volume of essays titled A Keener Perception: Ecocritical Studies in American Art History (co-edited with Christoph Irmscher) included work by an interdisciplinary roster of scholars on a diverse range of artists with transnational reach, including, for example, the Calcutta-born immigrant photographer Subhankar Banerjee.  As discussed in an essay by Finis Dunaway, Banerjee’s photographs of the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge since 2002 reveal that politically-charged place to be neither a barren “wasteland” that might as well be drilled (as portrayed by corporate oil interests) nor a pristine wilderness “last frontier” that needs to be preserved in some edenic state (as portrayed by romantic environmentalists) but rather a global village inhabited by many species, including the Native Inuit and Gwich’in people as well as a panoply of non-humans like Buff-Breasted Sandpipers, who migrate annually from as far away as Argentina.  Their/our reliance on and relation to ANWR, however remotely, demonstrates the ecological principle of interconnectedness.  Banerjee’s photograph of pregnant caribou migrating across the ice at ANWR’s Coleen River Valley (the book’s cover image) registers that principle formally in its distant aerial perspective, cropped composition, and intermingling of realism with abstraction.  When we discover what we’re looking at and recognize the fact that this migrating herd extends far beyond the photograph’s cropped borders, ecological understanding intertwines with aesthetic experience.  In effect, this picture by a recent Indian immigrant to “America” compels the viewer to think self-critically about her/his relation to and responsibility for those caribou and their habitat—not with a sense of pity or condescension (despite the aerial perspective) but rather with the recognition that they are neighbors in a way, fellow planetary inhabitants who deserve respect.  The question of what constitutes “American” here seems to recede in importance, except insofar as ANWR remains a battleground in political debates over energy policies of the nation most responsible for generating greenhouse gases during the past century.9

The quicksilver character of “American” became apparent to me again recently in my capacity as a member of the editorial board of the journal American Art, published by the Smithsonian American Art Museum in association with the University of Chicago Press.  I am co-editing a special section for an issue to be published in the journal next year (2014) on how ecology and sustainability currently inflect historical interpretation, contemporary art practice, and museum work in “the field” of American art.  In a phone conversation, the scholar who has agreed to contribute an essay for that special section on contemporary art practice asked me bluntly “What does ‘American’ mean?”  I referred the scholar to the journal’s executive editor for a definitive answer, but I said that I viewed the rubric pretty loosely in this context.  There would be no need to supply U.S. birth certificates or immigration papers from the artists in question, I observed.  If the scholar wanted to discuss work done in North, Central, or South America—or touching on the hemisphere in some way—by an artist from elsewhere, that would be fine by me.  As the phone conversation proceeded, my interlocutor and I agreed that an ecological perspective required attention to specific localities while also looking beyond national and regional boundaries.  After all, even though the U.S. has produced more carbon emissions than any other nation, global warming couldn’t care less about such boundaries.

Mark Cheetham does not only discuss ecological art as subject matter.  By avoiding national frameworks, his interpretive approach also could be considered broadly ecological, insofar as its local/transnational scope extends—like global warming or a migratory bird—beyond political boundaries.  As a “Modernist” scholar, Cheetham apparently takes such a transnational interpretive approach for granted, a fact that raises interesting questions about the eco-theoretical legacy and implications of modernism.  From my perspective, such an approach may help drive a stake in the vampire heart of American exceptionalism, which has long privileged the U.S. as “Nature’s nation” (to quote the title of a classic study by Perry Miller).  Since disciplinary structures die hard, I will probably continue to teach courses and publish texts that refer to “American” art in various ways, but Cheetham’s observations—like ecological considerations generally—tend to dissolve that category and others like it.  If I were to do A Keener Perception again, it would dispense with the “American” framework entirely and go even more all over, complicating figure-ground relationships along with national boundaries, like a Banerjee photograph, or a Pollock painting, or a photograph by the Sierra Club activist Eliot Porter, or a mixed media work by El Anatsui, such as Earth’s Skin or Ozone Layer, composed of transnational corporate commodity detritus reclaimed from the artist’s Nigerian environment and transformed into large, colorful “tapestries” that explore the meaning of African tradition and globalization.10

Contrary to its stereotypical association with hermetic, Cold War, Greenbergian, optico-formalism, didn’t modernism harbor an important transnational outlook conducive to ecological thinking, in which biocentrism rather than nationalism prevailed?  Don’t some of its less familiar moments—Lewis Mumford’s critical urbanism, the formlessness of Georges Bataille’s squashed bug (in the Critical Dictionary), or Jackson Pollock’s declaration “I am nature”—hint at a kind of political ecology within modernism that animated matter with some sort of non-human agency?  Questions like these seem to motivate a number of recent studies, including Oliver A.I. Botar and Isabel Wünsche, eds., Biocentrism and Modernism (2011), Spyros Papapetros, On the Animation of the Inorganic: Art, Architecture, and the Extension of Life (2012), and Barry Bergdoll’s Rising Currents: Projects for New York’s Waterfront (2011), an exhibition at the Museum of Modern Art on architectural visions for adapting the city and harbor of New York to sea level rise caused by global warming.  In Bergdoll’s fascinating exhibition, architects and designers from several different firms imagined a “new aqueous city” with “adaptive, soft infrastructures”—a dynamic, amphibious urban environment with porous streets instead of floodwalls, abandoned petroleum tanks reclaimed as recycling centers, revived “oyster-tecture” for food and water purification, and many other innovations for promoting ecological sustainability.11

With those sorts of impulses in mind, I would like to make a few observations about stones left unturned by Cheetham.  Despite his laudable transnationalism, Cheetham’s exploration of ecological art remains essentially humanist and anthropocentric insofar he considers only artistic relationships between human beings and various aspects of land or earth, with no attention to nonhuman beings.  In other words, he overlooks the issue of animality, or what a growing number of posthumanist scholars have lately called “the question of the animal.”  One such scholar, Cary Wolfe, has observed “Those nonhuman beings called animals pose philosophical and ethical questions that go to the root not just of what we think but of who we are.  Their presence asks: what happens when the Other can no longer safely be assumed to be human?”  Wolfe also notes a “crisis of humanism itself over the past three decades in critical theory” coinciding with “a radical revaluation of the status of nonhuman animals that has taken place in society at large.  A veritable explosion of work in areas such as cognitive ethology and field ecology has called into question our ability to use the old saws of anthropocentrism (language, tool use, the inheritance of cultural behaviors, and so on) to separate ourselves once and for all from animals, experiments in language and cognition with great apes and marine mammals, and field studies of extremely complex social and cultural behaviors in wild animals such as apes, wolves, and elephants, have more or less permanently eroded the tidy divisions between human and nonhuman.  And this, in turn, has led to a broad reopening of the question of the ethical status of animals in relation to the human.”12

Charles Darwin actually understood all that a century and a half ago, but scholars in cultural studies are just beginning to reckon with the de-centering implications of his research and that of his scientific followers.  In The Origin of Species (1859), Darwin recognized the “mutual relations of the innumerable inhabitants of the world,” not as “immutable” or “independently created” species but rather as “plastic” forms subject to infinite “variation” through “natural selection” and “bound together by a web of complex relations.”  In The Descent of Man (1871), he noted “man bears in his bodily structure clear traces of his descent from some lower form,” yet “there is no fundamental difference between man and the higher mammals in their mental faculties.”  Furthermore, Darwin observed, “The lower animals, like man, manifestly feel pleasure and pain, happiness and misery. … The fact that the lower animals are excited by the same emotions as ourselves is so well established, that it will not be necessary to weary the reader by many details.”  Darwin even acknowledged that “Most of the more complex emotions are common to the higher animals and ourselves.”13

In an age dubbed the Anthropocene and marked by the Sixth Mass Extinction, a consideration of ecological art should encompass nonhuman life forms, especially since so much recent art engages them in various ways.  Exploring such art in his book The Postmodern Animal, art historian Steve Baker puts the matter this way:  “the animal is a reminder of the limits of human understanding and influence, but also the value of working at those limits.”  Scholarship about nonhuman things obviously will never shed human correlationism completely (the apparent dream of some object-oriented ontologists), but that doesn’t mean we cannot try to be self-critical enough to ponder the “question of the animal” in art and ecology.14

For example, if Joseph Beuys’s 7000 Oaks project provides a valuable model of ecological “community” through reforestation, what about the birds, insects, and microorganisms inhabiting and depending upon those trees as members of that community?  Do they count?  Are they part of the art?  Or, what of Beuys’s I Like America and America Likes Me, a work that would seem to provide an important case study for thinking critically about species boundaries, not to mention national boundaries.  In that famous 1974 performance, the artist was brought by airplane to New York and then by ambulance to the René Block Gallery in order to spend several days confined in a caged room with a wild coyote.  Wrapped in a heavy felt blanket to protect himself from the coyote’s teeth, Beuys on one level reanimated various human mythic ideas about the American wilderness and his own personal identity as a former German Luftwaffe pilot whose Stuka fighter plane was shot down over the Crimea during World War II, after which he was supposedly rescued by Tartar nomads (with dog sleds) who nursed him back to health by wrapping his injured body in felt and animal fat.  If we’re willing to look beyond the tired “prison-house” paradigm of language and myth, we might find in that and other performances by Beuys a self-critical effort to interrogate humanist perspectives and presumptions.  When Beuys relinquished his gloves to the coyote (or explained pictures to a dead hare, in another well-known performance), his gesture certainly engaged in a form self-mythmaking that also rendered “the animal” spiritual in terms of natural innocence, but is that all?  In a later performance, Coyote III (1984), Beuys produced animal-like sounds in order “to switch off my own species’ range of semantics,” saying “Such an action … changes one radically.”  Whether or not “radical” change occurred in such cases, did Beuys contribute to the erosion of what Wolfe called “the tidy divisions between human and nonhuman” in an artistic manner roughly analogous to recent studies of cognitive ethology and field ecology?  I happen to think so, though I imagine many artists and scholars would disagree, perhaps because they feel that anything created, imagined, engaged by Beuys—indeed by any human being—can only ever be purely human and therefore always already never part of “nature.”15

Of course Beuys is not the only artist to explore the human/nonhuman boundary and its ethical-ecological implications.  Consider, for example, Maya Lin’s What is Missing?, an ongoing online project on the history and contemporary data of extinction, or Sam Easterson’s Museum of Animal Perspectives, featuring various non-human animal “cam” videos, or Nato Thompson’s exhibition Becoming Animal: Contemporary Art in the Animal Kingdom (Mass MoCA).  Such projects deserve critical attention and, in my opinion, praise for their engaging, non-destructive, cynicism-free probing of the ethics and aesthetics of species ecology.16

Let me end with an ontological question prompted by Cheetham’s essay and my own ramblings here: What is the art in ecological art, exactly?  The question may seem snarky in an old-fashioned formalist way and therefore beside the point, especially in an era of global warming and other daunting realities of our current ecological crisis, but I feel it’s one that artists and art historians might do well to confront more consciously—as long as they identify themselves as “artists” and “art historians” anyway.  If, as Cheetham observes, an ecological artist-critic like Rasheed Araeen (following Beuys) “wants us all to be ‘artists,’” and if Araeen is right that the sole purpose of art is to “change our daily behavior on a large scale” so that we can live more sustainably, do we really need terms like “art” and “artist” at all?  Under such conditions, hasn’t the role of the artist simply collapsed into ecological activism as such?  Or is there yet something distinctive about the work an artist does?  If so, it seems to deserve thorough examination on its artistic merits and not simply for its ability to “change our daily behavior on a large scale.”

In two recent books, The Ecological Thought and Ecology without Nature: Rethinking Environmental Aesthetics, the literature scholar Timothy Morton has argued forcefully for abandoning the concept of “Nature” in cultural studies because it preserves the ancient nature/culture binary by treating the “environment” as a distant object—like a Romantic landscape painting—rather than the intimate, tactile, viscous, expansive, dynamic, intrusive, interpenetrating, omnipresent thing that it is.  Despite calling for the abandonment of “Nature,” though, Morton finds ongoing utility in a concept of art:

[All] art—not just explicitly ecological art—hardwires the environment into its form.  Ecological art, and the ecological-ness of all art, isn’t just about something (trees, mountains, animals, pollution, and so forth).  Ecological art is something, or maybe it does something.  Art is ecological insofar as it is made from materials and exists in the world.  It exists, for instance, as a poem on a page made of paper from trees, which you hold in your hand while sitting in a chair in a certain room of a house that rests on a hill in the suburbs of a polluted city.  But there is more to its ecological quality than that.  The shape of the stanzas and the length of the lines determine the way you appreciate the blank paper around them.  Reading the poem aloud makes you aware of the shape and size of the space around you (some forms, such as yodeling, do this deliberately).  The poem organizes space.  Seen like this, all texts—all artworks, indeed—have an irreducibly ecological form.  Ecology permeates all forms.  Nowadays we’re used to wondering what a poem says about race or gender, even if the poem makes no explicit mention of race or gender.  We will soon be accustomed to wondering what any text says about the environment even if no animals or trees or mountains appear in it.17

Ecological art, and by extension ecological art history, have always been with us, whether we have recognized this or not.  As our unfolding ecological crisis becomes more evident and palpable, we will have no choice but to become more accustomed to wondering what art says—in its materiality, its form, its idea—about the environment.

Palermo

Charles Palermo

Mark Cheetham’s thoughtful “Ecological Art: What Do We Do Now?” is itself a response to Rasheed Araeen’s “Ecoaesthetics: A Manifesto for the Twenty-First Century,” which lays out a provocative and radical vision for avant-garde (or post-avant-garde) artistic practice.18  Cheetham recognizes and applauds both the urgency and the optimism of Araeen’s manifesto.  In response to it, Cheetham adds examples of artists—Vik Muniz, Olafur Eliasson, Roni Horn—and an organization—the Center for Land Use Interpretation—that raise consciousness and disseminate ecological information on a scale that one cannot fail to be impressed by.  Cheetham adds examples of work that succeeds by making the facts of global climate change compelling by deploying the power of art, as in James Balog and Jeff Orlowski’s film Chasing Ice, and of work that isn’t primarily concerned with large scale or audience or even primarily with ecology, as in the homemade conceptual work Nature by Sean Martindale.  In the end, even sound advice appeals to Cheetham, whether it comes from Gretel Ehrlich (The Future of Ice) or the Dalai Lama (via Pico Iyer’s The Open Road).

I take it that Cheetham’s response to Araeen, then, is first of all to Araeen’s demand that artists abandon the institutions and the object-making of the traditional avant-garde.  There are lots of ways to make a contribution, Cheetham seems to want to say, and a lot of them allow us to work within the present institutions and artistic paradigms.  Like the Dalai Lama, we might all make a small difference, and those differences may collectively amount to something.  “No more global warming,” Jadav Payeng says, “if everyone plants a forest.”19  My response to Cheetham is essentially to ask Araeen, with Cheetham, “how much of a difference in this direction is ‘enough.’”  That is to say, why doesn’t the meliorative approach Cheetham offers seem like enough to the radical Araeen.  Why does Araeen insist that artists stop making objects?  I want to propose that a closer look at Araeen’s argument will reveal why he can’t accept Cheetham’s obviously sensible proposal.

“Ecoaesthetics” is the culmination of years of Araeen’s thought.  Its claim is that we are “facing [our] own destruction [and] the annihilation of all life on earth” because of our failure to overcome the “violence of the infantile narcissistic ego (hereafter ‘nar-ego’)” (“Ecoaesthetics,” 679).  Our selfish individualism keeps us in thrall to the nar-ego, which makes us all complicit in the destruction.  Even the avant-garde artist, who undertakes a radical critique of bourgeois (there is an element of class analysis—more on that presently) society, fails.  Araeen mentions Marcel Duchamp first, but names others, both members of the historical avant-garde (Hugo Ball) and later avant-garde (or avant-gardist) artists, such as Robert Morris and Joseph Beuys:

the radical forms that the avant-garde produced negated the very creative process which might enter life’s own creativity and affirm it by becoming part of it.  What in fact emerged was an anti-art that had no choice but to capitulate to the very institution that it wanted to confront, becoming dependent on it for survival and legitimisation. (“Ecoaesthetics,” 680)

I take this to be the crux of Araeen’s manifesto.  The artist’s hope of overcoming his or her own nar-ego lies in escaping bourgeois institutions, but bourgeois institutions are the source of avant-garde art’s legitimization.  Araeen also mentions the artists’ dependence on institutions for survival—Clement Greenberg’s “umbilical cord of gold”—but, as we’ll see, that’s not the crux for Araeen.  Avant-garde art needs a new source of legitimization.

A note at the end of “Ecoaesthetics” directs the reader to two essays of Araeen’s with which it is to “be read in conjunction.”  I take that to mean that they offer different views of the same position taken in the manifesto.  The earlier of the two essays, “The Art of Resistance: Towards a Concept of Nominalism,” affords insight into the analysis he gives in “Ecoaesthetics.”  Most importantly, for the present purpose, it specifies the place of class and of legitimization in Araeen’s position.

“Witnessing the perpetually worsening socioeconomic and political conditions of most Third World countries since they achieved their independence after World War II, I had reached a point in my life when I could no longer justify my position as an artist or see any significance in art that did not take into account this change and responded to it critically.  But would this be enough?”20  Araeen connects the manifesto’s critique of the avant-garde to his own narrative, and shows himself faced with the avant-garde’s limitations.  This leads to a discussion of class and global capital:

If we can recognize that there is now a growing resistance, at a global level, against the global power of capitalism, then this can provide us with an alternative context. … If we can stop thinking about the West as the society or the centre of the world, then it is possible to … think of and develop a discourse which posits … a social agency capable of progress …. (“Art of Resistance,” 454)

In essence: if capitalism is the problem, combating Eurocentrism is the answer.  For instance, Araeen imagines building a dam that would permit a few hundred people to farm and live independently.  It occurs to him that he might, in Duchamp-like fashion, pronounce the land and the intervention collectively a work of conceptual art.  Still, it would be the wrong thing to do: “it would still be another example of bourgeois altruism which could help the poor but would never allow them to eradicate the cause of their predicament” (“Art of Resistance,” 458).  The problem with the idea is the institutions (Western bourgeois philanthropy and the Western bourgeois artworld) that legitimize it.  In that sense, the class analysis is more or less beside the point; what matters is the issue of legitimization.21

The bourgeois institutions of Western capitalism’s artworld undermine even the best avant-garde projects, but they are also what legitimize them.  The dilemma seems inescapable.  Nominalism is the solution Araeen offers to the problem of legitimization.  To see what he means by nominalism, take the example of a project like the dam Araeen imagined, which will allow a community to work previously barren land:

once the community has understood the ideological basis of the work and is able to manage it efficiently by itself, the property rights of the whole thing—both of the land and the artwork—must be transferred to the community.  Once everything is turned into the collective property of the community, those ‘artists’ who have initiated the project and have helped in its realisation must renounce both their property and intellectual rights.  The work shall then continue to be produced and developed by the community itself, not only as a material production but also as an art concept (“Art of Resistance,” 462)

In all of its workings, this scenario looks identical to the failed version of the project, in which the dam and resulting community farm turn into bourgeois altruism.  What makes the difference, though, is that the “‘artists’” (note the extra quotation marks) confer their intellectual property rights on the community that works the farm.  Of course, what Araeen is proposing is not nominalism but an (anti-)institutional institutional theory of art.22  The crux of his vision for artmaking is not in the act that creates (or nominates) the work, but in the institution that legitimizes it.  That is clearer in “Ecoaesthetics”:

The role of artistic imagination here is to think, initiate and create not what is self-consumed by the ego from which the idea emerges, but what can transcend and transgress the nar-ego and become part of the collective energy of the earth.  It can then transform it in ways that enhance not only the natural potential of the earth itself but also the collective creativity of the life of all its inhabitants. (“Ecoaesthetics,” 684)

The place of the artist in the work of art is a little clearer, then: there is no place for the artist.  That’s why “‘artists’” needs scarequotes.  The “intellectual rights” to the work must be conferred on the sustaining community, but they must also be the source of legitimization and creativity.  The work, in every sense, must be theirs.  So what is the artist’s place?  There is none.

But, of course, this is not literally the case.  Araeen, in fact, imagines this whole project from the beginning as his own.  The elimination of the artist’s place is, I want to say, a way of reimagining both altruism and conceptual art as actions without an actor, without an ego.  But, recall once more, in Araeen’s terms, the ego to be transcended and transgressed is specifically a “nar-ego,” or, to use the term’s expanded form, a “narcissistic ego,” which is to say, an ego whose tragedy it is to see itself.  Like Araeen himself when he found he “could no longer justify my position as an artist” (“Art of Resistance,” 453).

I am arguing that Araeen’s project appears to be a radically antitheatrical one, in the well known sense developed by Michael Fried.23  Or, probably more to the point, in something like the sense that John Cage’s avant-garde experiments can be understood as responses to the problem of theatricality, but which (precisely in their desire to leave their public alone) ultimately become radically theatrical.24  Global capitalism will not leave the poor of Baluchistan alone, neither will the nar-ego of the altruistic Western artist.  Only an “artist” who vanishes leaves them truly alone.  Of course, it is well to remember that antitheatricality is an effect, an ontological fiction, and not a description of an actual or literal state of affairs; the artist’s refusal of intention, of agency, makes the public’s response into the center, or the totality, of the work.  The work doesn’t leave its public alone—it subsumes its public.

This radicalization of theatricality, the rise to absolute primacy of the community’s point of view and of the “artist”’s view of him- or herself, helps us see why Araeen’s politics—if capitalism is the problem, fighting Eurocentrism is the answer—are confused.  As Walter Benn Michaels explains, neoliberalism’s workings are structural, impersonal, and the injuries it produces are objective.  (Poor people are poor no matter how you look at them.)  Eurocentrism is entirely a matter of perception, of thinking too much or too highly of the West and not enough or highly enough of Baluchistan.  But changing the way we look at ourselves and at Baluchistan won’t end the depredations ecological or otherwise of neoliberal global capitalism.  (If you disagree, consider the success of our own identity politics in fostering economic equality here at home.)  If we are worried about the damaging effect of global climate change on the poorest and most exploited populations, we should stop worrying about legitimacy and pursue every avenue toward limiting the damage—including those Cheetham names, from sound advice to consciousness-raising art to planting forests.  Will that be enough for Araeen?  If you plant a tree in a forest, and there’s no one there to see it, does it make you an “artist”?

Cheetham

Mark Cheetham Responds

Gary Shapiro has accurately assessed my stance on Araeen’s manifesto and its recommendations. I am sympathetic with the measures Arareen calls for but – cognizant though I am of their context of enunciation, the Manifestos events held at the Serpentine Gallery in London – I’m also wary of their polemical impracticality. We do not know and should not assume that environmental issues are the most pressing facing our species or planet. To second artists only to the priorities of environmentalism, as Araeen insists we do, would also be to short circuit the freedom and creativity that qualifies artists to work in this field in the first place. Shapiro, Araeen, and I agree that artists’ work is in some ways beneficial, whether through raising awareness and perhaps more practically, as in the many land and water reclamation projects that qualify as art. But as Gary suggests, we shouldn’t measure results only by short term amelioration. Many authors in this field – whether scientists or social commentators – now suggest that we as a species need a change of mind and of behaviour vis-à-vis the environment. We need to re-think the category of ‘nature.’ Land artists from the recent past and eco artists today can move us in this direction.

Amanda Boetzkes has taken us deeper still into this discussion. Before I respond to some of the many points she raises though, let me be strategically difficult and disagree with her statement at the outset that “Nobody is a stranger to the feeling of what [Araeen] calls, an ‘impending disaster,’ connected to irreparable damage to the planet’s ecology.” I wish that were true, but one of the reasons why I began with Araeen’s impassioned plea is that knowledge of global climate issues seems tentative, at least statistically. I read recently – if one can countenance such numbers – that the percentage of Americans who believe we have a problem with global warming is much lower than those in the same population sample who believe in possession by evil spirits. Boetzkes points out that environmental issues receive wide attention in our society. She’s right, but there is still quite a gap between publicity and peoples’ knowledge of the issues and discussions of potential action. As she suggests, the question remains, “What can art do?”

I agree that art is not the best vehicle for practical solutions to the ecological issues she lists. If a project is only instrumental, it’s not art. Isn’t art’s strength instead its “creative” side, its ability to imagine and illuminate new issues? Is art the key attitude changer? If so, this would not be a pragmatic role, and besides, many other parts of society take on these tasks more successfully. Again I think Amanda has it right: however we define the spectrum of effectiveness, there’s lots of meaningful ecoart out there and has been for at least 40-50 years. We don’t need another avant-gardist call to action, not because it failed in this context, but on the contrary because there has been a widespread response that now needs further examination.

Perhaps we could put Nikos Papastergiadis’s call for a “cosmic” perspective on this discussion together with Amanda Boetzkes’s concluding comment on the appeal for a reconsideration of the notion of nature as a starting point from which to consider ecological priorities differently. It is only from an extra-planetary viewpoint, both literally and philosophically, that we can see that our version of “nature” in the West anyway has been wrong headed for millennia. As Joy Sleeman has shown in fascinating detail, early land artists were much swayed by space exploration.25

Nikos’s comments also return me to a point raised by Gary Shapiro, the need to keep the land art of the recent past in play conceptually as we speculate about what environmental art today can and should do. I interpret this as the imperative to consider art historically, hardly a novel position but one that seems in need of reiteration. My self-assigned task in this context these days is to articulate the relationships between the genre of landscape, which could be seen to have waned in significance well before the advent of land and earth art, the various engagements with the earth (and cosmos) in the mid 20th century, and whatever range of artistic practices we want to include in this context today. As I elaborate in my response to Alan C. Braddock, this work is very much about the discipline of art history and its habits.

I am grateful to Alan C. Braddock for his detailed articulation of the imperative to rethink national boundaries and borders in this context. In fact, in ways that I didn’t foreground in my article and may only be starting to become aware of, my commitment to discussions of current and recent environmental art is closely tied to work I’ve done in the past few years on “the nation” in art history.26

It’s a powerful irony that so many ecological concerns – the availability and potability of water resources, air pollution, global warming – ignore human boundaries of any sort, especially national borders, but are generated within the contexts of national institutions and regulations. Responses to such issues are in turn produced by artists who habitually refer to themselves by national association. Art history as a discipline cannot seem to escape the national paradigms, however much it claims to be global these days, but analyses such as Braddock’s will certainly make a positive difference in the ongoing revision of the discipline.

I’m giving a paper next month on border issues in land art of the ‘60s and ‘70s. I will be discussing the USA’s northern border much more than its now more topical southern political perimeter. As someone who teaches “Canadian” art sometimes, I remain committed to the national framework, not because I think there is any essential quality to reveal or explore in this or any other national construction, but because here – and I would be interested to know how “American” art fares in the USA by comparison – without “Canadian” courses, most art and artists who have worked north of the 49th parallel will simply never be mentioned let alone discussed seriously. For me, its affirmative action.

But back to the immediate context: I agree that “a consideration of ecological art should encompass nonhuman life forms.” Braddock’s readings of Beuys here are compelling. What I take from these examples is one way to acknowledge and discuss the non-human in ecological art without taking on an extended theoretical debate about the “animal” to the detriment (in terms of critical engagement) of other parts of the picture. This matter of selection has been one of my struggles in trying to define what I’m trying to write about in this territory. That path is to examine artists’ works that engage the ecological across this broad spectrum. Mark Dion is another prime example.

Alan Braddock asks “What is the art in ecological art, exactly?” It’s a necessary question, especially for someone content on good days to wear the tag “art historian.” I should be able to answer it. Like anyone working with art of the last 50 years, I have to appeal first to a broad, tolerant, and malleable definition of art. For reasons I won’t go into here, I am most persuaded by a broadly sociological definition, locally and historically inflected. Art is what people say is art, their saying and writing powerfully governed by institutions, local circumstances, and individual psychology. For me, art is what self-consciously draws attention to ideas, issues, formal qualities through its own sometimes infra-thin difference from the everyday, the practical. It is distinct from the non-art that borders it but never autonomous. On the contrary, to use one of Amanda Boetzkes’s examples, the Harrison’s purposeful attenuation of the processes of ecologically harmonious food production, for instance, is art – and not ‘just’ food production – because they and others repeatedly say so, because they exhibit it in sanctioned venues that are recognizably part of the art world, and most importantly, because it is, however fleetingly, distinct from what we do but never notice fully (growing and eating food in this case), different enough to reveal what we might not have known about our activities.

Charles Palermo adeptly characterizes my reaction to Araeen’s manifesto; I am more positive about a step by step approach by artists to global climate issues, for example, though I don’t have the illusion that these meliorations are “enough.” Palermo also rightly suggests that we should heed Araeen’s suggestion that we read “Ecoaesthetics” alongside two of his other publications. He proceeds to do just this, analyzing “The Art of Resistance: Towards a Concept of Nominalism” to give us a much fuller sense of precisely what Araeen means by his demand in “Ecoaesthetics” that artists stop making objects. My essay cuts short this fundamental call in Aareen’s thinking by moving quickly to discuss environmental art that is more object oriented than conceptual. Palermo reveals that Araeen’s problem with the ego-centred avant-garde comes down to one of capitalism and Eurocentricism. “The bourgeois institutions of Western capitalism’s artworld undermine even the best avant-garde projects,” he deduces, “but they are also what legitimize them.” The only way out of this cycle, it seems, is for the artist to withdraw after s/he has initiated a worthy project, in Palermo’s terms, to engage in “antitheatrical” artmaking.

While I see the bent of Araeen’s argument more clearly in light of Palermo’s scrutiny, we are still asking the question Palermo reiterates: how much environmental action on the part of artists is enough? Measuring effects is next to impossible and likely the wrong way to think about the issues. Amanda Boetzkes wrote in her commentary, “What I find troubling about the tenor and structure of Araeen’s manifesto is that it accepts the generalization of ‘The Problem,’ that it presumes that art should be the domain in which this problem is solved, and that it presumes that art was always and should be in the business of political problem-solving.” Can we say how much difference even a hugely popular environmental platform such as Gore’s An Inconvenient Truth made? Would we measure that change in carbon emissions? No; it’s the wrong way to think about art and artists in this context. Yet Araeen criticizes but also attempts to resuscitate the artist as (now egoless) avant-gardist. Without, I hope, capitulating to a neo-liberal individualism, I think that discussion about “the artist” and unspecified “institutions” of legitimation in Araeen’s texts is simply too sweeping. Surely there are shades of behaviour and belief missed by such generalizations. Take for example the Simon Starling’s One Ton II, 2005, a project that discloses the material cost of industrial production as it pertains to art by revealing the amount of ore required to yield the platinum in the five photographic prints that comprise the work. Is such showing “enough”? Does the fact that Starling won the Turner Prize in 2005 make him an irretrievable part of a discredited capitalist system? Palermo is fully aware of the paradoxes in such work and in such questions. I would add another: if Palermo is right about Araeen’s “radicalization of theatricality,” do we now wait while artists are so radicalized? Palermo suggests that we stop worrying about legitimation, but he and I are less sure about Araeen.

Perhaps this is one difference between the two essays in play here and a reason why they work well together, as Araeen suggests. “The Art of Resistance” emphasizes underlying issues and grapples with them. The urgency of “Ecoaesthetics” gives us no such luxury. In the final pages of his manifesto, Araeen imagines artists using their talents to construe “the process of desalination as an ongoing continuous artwork, with its own dynamics and agency” (683). There are examples today of artists doing exactly this type of work and on a large scale. Think of Helen Mayer Harrison and Newton Harrison’s Greenhouse Britain project (2007-09),27 which exhaustively analyzed and graphically presented the potential effects of rising sea levels on the coastal UK. Much more extreme – and thus perhaps a useful test of what artists (and the rest of us) should do in this arena – are Peter Fend’s many large scale environmental proposals, including his elaborate plans to obviate the construction of the Three Gorges Dam in China through an alternative scheme for both flood control and power generation.28 He describes this and other schemes under the banner “Art Can Save Us.” Another slogan pertinent to the question of legitimation that Palermo underlines is “Art Can Save Us But the Artworld Will Kill Us.” Can it? Will it? Fend’s ideas tend to remain just that, however brilliantly worked out. So far, then, the answer to his first question has to be ‘no,’ but to be fair, the same answer would apply if we substituted “politics” or “science” in the “can save us” slogan.

Art and its institutions are multiplex, the worries of capitalist levelling notwithstanding. That artists and, yes, their objects and projects can keep environmental issues before our eyes and minds is enough (for me).

Notes

1. The text I cite was published in Third Text, 23, 5, Sept. 2009: 679-84. It was based on a version issued in Oct. 2008 in the “Manifesto Marathon,” Serpentine Gallery, London.
2. Shai Zakai, “Thinking Ecoart Through the 3rd World Water Forum in Japan,” http://greenmuseum.org/content/artist_content/ct_id-130__artist_id-18.html. Accessed Jan. 21, 2013.
4.  http://theharrisonstudio.net. Accessed Jan. 21, 2013.
5.  N. E. Thing Co. Ltd., A word is worth 1/1000th of a picture. Wall text. (Installation variable.) First exhibited in N.E. Thing Co. Ltd., National Gallery of Canada, Ottawa, 1969. Lucy Lippard describes another version of this work in Six years: the dematerialization of the art object from 1966-1972 (1973) (Berkeley: UC Press, 1997), 115.
6.  The Future of Ice: A Journey into Cold (New York: Vintage Books, 2004), 197.
7.  Pico Iyer, The Open Road: The Global Journey of the Fourteenth Dalia Lama (New York: Random House, 2008), 254.
8.  John Davis, “The End of the American Century: Current Scholarship on Art of the United States,” The Art Bulletin 85, no. 3 (September 2003): 544-80; Frances K. Pohl, Framing America: A Social History of American Art, 3rd ed. (New York: Thames & Hudson, 2012); Angela L. Miller, Janet C. Berlo, Bryan J. Wolf, and Jennifer L. Roberts, American Encounters: Art, History, and Cultural Identity (Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2008).  Of the textbooks mentioned, only Pohl’s Framing America addresses recent ecological art, with discussions of work by Helen and Newton Mayer Harrison, Workshop/apd, and Jeanne Gang (pp. 570-73).  On the hemispheric approach, see, for example, the conference on “Mapping: Geography, Power, and the Imagination in the Art of the Americas,” hosted by New York University’s Institute of Fine Arts, March 7-8, 2013, http://www.nyu.edu/gsas/dept/fineart/research/mellon/mellon-mapping.htm.
9.  Alan C. Braddock and Christoph Irmscher, eds., A Keener Perception: Ecocritical Studies in American Art History (Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press, 2009).
10.  Perry Miller, Nature’s Nation (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1967); Angela Miller, “The Fate of Wilderness in American Landscape Art: The Dilemmas of ‘Nature’s Nation,’” and Rebecca Solnit, “‘Every Corner is Alive’: Eliot Porter as an Environmentalist and Artist,” in Braddock and Irmscher, eds., A Keener Perception, 85-109, 213-36.  On El Anatsui, see Holland Cotter, “A Million Pieces of Home,” New York Times (February 8, 2013).
11.  Georges Bataille, Visions of Excess: Selected Writings, 1927-1939 (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1985); Michael Schreyach, “‘I am Nature’: Science and Jackson Pollock,” Apollo (July 2007): 35-43; Oliver A.I. Botar and Isabel Wünsche, eds., Biocentrism and Modernism (Surrey: Ashgate, 2011); Spyros Papapetros, On the Animation of the Inorganic: Art, Architecture, and the Extension of Life (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2012); Barry Bergdoll, Rising Currents: Projects for New York’s Waterfront (New York: Museum of Modern Art, 2011), http://www.moma.org/explore/inside_out/category/rising-currents.
12.  Cary Wolfe, ed., Zoontologies: The Question of the Animal (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2003), xi-xii.  See also Matthew Calarco, Zoographies: The Question of the Animal from Heidegger to Derrida (New York: Columbia University Press, 2008).
13.  Charles Darwin, The Origin of Species (1859; New York: Penguin, 1985), 68-9, 124-5; idem, The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex (1871; New York: Appleton, 1896), 65.
14.  Steve Baker, The Postmodern Animal (London: Reaktion, 2000), 16.  For an example of object-oriented ontology hostile to environmentalism and critical animal studies, see Ian Bogost, Alien Phenomenology, or What It’s Like to Be a Thing (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2012).  In a characteristically cynical and chilly passage, Bogost lists various “things” he regards as inaccessible to human understanding and therefore beyond ethical concern, conflating them in the process: “I have wondered at the disappearing worlds of the African elephant or Acropora coral.  What’s it like to be a computer, or a microprocessor, or a ribbon cable?” (9).  For a non-cynical and, to my mind, more useful discussion of things, see Jane Bennett, Vibrant Matter: A Political Ecology of Things (Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2009).  On the “Anthropocene” (a term coined by Eugene F. Stoermer and popularized by Novel Prize-winning scientist Paul Crutzen), see Andrew C. Revkin, “Confronting the Anthropocene,” New York Times (May 11, 2011).  Also see Richard Pearson, “Are We in the Midst of a Sixth Mass Extinction: Protecting Many Species to Help Our Own,” New York Times (June 1, 2012).
15.  Mark Rosenthal, Joseph Beuys: Actions, Vitrines, Environments (Houston: De Menil Collection in association with Yale University Press, 2005), 33.
16.  Maya Lin, whatismissing.net; Diane Toomey, “Maya Lin: A Memorial to a Vanishing Natural World,” Yale Environment 360 (June 25, 2012); “Seeing Through the Eyes of an Armadillo” [on Sam Easterson’s Museum of Animal Perspectives], http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=114081464; Nato Thompson, Becoming Animal: Contemporary Art in the Animal Kingdom (Mass MoCA in association with MIT Press, 2005).  Other artists working at the human/nonhuman boundary have provoked controversy and even ethical outrage.  Perhaps most famous among them is Damien Hirst, who has frequently used the dead bodies of nonhuman animals—some classified by scientists as endangered or threatened—after arranging to have them killed deliberately for this purpose.  To take a notorious example, Hirst’s installation The Physical Impossibility of Death in the Mind of the Living—produced on commission for collector Charles Saatchi—consists of a dead Tiger Shark suspended in a large vitrine filled with formaldehyde.  After the first version (1991) of this work began to decay badly, Hirst constructed a second in 2006.  In both cases, he obtained the corpses of wild Tiger Sharks by hiring hunters to catch and kill them off the coast of Australia.  As a species, Tiger Sharks are classified as Near Threatened by the International Union for Conservation of Nature; see IUCN Redlist of Threatened Specieshttp://www.iucnredlist.org/details/39378/0 (accessed March 4, 2013).  For discussion and description of Hirst’s work, see Marc Bekoff, Encyclopedia of Animal Rights and Animal Welfare, 2nd ed. (Santa Barbara, CA: Greenwood, 2010), 1:79, and the artist’s website: http://www.damienhirst.com/the-physical-impossibility-of.  Such an egregious destruction of life strikes me as indefensible on any aesthetic grounds.
17.  Timothy Morton, The Ecological Thought (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2010), 11; idem, Ecology without Nature: Rethinking Environmental Aesthetics (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2009).
18.  Rasheed Araeen, “Ecoaesthetics: A Manifesto for the Twenty-First Century,” Third Text 22.5 (September 2009): 679-84.
19.  According to Shailendra Yashwant, “The Strange Obsession of Jadav Payeng,” Sanctuary Asia 32.6 (December 2012); http://www.sanctuaryasia.com/magazines/features/191-features/9122-the-strange-obsession-of-jadav-payeng.html 
20.  Rasheed Araeen, “The Art of Resistance: Towards a Concept of Nominalism,” Third Text 16.4 (December 2002), 453.
21.  Another place to see this is a little later on in Araeen’s development of the idea: while “private property is the main hurdle in the development of land … in the poor Third World countries,” he considers it “inconceivable that anyone would abandon the individual rights to property” unless he or she could feel sure it was in his or her favor (“Art of Resistance,” 462).  So a “detour” is in order, one that works within the very model of an art market that Western capitalism has built: “Couldn’t one raise the money in the same way art receives money within the prevailing system?” (“Art of Resistance,” 462).  What matters would be that “the development and execution of the project [be] realised with the full participation of people living there” (“Art of Resistance,” 462).  It looks like a democratic mode of bourgeois altruism—a less authoritarian Albert Schweitzer in Lambaréné.
22.  For a compact, and seminal, expression of the institutional theory of art, see George Dickie, “Defining Art,” American Philosophical Quarterly 6.3 (July 1969): 253-56.
23.  Fried has developed his account of antitheatricality and its adventures in a number of works, from the diagnosis of “theater” in “Art and Objecthood” (1967; see Michael Fried, Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews [Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press, 1998], 148-72) and Absorption and Theatricality: Painting and Beholder in the Age of Diderot (Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press, 1980) to Why Photography Matters as Art as Never Before (New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 2008) and Four Honest Outlaws: Sala, Ray, Marioni, Gordon (New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 2011).
24.  See Walter Benn Michaels, “Neoliberal Aesthetics: Fried, Rancière and the Form of the Photograph,” nonsite.org 1 (February 2011), n.p.
25.  “Land Art and the Moon Landing,” Journal of Visual Culture vol. 8, no. 3: 299-328.
26.  Most recently, Artwriting, Nation, and Cosmopolitanism in Britain: The “Englishness” of English Art Theory since the 18th Century. Ashgate: British Art: Global Contexts series, 2012.
]]>
https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/ecological-art-what-do-we-do-now/feed/ 2
What Do We Mean by Autonomy? https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/what-do-we-mean-by-autonomy/ https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/what-do-we-mean-by-autonomy/#respond Sun, 20 Jan 2013 06:00:34 +0000 https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/?p=5162 Modernism's Other Work: The Art Object's Political Life. Oxford University Press, 2012. ]]> Review of Lisa Siraganian, Modernism’s Other Work: The Art Object’s Political Life. Oxford University Press, 2012.

Special thanks to the editors of Radical Philosophy for allowing me to reprint my review from issue 177 (Jan./Feb. 2013): 52-54. 

When Olafur Eliasson recently spoke of seeing “potential in the spectator—in the receiver, the reader, the participator, the viewer, the user,” he may have thought he was seeing something new. Marcel Duchamp saw something similar in the 1950s when he thought to “attach even more importance to the spectator than to the artist.” Duchamp pursued this idea as early as The Large Glass (1915-23), a work whose medium (glass) is defined by its transparency to the world around it. Duchamp was part of a generation of artists, one that included Man Ray, Mina Loy, Ezra Pound, and William Carlos Williams, who came to reject the frame as a conservative device that blocked the “flux of life” (as Loy put it). Duchamp’s paradoxical tack was to literalize the Renaissance notion of art as a window onto the world, producing a work that was almost all frame. Producing a “picture” that was a window functioned as a critical gesture intended to undermine the frame’s enforcement of the difference between art and life. Allan Kaprow, writing in 1973, got the point when he said that the “best part” of The Large Glass was that it was “a windowpane to look through; its actual configurations are forced into accord with the visual environment beyond them, for instance, a chocolate grinder superimposed on a kid picking his nose.” But if Kaprow was still slightly cynical about the value of that “environment,” artists and writers at least since Duchamp have positively reveled in the spectator’s incorporation into the work. This is one half of the story Lisa Siraganian tells in her brilliant reappraisal of modernism.

The other half of her story revolves around an unexpected but persuasively defined group of writers—Gertrude Stein, Wyndham Lewis, Williams (in part), William Gaddis, and Elizabeth Bishop—who were fundamentally committed to the “irrelevance of the spectator to the meaning of the artwork.” In the author’s boldest formulation: “The meaning of a poem [for these writers] is entirely indifferent to the reader’s emotion, the reader’s context, or, for that matter, any type of judgment or perspective the reader could deliver.” But it would be wrong to extrapolate from this view that these writers construed their work as indifferent to the world. There is a deep, if allegorical, sense of the political that haunts their practices. Writing against the increasingly dominant vision of politics as the expression of particularized bodies, these writers embraced a broadly universalist vision of the liberal subject. In a series of striking reversals of conventional notions of the political temper of her favored writers, Siraganian discovers the bonds between Stein’s refusal of punctuation and her commitment to universal suffrage and civil liberties; between Lewis’ critique of time-philosophy and his (tempered) embrace of representative democracy; between Williams’ concrete poetry and his commitment to maternal progress and personal liberty; between Gaddis’ vision of “disciplined nostalgia” (or forgery) and Bishop’s aesthetics of bricolage and a resistance to corporate capitalism.

These authors’ shared vision of meaning’s autonomy was aggressively challenged by a group of artists and writers asserting the “necessary involvement of the spectator in the production of the art object’s meaning.” The latter group—including Duchamp, Loy, Williams (in part), Charles Olson, Amiri Baraka, as well as a range of communitarian critics of the liberal subject (discussed in a superb coda) such as Paul Gilroy, Juliana Spahr, Hayden Carruth, Leslie Marmon Silko, Charles Taylor, Judith Butler, and Alain Badiou—points to the deep continuity between modernism and its postmodern critics. The latter writers also conceived a link between their formal poetics of the body and the political such that Olson’s effort to “literalize the presence of the poet’s syllables” was simultaneously an effort to give voice to the immigrant body while Baraka’s vision of the poetic voice was “an aestheticized technology of racial community.”

And if Siraganian convincingly shows how modernism anticipates the major post-1945 debates about the relationship between a work of art and the world, her central task is to retrieve a lost sense of the political dimension of autonomy. If for T. W. Adorno autonomy had to be defended and analyzed as a special (and crucial) form of politics, Siraganian asks us to see how the Critical Theory version of autonomy might “misrepresent the modernist ontology of the art object” it ostensibly defends. For Adorno, writing in the Aesthetic Theory, “the resoluteness of [the work’s] distance [from the world]…concretizes the critique of what has been repulsed.” Which is to say that for Adorno “what looks at first like indifference to the world transforms instead into total engagement.” Writing against both Adorno and the New Critics (who also project a notion of critical “resistance”), Siraganian shows how a work’s meaning couldn’t be altered by its users, because it wasn’t an object like other objects in the world. Any work that fails to maintain its autonomy, like any object, “is forever available to the perceptual experiences (as opposed to interpretations) of readers, spectators, or enterprising poets.”

Moreover, Siraganian argues that the work’s social immunity was the condition for the possibility of politics in general. Stein, Lewis, Williams, Gaddis and Bishop all understood their formal poetics, their commitment to the ontological difference between artworks and their reception, as a means to facilitate, if not produce, political results. By preserving the reader’s autonomy, by letting their readers alone to respond (or not) to the work, these writers embraced a form of civil liberty. Stein’s desire to “let each [reader] attend to their own business” was an effort to “protect the reader’s particular, bodily interests and pursuits of private pleasure when faced with the author’s interests.” By the same token, those authors committed to the incorporation of the spectator’s meaning into the work were logically committed to the “complete end to politics in any recognizable form.” The latter claim emerges most forcefully in her closing chapter on Olson and Baraka, where both authors, despite their different ideological allegiances (immigrant embodiment for Olson, racial difference for Baraka), “share the same theory of and commitment to a poetic particularism as a way to safeguard, represent, and then share a perspective on the world, whether racial, ethnic, or political.” When politics becomes a matter of perspectives, then the classical liberal claim to universal human justice becomes the problem to be solved rather than the ground of shared political action.

In a series of remarkable textual analyses Siraganian tracks the thematic status of frames in modernist texts between Stein and Olson. Stein’s overlooked essay on “Pictures” from Lectures in America raises many of the central claims of the book as a whole. Pictures, on Stein’s account, are airless things, each of which contains “a life of its own.” A picture, Stein says, both “does and does not” belong in its frame. It does not belong to the literal frame, while it absolutely belongs to its conceptual frame. This is what Stein means when she describes the “problem of all modern painting” as the achievement of a work that “would remain out of its frame…even while it does not, even while it remains there.” While most paintings exist within literal frames, they are not defined by that frame but rather by the artist’s intent. Stein similarly sought to destroy the literal frame in her own writing by her notorious rejection of punctuation marks, nouns and proper names. These grammatical functions, like a literal frame, told the reader how to read (and to breathe). By removing superfluous grammatical functions, and removing bodily cues, her works are able to “mean what they mean regardless of her readers.”

Like Stein, but in a satirical vein, Wyndham Lewis confronted the fashionable desire to bring art closer to life by eliminating the frame. In books like The Childermass and Time and Western Man Lewis derides various materialist visions of the work of art as “breathing materiality,” something containing “real blood and tears.” Lewis’ dissatisfaction with this anti-representational impulse ultimately merged with a deepening commitment to representative democracy, opening up a striking reversal in his political thinking from his earlier affinity with fascism.

Siraganian’s chapters on Williams and Gaddis and Bishop take up the problem of the conceptual frame through an exploration of Duchamp’s readymade and Picasso’s and Juan Gris’ collage aesthetics. A close reading of Williams’ “IV” from Spring and All shows how Williams sought to break the literal frames of language, those deadened conventions that emptied words of their meaning. Williams’ vision of concrete poetry—“No ideas but in things”—is not an effort to escape representation, as it has usually been understood, but rather an attempt to renew its terms from within.

Like Williams, Gaddis (or his projection as the forger Wyatt in The Recognitions) sought to renew deadened forms through a retrograde mode of “disciplined nostalgia.” Wyatt’s acts of forgery are, together, a desperate attempt, in a world become commodity, to “create something new”; it is “an act of appropriation instead of plagiarism or counterfeiting.” As Wyatt (and Gaddis) see it, copying an old master is a perverse act of preservation and renewal through a painstaking “act of recognizing, transforming, and placing a cultural artifact into [one’s] personal memory and conceptualization.” Similarly, Bishop plays the role of a forger in a series of astonishing literary and poetic reflections on kitsch. In poems like “Large Bad Picture,” “In Prison,” and “The Monument” Bishop acts as a “bricoleur, making a new, more valuable art object (her poem) out of a found and often kitsch object.” What Williams, Gaddis and Bishop inevitably show is the historical constraints on the pursuit of autonomy. If Stein and Lewis denied the relevance of the beholder’s share, then for this later generation—a generation that confronted the ubiquity of kitsch, a commodity defined by its appeal to consumers—one had no choice but to engage in a tactical warfare with the newly democratized spectator’s demands. But it is this turn to the historical dynamics of anti-theatricality that stands in some tension with the more basic claim to a conceptual picture of intentionality. At times Siraganian’s narrative is driven by an account of the “battling forces” between literal and conceptual frames but more often we read of the difference between frames as a difference in its “source.” Before Marianne Moore “even picks up her pen” her work is constituted as poetry—the battle is won before it begins. Of course resolving the differences between anti-theatricality and non-theatricality would require another book in itself, one I presume less gripping than this one.

]]>
https://nonsite.ecdsdev.org/what-do-we-mean-by-autonomy/feed/ 0